Contact Information - Reliance Precision Limited...Company Introduction i 2 Contact us for product...

3Contact us for product information, design support and custom [email protected] +44 (0) 1484 601002 www.reliance.co.uk

Contact Information

Component data and information included in this RG36 catalogue supersedes that stated in all previous publications.Reliance Precision Limited is committed where possible to supply products listed in previous catalogues; please contactus if the component or part number is not listed in RG36.

Reliance would like to acknowledge the support of its customers and suppliers who have kindly given permission to showimages of their equipment.

Copyright © 2013 Reliance Precision Limited.

The Reliance shield and Reliance are registered trademarks ® of Reliance Precision Limited.

Reliance in the United KingdomRowley Mills, Penistone RoadLepton, HuddersfieldHD8 0LE, England.Sales and technical enquiries: +44 (0) 1484 601002

[email protected]

Reliance in the NetherlandsFlorijnstraat 204879 AH EttenLeur,The Netherlands.Sales and technical enquires: +31 (0) 76 5040790

[email protected]

Reliance WorldwideFor international sales representatives,please see appendices page A6

Reliance Onlinewww.reliance.co.uk

www.relianceprecision.frwww.relianceprecision.nl

www.relianceprecision.de

Rowley Mills, Huddersfield1980 to present

Intr

oduc

tion

to R

elia

nce

i

Union Street, Huddersfield,right 1920 to 1955

St Helen’s Gate, Huddersfield, below 1955 to 1996

Bandon, Ireland1969 present

CompanyIntroduction

i2 Contact us for product information, design support and custom [email protected] +44 (0) 1484 601002 www.reliance.co.uk

Introductionto R

eliance

Reliance a specialist engineering companyWelcome to Reliance. We are a specialist engineering company, unique in our offering of catalogueproducts and fully bespoke solutions.

Our product catalogue provides a onestopshop for the design engineer – from basic essentials, suchas captive screws, to complete subassemblies for rotary and linear motion. We offer a carefullyselected mix of inhouse designed and manufactured products together with products from leadingglobal manufacturers, all of which can be modified tosuit individual requirements. We are able to providedesign support at the early stages of new productdevelopment to create complete prototyping solutionsand costeffective integrated assemblies for fullproduction requirements.

As well as providing catalogue products we haveextensive design, development, manufacturing,assembly and test facilities in the UK and Ireland,recently enhanced by a £6million investmentprogramme. From here we offer turnkey technicalservices for customers requiring bespokecomponents, assemblies, and systems, not onlyhelping bring new products to market, but alsoresolving technical problems and extending the life ofestablished products.

Our aim is to provide choice and flexibility for ourcustomers. From standard exstock components tocustomdesigned and manufactured subsystems oreven complete instruments.

Wherever your starting point is with Reliance youshould expect technical excellence, high qualitysolutions and our total commitment to the success ofyour project.

Managing Director

CompanyIntroduction

i3Contact us for product information, design support and custom [email protected] +44 (0) 1484 601002 www.reliance.co.uk

Intr

oduc

tion

to R

elia

nce

Standard Components

Modified Components

Integrated Solutions

Bespoke Assemblies

Satellite Antenna Pointing Mechanism gear, in production for SSTL, and now working in orbit

CompanyIntroduction


Introductionto R

eliance

Reliance established in diverse, global marketsWe are an accredited supplier to global OEMs and product developers, covering a wide variety ofmarkets and applications.

In Switzerland our tubular round racks provide a spacesaving solution for laboratory automation,locating fluid tubes and fibre optic cables inside the rack to give a more compact instrument. In the UKover 5,000 syringe drive mechanisms, using ourmotors and leadscrews, are in operation in drugdispensing systems. In Asia our precision antibacklash gears are used in military applications whereour innovative, twopiece gear design is ideal for highreliability applications.

Our gears and leadscrews provide motorisedactuation for the fingers and thumb of the bebionicprosthetic hand. This is a demanding applicationrequiring high efficiency, high gripping force and lownoise, to be achieved under tight space and weightconstraints in order to give the patient the necessarydexterity, strength and practical wearability.

Our appetite for problemsolving and for providingcreative technical solutions, underpinned by a cultureof strong teamwork, has led to longstandingrelationships built on close technical, operational andcommercial cooperation. An enquiry for a standardcatalogue gear was the first step in our journey withRSL Steeper, developers of the prosthetic hand. Aswe began to develop an understanding of the hand ata complete product level a design engineeringrelationship began which has strengthened yearonyear.

“We appreciate it’s a totalteam effort to deliver aproject, it’s a pleasure towork with a company sowell coordinated who keepus informed all the waythrough.“

RSL Steeper

CompanyIntroduction


Intr

oduc

tion

to R

elia

nce

BS EN ISO 9001

AS9100

BS EN ISO 14001

SC21 Supply Chain

Providing solutions for diverse markets

CompanyIntroduction


Introductionto R

eliance

Reliance – helping you make an informed choice

As an engineering company it is important to us to build a thorough understanding of your wider systemdesign and application in order to recommend the most appropriate product. We consider not only thetechnical specification, but also the product’s suitability to the operational environment and anyimplications of technical and commercial tradeoffs.

Discussion of the technical, operational andcommercial requirements are a key part of ourproduct support philosophy. Our aim is to help youmake an informed choice about our products beforeyou make a purchasing decision; we want to beconfident that what we deliver is going to work for you.

Underpinning our engineering knowledge is asustained investment in test development facilities,which provide an indepth understanding of thecapabilities of our catalogue products. In discussingtheir suitability for your application we are able todraw upon our test data and experience of designingand supplying components and assemblies into adiverse range of markets.

As a manufacturer we are able to provide a high levelof versatility in our range with extensive modificationsavailable. In our precision gears range we offer, forexample, options in materials, gear quality, borediameters, face widths and an extensive choice ofteeth cut to order in short leadtimes. Ourmanufacturing capability also helps provide insightinto the fitnessforpurpose of the products, based onan understanding of the manufacturing methodsused, quality control, surface finish, accuracies andother key criteria which ultimately impact on theperformance of your product.

You can contact us by telephone, email or via ourwebsite. Alternatively we are happy to arrange a visitto your premises, which has often proved to be anefficient, effective route to understanding the wideraspects of your design programme and providing theappropriate support.

Displacement (mm)

Erro

r (m

icro

ns)

CompanyIntroduction


Intr

oduc

tion

to R

elia

nce

Applications Engineering

Test Development

Manufacturing

Production Test

Leadscrew transmission error measurement

Syst

ems

Ove

rvie

w

1

Section Contents

Introduction................................................................................Page 12

Rotary Motion ............................................................................Page 14

Linear Motion ............................................................................Page 16

Integrated Solutions ..................................................................Page 18

Bespoke Solutions ....................................................................Page 112

SystemsOverview

12 Contact us for product information, design support and custom [email protected] +44 (0) 1484 601002 www.reliance.co.uk

Introduction

Systems

Overview

Precise motion control solutionsThe Reliance catalogue provides a onestopshop fromcomponents and assemblies for rotary and linear motion tointelligent control and actuation products. Each product isoffered with a refined, considered range of options andassociated products, such as circlips and screws, all ofwhich have been engineered to interface correctly.

To help design engineers develop prototypes quickly andeffectively, we are able to supply small quantities at stockprices, whilst our manufacturing facilities enable largerquantities to be supplied for full production requirements,available with scheduled delivery, consignment stockingand stock management services.

Our catalogue products can be readily modified to support applications which require a tailored solution.If you are not sure whether we offer the specification you need for any of the products in this cataloguethen please contact us and we will endeavour to find a solution.

For design engineers seeking integrated solutions, we are able to combine catalogue products andassemblies to provide costeffective subsystems. Should a fully bespoke solution be required, furtherindepth design engineering support can also be provided which, together with specialist manufacturing,assembly and test facilities, enables production of a wide range of customdesigned electromechanical, optomechanical, clean and highvacuum solutions.

The following pages give an overview of the range of products available in the catalogue, shown in thecontext of both rotary and linear motion systems. We have also provided case study examples of howthe catalogue products, together with engineering, manufacturing, assembly and test support, havebeen used to provide integrated solutions. Highlights of some of our custom design and manufacturingcapabilities are also shown on pages 112 to 115.

Rotary motion Linear motion

SystemsOverview


Introduction

Syst

ems

Ove

rvie

w

Essential Hardware

Reliance Cool Muscle MotorsReliance Cool Muscle StageRack ActuatorsLinear Rail ActuatorsHybrid Linear ActuatorsMotorised Leadscrew Linear SlideBespoke Motorised ActuatorsPlanetary GearboxesBevel GearboxesEpicyclic Gearbox Modules CustomDesigned Gearboxes

Section 2Section 2Section 2Section 2Section 2Section 2Section 2Section 3Section 3Section 3Section 3

AntiBacklash GearsSpur GearsGround GearsBrass GearsCustomDesigned GearsWorms and WheelsBevel GearsRacks and PinionsLeadscrews and Nut AssembliesLeadscrew ActuatorsCouplingsLinear Guides and SlidesBelts and Pulleys

Section 4Section 4Section 4Section 4Section 4Section 5Section 5Section 6Section 7Section 7Section 8Section 9Section 10

Gear Clamps and CollarsShafts and Accessories BearingsBearing Preloaded WashersBearing SpacersMachine ScrewsShoulder ScrewsDowel PinsCirclipsWashers

Section 11Section 11Section 12Section 12Section 12Section 13Section 13Section 13Section 13Section 13

Intelligent Motion Control

Components and Assemblies

SystemsOverview


Rotary Motion

Systems

Overview

5

1

2

3

4

Intelligent Motors

Gears

Gear Clamps

Bearings

Screws

Motorised rotary drive system

A motorised rotary system for a medical device, using the Reliance Cool Muscleintelligent servo system together with standard precision gears, which provide verylow velocity fluctuation at the final drive, enabling predictable scanning.

SystemsOverview


Rotary Motion

Syst

ems

Ove

rvie

w

Reliance Cool MuscleIntelligent Servo SystemSection 2

Precision Pin Hub and Clamp Hub GearsSection 4

Gear Clamps, Shafts and AccessoriesSection 11

Shaft BearingsSection 12

Machine Screws, Dowel Pins and CirclipsSection 13

1

5

4

3

2

SystemsOverview


Linear Motion

Systems

Overview

1

2

3

4

5

6

Intelligent Motors

Couplings

Leadscrews

Bearings

Screws

Slides

Motorised linear stageA motorised linear stage containing high stiffness crossed roller slides, for use inan application requiring vertical motion with a very high moment load.

SystemsOverview


Linear Motion

Syst

ems

Ove

rvie

w

Reliance Cool MuscleIntelligent Servo SystemSection 2

Flexible Shaft CouplingsSection 8

Precision LeadscrewsSection 7

Linear Guides and Slides Section 9



1

6

5

4

3

2

SystemsOverview



Systems

Overview

1

2

4

5

XY positioning stageA selfcontained XY positioning stage utilising extra wide slides to cater for momentloads and internal screw motors for reduced part count, with antibacklashleadscrews providing accurate positional repeatablility.

Leadscrews

Slides

Screws

Bearings

3 Hybrid LinearActuators

SystemsOverview



Syst

ems

Ove

rvie

w

Applications Engineering

Precision AntiBacklash Leadscrewand Nut AssembliesSection 7

Linear Guides and Slides Section 9

Hybrid Linear ActuatorsSection 2



1

4

3

2

Bracket Manufacture

Assembly and Test

5

SystemsOverview



Systems

Overview

3

1

2

4

Gears

Leadscrews

Bearings

Screws

Leadscrew actuatorA geared leadscrew actuator which provides low backlash and quiet operation,whilst balancing the difficulties of high speed and nonbackdrivability.

SystemsOverview



Syst

ems

Ove

rvie

w

Precision Pin Hub and Clamp HubGearsSection 4

Bespoke Leadscrew and Nut AssemblySection 7

Machine Screws, Circlips and HardwareSection 13

Shaft Bearings Section 12

1

4

3

2

Design and Development

Housing Manufacture

Assembly and Test

SystemsOverview


Bespoke Solutions

Systems

Overview

Bespoke geared systemA ring gear motion control system containing an actuation motor with integral brakeand with separate coarse and fine positional feedback.

SystemsOverview


Bespoke Solutions

Syst

ems

Ove

rvie

w

Prototyping and validation testingSystem design to specification

Gear metrologyGear manufacture

Electromechanical assemblyHousing manufacture

SystemsOverview


Bespoke Solutions

Systems

Overview

Optomechanical assemblyAn optomechanical switch assembly combining precision motion control withprecise optical placement.

SystemsOverview


Bespoke Solutions

Syst

ems

Ove

rvie

w

Rack and housing manufactureCatalogue gears

WiringOptic inspection

Recyclable packagingOptomechanical assembly

Inte

llige

nt M

otor

s an

d M

otor

ised

Act

uato

rs

2

Section Contents

Reliance Cool Muscle Motor Overview ................................Page 22

RCM1 Motor NEMA 11 ......................................................Page 24



Specifications and Cables ..............................................Page 210

Accessories ......................................................................Page 212

Associated Products ........................................................Page 213

Reliance Rack Actuators Overview ......................................Page 214

Tubular Rack Actuators Size 17 ......................................Page 215

Solid Rack Actuators Size 17 ..........................................Page 216

Solid Rack Actuators Size 23 ..........................................Page 217

Bespoke Motorised Actuators..................................................Page 218

Reliance Cool Muscle Stage Overview..................................Page 219

Reliance Cool Muscle Stage Size 17 ..............................Page 220

Reliance Cool Muscle Stage Size 23 ..............................Page 222

Linear Actuators Overview ....................................................Page 224

Linear Rail Actuator Overview ..............................................Page 226

Linear Rail Actuator Size 17 ............................................Page 227

Motorised Leadscrew Linear Slide Overview ......................Page 228

Technical Information................................................................Page T21

ProductOverview

22

Reliance Cool Muscle Motor

Contact us for product information, design support and custom [email protected] +44 (0) 1484 601002 www.reliance.co.uk

IntelligentM

otors

A complete motion control solution

This costeffective miniature servo system combines a precision stepper motor and high resolutionencoder with sophisticated drive and control electronics in a single, compact unit.

– NEMA sizes 11, 17 and 23 each with two frame lengths– Encoder resolution of 50,000 counts per revolution– Speeds from 0 to 3,000 RPM– Continuous torques from 0.027 to 0.87 Nm (1.24 Nm peak)– Hinfinity controller and vector drive for fully closed loop control of

position, speed and torque. Tuning not required in most applications.– Fully programmable for standalone operation– RS232 and USB communications as standard– Options for RS485 and Ethernet– Digital and analogue input and output– Safe and efficient 24V DC operation

Compared with an equivalent size of stepper motor Cool Muscle works faster, with more availabletorque, it is more efficient and generates less heat.

Closed loop control means no step loss. In an open loop system it is possible for the motor to fail tomove the exact number of steps if it is overloaded. Cool Muscle, being a closed loop control system, isable to identify any potential for step loss and to correct it.

Cool Muscle is available with two types of control interface: Pulse Type (P) and Computer Type (C). ThePType is applicable for a drive and stepper system with steppulse control, such as a PLC. Cool Muscleprovides an effective dropin solution to resolve step loss problems and also provides a more integratedsolution, having a combined stepper and drive. The CType offers a higher level of computer control ina single integrated unit which can remove the need for a separate controller or, in more complexsystems, reduce the investment required in additional controllers.

Analogue& DigitalInput / Output

RS232or

USB

ProgramBank

VectorDrive

HinfinityController

DecoderStep Pulse

Direction

Encoder Motor

Closed Loop

PType CType

ProductOverview

23



Inte

llige

ntM

otor

s

Cool Muscle’s unique features include the ability to link up to 15 motors which can operate together incomplex sequences without an additional controller. Cool Muscle is able to use a physical limit of travelas its reference position, using torque sensing to safely and accurately find the limits of travel withoutneeding a position sensor (e.g. limit switch).

The high level of integration provided by Cool Muscle reduces cabling, keeps components to a minimumand speeds up system assembly.

Cool Muscle is ideal for laboratory and test equipment or for light industrial automation.

Motorised actuators

Reliance supplies prebuilt motion stages with integrated Cool Muscle motors, see page 219. We alsomanufacture unique, highspeed precision rack actuators fitted with Cool Muscle, available with solidracks or tubular racks, ideal for pipette systems, see page 214.

Laboratory automation

Precision linear stage

Medical pipetting systems

Customised XYZ positioning table

NEMA 11Short

24



IntelligentM

otors

Associated ProductsCouplings: page 81

Leadscrews: page 71Hardware: page 131

Cables: page 211

All dimensions in mm

RCM1 11S30RT3Motor output power 9 WMaximum speed 3,000 rpmContinuous torque 0.027 NmPeak torque 0.039 NmLoad inertia allowance 80 gcm2

Motor inertia 8g cm2

Input supply current rated(Continuous torque/rated peak torque) 0.8 A/1.0 AWeight 246 g

Specification table

RCM1 P 11 S 30 RT3Generation

InterfaceP = PulseC = Computer

Speed30 = 3000 rpm

Torque curveRCM1 11S30RT3

Technical support• Product overview see page 22• Technical information see page T21• P & C interface see page T22• Software interface see page T23• Electrical interface see page T25• Cables see page 211• Accessories see page 212

NEMA 11Long

25



Inte

llige

ntM

otor

s

All dimensions in mmAssociated ProductsCouplings: page 81Leadscrews: page 71Hardware: page 131Cables: page 211

Specification table

RCM1 P 11 L 30 RT3Generation


Speed30 = 3000 rpm

RCM1 11L30RT3Motor output power 18 WMaximum speed 3,000 rpmContinuous torque 0.055 NmPeak torque 0.078 NmLoad inertia allowance 180 gcm2

Motor inertia 18 gcm2


Torque curveRCM1 11L30RT3


NEMA 17Short

26



IntelligentM

otors

Associated ProductsPlanetary Gearboxes: page 33

Couplings: page 81Leadscrews: page 71Hardware: page 131

Cables: page 211


Torque curveRCM1 17S30CRT3

Specification table

RCM1 P 17 S 30C RT3Generation


Speed30 = 3000 rpm

RCM1 17S30CRT3Motor output power 18 WMaximum speed 3,000 rpmContinuous torque 0.082 NmPeak torque 0.117 NmLoad inertia allowance 380 gcm2




NEMA 17Long

27



Inte

llige

ntM

otor

s

All dimensions in mmAssociated ProductsPlanetary Gearboxes: page 33Couplings: page 81Leadscrews: page 71Hardware: page 131Cables: page 211

Torque curveRCM1 17L30CRT3

Specification table

RCM1 P 17 L 30C RT3Generation


Speed30 = 3000 rpm

RCM1 17L30CRT3Motor output power 18 WMaximum speed 3,000 rpmContinuous torque 0.36 NmPeak torque 0.518 NmLoad inertia allowance 760 gcm2




NEMA 23Short

28



IntelligentM

otors

Associated ProductsPlanetary Gearboxes: page 33

Couplings: page 81Leadscrews: page 71Hardware: page 131

Cables: page 211


Specification table

RCM1 P 23 S 30C RT3Generation


Speed30 = 3000 rpm

RCM1 23S30CRT3Motor output power 45 WMaximum speed 3,000 rpmContinuous torque 0.29 NmPeak torque 0.42 NmLoad inertia allowance 1.0x103 gcm2

Motor inertia 1.0x102 gcm2


Torque curveRCM1 23S30CRT3


NEMA 23Long

29



Inte

llige

ntM

otor

s

All dimensions in mmAssociated ProductsPlanetary Gearboxes: page 33Couplings: page 81Leadscrews: page 71Hardware: page 131Cables: page 211

Specification table

RCM1 P 23 L 20C RT3Generation


Speed20 = 2000 rpm

RCM1 23L20CRT3Motor output power 30 WMaximum speed 2,000 rpmContinuous torque 0.87 NmPeak torque 1.24 NmLoad inertia allowance 3.6x103 gcm2

Motor inertia 3.6x102 gcm2


Torque curveRCM1 23L20CRT3


General Specificationsand Cables

210



IntelligentM

otors

Pin layout

Pulse Interface CW/CCW Step/DirectionInput Signal

Pulse Input

CW/CCW PulseMaximum frequency: 500 KppsMinimum pulse width: 0.8 µsecVoltage level H (with pulse) > +3.0 V(+24 Vmax) 7 mA1 5mAVoltage level L (no pulse) < +0.8 V

Step PulseMaximum frequency: 500 KppsMinimum pulse width: 0.8 µsecVoltage level H (with pulse) > +3.0 V(+24 Vmax) 7 mA15 mAVoltage level L (no pulse) < +0.8 V

Variable Voltage Interface Now integrated into the CType motorInput Signal

Analogue Input

Speed Ccontrol settingIncrease the voltage from 2.6 V to 4.8 VDC to increase speed in the CW directionDecrease the voltage from 2.4 V to 0 VDC, to increase speed in the CCWdirection. Use OP AMP for maximum resolutionPosition control settingTravel distance is proportionate to voltage input (between 0 V and 4.8 VDC)Maximum travel distance is set by a parameter

Input/output signal

Computer Control InterfaceInput Signal

ControlVia supplied cabling motor interface is TTL, please specify RS232 or RS485interface option

Input SignalLevel Voltage level high> 3 V (minimum 7 mA) Voltage level low< 0.8 V

RT3 Real Time InterfaceCoordinated Motion Allows 2 axes to work together to create accurate complex motion

Logic Banks Embedded PLC up to 200 steps for mathematical calculation of motionQuadrature Simulated AB outputs from the magnetic encoder. Maximum frequency 20 kHzShared I/O Inputs or outputs are available to be read and accessed by all motors running

programs and logic banks

Encoder Incremental magnetic encoder(50,000 pulses per rotation)

Control Method Closed loop vector controlInput Supply Voltage DC24 V±10%Resolution Pulse Rotation(Pulse/Rotation)

200, 400, 500, 1000(default), 2000, 2500,5000,10000, 25000,50000 Select by parameter

Ambient Operating Temperature 0°C to 40°CStorage Temperature 20°C to +60°COperating Humidity Less than 90%RHShock Less than 10 GVibration Less than 1 G

General and environmental specifications

For Reliance Cool Muscle electrical interfacing and connector pin layout see Technical Information pageT25.

General Specificationsand Cables

211



Inte

llige

ntM

otor

s

RCM1C3 xx

Generic part number

Length of wires to first connector (xxxx if the two lengths are different)

RCM1DC3A xx N xx xx xx

Generic part number

Length of wires to first connector (xxxx if the two lengths aredifferent)

Number of connectors

Length of wire between connectors(Only one number required if thelengths are all the same)

‘Y’ cables

Standard and customised daisy chain cables

Photo ElectricSensor MolexConnector 2 way

Software interfaceFor programming details for the CType Reliance Cool Muscle see Technical Information pages T23 toT25.

Product options• For further information about customising

cables, please contact us• Customised cables are available with

photosensors option

Accessories

212



IntelligentM

otors

Communication cardsRS485, PROFIBUS and Ethernet cards areavailable as options for the Reliance CoolMuscle servo system. Our engineers providetechnical support based on extensiveexperience integrating the Reliance CoolMuscle with third party controllers, HMIs andPLCs.

Power supplyDesigned specifically for the Reliance CoolMuscle, this power supply is built to withstandthe current draw spikes which the hard stops orstarts often require. Specification of the powersupply is 150 W/300 W, 6 A/10 A.

Control roomControl Room is a free application whichprovides basic tools for setting parameters andcreating motion profiles. A user friendlyinterface makes it easy to work with theReliance Cool Muscle.

Control Room replacesthe CoolWorks software.

CoolWorks continues tobe supported by Reliance.

CablesA standard motor cable (40 cm) and varistor aresupplied with every motor. Longer motor cablesare available as an option.A Ycable is required to connect the RelianceCool Muscle to a USB or serial port, see page 211Multimotor custom cables can be made to suityour application.

AssociatedProducts

213



Inte

llige

ntM

otor

s

We provide a range of associated products which compliments the Reliance Cool Muscle andenhance its performance, including couplings, gearboxes and linear motion components.

ReliaFlex® flexible shaft couplingsThe ReliaFlex® range of one piece slitcouplings has been specially designed toprovide accurate transfer of motion betweentwo rotating shafts while at the same timecatering for parallel and angular misalignmentas well as protecting the bearing systems. See page 86 for more information on the ReliaFlex® range.

Planetary gearboxesA range of high quality planetary gearboxes isavailable to suit your application needs.Combine a low backlash, zero maintenanceand high durability gearhead with the RelianceCool Muscle to maximise performance.Available in NEMA 17 and 23, ratios 3:1 to 512:1.See page 33 for more information.

Intelligent actuator systemsA range of intelligent actuators is available tosupport your precision motion control needs.These include rack actuators and positioningstages for use with the Reliance Cool Muscle.Please contact us or visit the website for moreinformation; www.reliance.co.uk/shopSee pages 214 to 223 for more information.

ProductOverview

214

Reliance Rack ActuatorsThe Racktuator™


IntelligentM

otors

Precise, efficient linear motion

This compact actuation system combines the Reliance Cool Muscle servo system with a rack and piniondrive to give precise linear motion for high speed applications.

Multiple configurations are available developing peak forces up to 150 Nand rated speeds of 300 mm per second, with resolutions of better than 1micron and standby power consumption of less than 1.7 watts. Theassembly has a number of different mounting options for ease ofmechanical installation.

The Racktuator™ has builtin closed loop control with an integrated 32 bitCPU, magnetic encoder and PLC. This intelligent assembly can beprogrammed to decide for itself where it should be at any given time andto send out continuous motion data such as speed, position and torque.The unit is fully integrated, saving space and cost, and makes systemintegration faster and simpler with control at the point of use. TheRacktuator™ is fully programmable and can store onboard discrete

positions, speeds, accelerations, timers, torque limits and custom variables, all to be recalled by up to15 separate motion control programs. It also has builtin maths and S curve functions for advancedmotion control.

Multiple Racktuators™ can work in sequence, either to produce circles, ellipses, or complex arcmotions, or in a daisy chain network to automate pickandplace machines. The Racktuator™ can beoperated independently or communicate with a PC host via RS232 or USB. It can also be fitted with atraditional stepper motor, being driven by step and direction signals or with CW/CCW pulses to bringthe advantages of an AC servo system to any stepper motor application.

The Racktuator™ is available with both solid and tubular racks, suitable for a variety of applications fromscientific research to food preparation and packaging.

Industrial automationLaboratory automation

Size 17

215

Tubular Rack Actuator


Inte

llige

ntM

otor

s

All dimensions in mmAssociated ProductsHardware: page 131

PartNumber

Motor PinionMaterial L

AxialLoad (N)

MomentaryLoad (N)

TravelRange (mm)

RCMRA17S6250C Reliance CoolMuscle Motor1

PEEK 60.5 3 12

200RCMRA17L6250CS St steel 75.3 15 25RRA176250 Hybrid Stepper

Motor2

PEEK 33.0 3 12RRA176250S St steel 33.0 15 25

Part number selection table

Technical specification

Reliance Cool Muscle Motor Option Hybrid Stepper Motor Option

RCMRA17Reliance Cool Muscle

RRA17Hybrid Stepper

Resolution 0.00085 mm with 50,000 steps/rev 0.21 mm with 200 steps/revMax speed 300 mm/secTemperature range Between 0ºC and 40ºC Between 20ºC and +50ºCRepeatability 0.025 mmSide wobble (fully extended) ±0.2 mmLife time 5 million cycles minimumWire length N/A 200 mmBacklash 0.08 mm linear movementRack material 316 grade stainless steel

Lubrication St steel PTFE based greasePEEK Lubrication free, provides smooth quiet operation

1 Reliance Cool Muscle motor option, see pages 26 and 27 for motor details (if a pulse interface is required change C to a P)2 Hybrid stepper motor option, see page T210 for motor details

Technical support• Product overviews see pages 22, 214 and 62 • Technical information see pages T29 and T61

Size 17

216

Solid Rack Actuator


IntelligentM

otors

Associated ProductsHardware: page 131



Technical information

PartNumber

Motor PinionMaterial

AxialLoad (N)

MomentaryLoad (N)

TravelRange (mm)

RCMRAK17L8200C Reliance CoolMuscle Motor1 St steel

304

25 50100

RRAK178200 Hybrid StepperMotor2 25 50

1 Reliance Cool Muscle motor option, see page 27 for motor details (if a pulse interface is required change C to a P)2 Hybrid stepper motor option, see page T25 for motor details

RCMRAK17Reliance Cool Muscle

RRAK17Hybrid Stepper

Resolution 0.00075 mm with 50,000 steps/rev 0.19mm with 200 steps/revMax speed 500 mm/secTemperature range Between 0ºC and +40ºC Between 20ºC and +50ºCRepeatability 0.025 mmSide wobble (fully extended) ±0.29 mmLife time 5 million cycles minimumWire length N/A 200 mmBacklash 0.08 mm linear movementRack material 304 grade stainless steelLubrication PTFE based grease

Reliance Cool Muscle Motor Option Hybrid Stepper Motor Option


Size 23

217

Solid Rack Actuator


Inte

llige

ntM

otor

s

All dimensions in mmAssociated ProductsHardware: page 131



PartNumber

Motor PinionMaterial

AxialLoad (N)

MomentaryLoad (N)

TravelRange (mm)

RCMRA23L12250C Reliance CoolMuscle Motor1 St steel 174Ph

coated

90 150150

RRA2312250 Hybrid StepperMotor2 90 150

RCMRA23Reliance Cool Muscle

RRA23Hybrid Stepper

Resolution 0.0008 mm with 50,000 steps/rev 0.2 mm with 200 steps/revMax speed 300 mm/secTemperature range Between 0ºC and 40ºC Between 10ºC and +50ºCRepeatability 0.012 mmSide wobble (50mm from housing) ±0.2 mm

Life time 5 million cycles minimum (based on 40 mm stroke)Wire length N/A 200 mmBacklash 0.06 mm linear movementRack material 440B grade stainless steelLubrication PTFE based grease

1 Reliance Cool Muscle motor option, see page 29 for motor details (if a pulse interface is required change C to a P)2 Hybrid stepper motor option, see page T25 for motor details

Reliance Cool Muscle Motor Option


ProductOverview

218

Bespoke Motorised Actuators


IntelligentM

otors

Providing custombuilt solutions

As well as offering a range of standard actuators Reliance is able to develop bespoke solutions to suitindividual requirements. Bespoke motorised actuators are based on our range of catalogue components

and assemblies, together with housings and fittings manufactured byReliance in the UK and Ireland.

Working closely with our customers to understand the application anddesign specification, we are able to offer design engineering supportto help develop an appropriate assembly, bringing knowledge andexperience from working in a variety of industries and applications.

Typical examples shown below include a miniature motorisedleadscrew actuator for a drug dispensing system, a motorisedleadscrew driven slide assembly, using multiple Reliance Cool Musclemotors, for an XYZ theta position system, and a 3axis rotarylinearactuator for a medical scanner.

Manufacturing and assemblyDesign engineering support

Modular linear actuatorActuator for a medical scanner

XYZ theta stage

ProductOverview

219

Reliance Cool Muscle Stage


Inte

llige

ntM

otor

s

Motorised leadscrewdriven linear slide

The RCMS series of leadscrew stages combines the high speeds and programmability of Reliance CoolMuscle motors with the accuracy and reliability of a leadscrewdriven linear slide.

The RCMS is available with two different motorsizes and in a wide range of travel lengths andleadscrew and carriage configurations.

The precision slide’s aluminium guide andcarriage are driven by a rolled stainless steelleadscrew, available with metric and imperialleads. High performance polymers and TFEcoating extend the life of the slide’s moving parts.

The Reliance Cool Muscle motor, in NEMA sizes17 and 23, integrates an efficient vector drive and Hinfinity controller with a 50,000count encoder toform a servo positioning system operating at speeds from 0 to 3,000 rpm with minimum powerconsumption. Cool Muscle’s torque sensing and software travel limits give the option of eliminatinghome and limit switches from your system.

Typical applications for the RCMS include test instrumentation used in industrial automation anduniversity laboratory research equipment used by the energy industry.

Packaging test equipmentTest equipment for solar cell manufacture

Size 17

220



IntelligentM

otors


Travel distance = L Carriage Length Bearing Support

Length Tolerances± 0.1± 0.15± 0.2± 0.3

Example Part No. RCMS17LM04C118

Basic Part

Number

ScrewLeadmm

(Inch)

MotorInterface2

No.Carriages3

LinearResolution(Default)

mm

MaxDrag

TorqueNm

Standard GuideLengths “L”

InchRCMS17LM02 2.0

C(Computer)

P(Pulse)

1

2

3

0.002 0.03 12 18RCMS17LM04 4.0 0.004 0.04 12 18RCMS17LM12 12.0 0.012 0.04 12 24RCMS17LM25 25.0 0.025 0.05 18 24RCMS17L0100 (0.100) 0.00254 0.03 10 12 15 18 24RCMS17L0200 (0.200) 0.00508 0.04 10 12 15 18 24RCMS17L0500 (0.500) 0.0127 0.04 12 15 18 24RCMS17L1000 (1.000) 0.0254 0.05 12 18 24 36

1 Metric mounting configuration available, please enquire2 For explanation of C and P type interfaces, see pages 22 and T223 Carriage information:1 = 1 driven carriage2 = 1 driven and 1 passive carriage3 = 1 driven and 2 passive carriages

All dimensions in mmunless otherwise stated


1

Size 17

221



Inte

llige

ntM

otor

s


Typical Allowable Axial Load Typical Allowable Design Load6

5

4

3

2

1

0200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400

Load

(kg)

Speed (mm/s)

12

10

86

42

0200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400

Load

(kg)

Speed (mm/s)

1816

14

Basic Part

Number

Life @ ¼Design Loadmm

Torque to Move Carriage Design Load

Nm/kg

CarriageDesignLoad

kg

MaxLinearSpeed

mm/sec

AxialLoad

kg

ScrewInertia

kgm2/m

CarriageRoll

AngleDeg.

RCMS17LM02

254x106

0.016

16

127

5 4.2x106 1

RCMS17LM04 0.023 254RCMS17LM12 0.039 635RCMS17LM25 0.070 1270RCMS17L0100 0.016 127RCMS17L0200 0.023 254RCMS17L0500 0.039 635RCMS17L1000 0.070 1270

Typical RCMS Accuracy GraphBased on 0.500 inch lead with a 3 kgload Backlash <0.003 mm

Once per rev±0.015 mm

Max ±0.025 mmLead accuracy0.0006 mm/mm

Technical support• Product overviews see pages 219 and 22• Technical information see pages T21 to T28

Product options• Special carriage, rail, screw or metric mounting

configurations• Higher accuracy leadscrew• Left Hand (LH) or Left/Right (L/R) thread• Metric leads and guide lengths• Alternative guide lengths• Sensor kits, add S to the end of the part

number e.g. RCMS17LM04C118S

Travel Distance mm

Size 23

222



IntelligentM

otors

Example Part No. RCMS23LM08C118

Basic Part

Number

ScrewLeadmm

(Inch)

MotorInterface2

No.Carriages3

LinearResolution(Default)

mm

MaxDrag

TorqueNm

StandardGuide

Lengths “L”

(Inch)RCMS23LM08 8.0

C(Computer)

P(Pulse)

1

2

3

0.0080 0.04 18 24RCMS23L0100 (0.100) 0.00254 0.04 12 18 24 36RCMS23L0200 (0.200) 0.00508 0.04 12 18 24 36RCMS23L0500 (0.500) 0.0127 0.05 12 18 24 36RCMS23L1000 (1.000) 0.0254 0.06 12 18 24 36


1 Metric mounting configuration available, please enquire2 For explanation of C and P type interfaces, see pages 22 and T223 Carriage information:1 = 1 driven carriage2 = 1 driven and 1 passive carriage3 = 1 driven and 2 passive carriages

Length Tolerances± 0.1± 0.15± 0.2± 0.3

Travel distance = L Carriage Length Bearing Support



1

Size 23

223



Inte

llige

ntM

otor

s

BasicPart

Number

Life @ ¼Design Loadmm

Torque to Move Carriage Design Load

Nm/kg

CarriageDesignLoad

kg

MaxLinearSpeed

mm/sec

AxialLoad

kg

ScrewInertia

kgm2/m

CarriageRoll

AngleDeg.

RCMS23LM08

254x106

0.038

46

267

14 3.9x105 1RCMS23L0100 0.020 85RCMS23L0200 0.031 169RCMS23L0500 0.047 423RCMS23L1000 0.101 847


Typical Allowable Axial Load Typical Allowable Design Load

12

10

8

6

4

2

0100 200 300 400

Load

(kg)

Speed (mm/s)

3530

Load

(kg)

Speed (mm/s)

504540

14

500 600 700 800 900

105

252015

0100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900

Technical support• Products overview see pages 219 and 22• Technical information see pages T21 to T28

Product options• Special carriage, rail, screw or metric mounting

configurations• Higher accuracy leadscrew• Left Hand (LH) or Left/Right (L/R) thread• Metric leads and guide lengths• Alternative guide lengths• Sensor kits, add S to the end of the part

number e.g. RCMS17LM04C118S

Typical RCMS Accuracy GraphBased on 0.500 inch lead with a 3 kgload Backlash <0.003 mm

Once per rev±0.015 mm

Max ±0.025 mmLead accuracy0.0006 mm/mm

Travel Distance mm

ProductOverview

224

Linear Actuators


IntelligentM

otors

Hybrid linear actuators

Reliance offers a range of low maintenance hybrid linear actuators for equipment designers who requirehigh performance and exceptional endurance in a very small package. The actuators are engineeredwith custom thermoplastics in the rotor drive nut and a stainless steel leadscrew. This allows the linear

actuator to be quieter, more efficient and moredurable than the standard acme thread and bronzenut configuration commonly used in other linearactuators.

The hybrid linear actuators are available in NEMAframe sizes 8 to 34, with up to 400 full steps perrevolution and travel increments as small as 0.003mm/step.

There are three configurations:• captive shaft• noncaptive linear• external linear

Captive linear actuators offer a short stroke in a compact package where antirotation of the shaft is notpossible by any other means. These units convert rotary to linear motion via an integrated leadscrewand nut. The integrated leadscrew is held captive within the motor housing, welded to a stainless steelspline arrangement. This provides antirotation of the leadscrew enabling precise linear movement.

The noncaptive linear actuator leadscrew travels through the motor giving an extremely short footprint.As with the captive shaft actuator, conversion of rotary to linear motion takes place within the motor itselfby means of the integrated leadscrew and nut, therefore eliminating the use of belts and pulleys,couplings and other mechanical transmission components.

External linear actuators combine conventional leadscrew and nut technology with stepper motortechnology. The leadscrew forms part of the motor shaft negating the need for a shaft to shaft coupling,thus providing zero transmission error from motor to screw and shortening the overall linear footprint.

Contact us for details of products and specifications.

Size 8 Size 11 and Size 14

Size 17 andSize 23

Size 34

ProductOverview

225

Linear Actuators


Inte

llige

ntM

otor

s

Pharmaceutical testing equipmentMicro dispensing syringe drive

CanStack linear actuators

For volume applications we also offer CanStack linear actuators, which are athreaded rotor in conjunction with a leadscrew shaft to provide rapid linearmovement in two directions (inward and outward). They are available in captiveshaft, noncaptive linear or external linear variants.

Unique features give ruggedness and reliability that assure long life andconsistent performance. Rare earth magnets are available for even higherthrust. The actuators are built with dual ball bearings for greater motion control,precise step accuracy and long life.

Applications for the CanStack linear actuators include medical instrumentation, machinery automation,robotics and other automated devices which require precise, remote controlled linear movement in abroad range of temperature environments, whilst the hybrid linear actuators are ideal for applicationsrequiring precise positioning, rapid motion and long life, including XY tables, medical equipment andsemiconductor handling equipment.

Customised configurations

In addition to standard configurations the actuators can bemodified to meet specific application requirements.Reliance’s applications engineering experience,manufacturing and assembly capabilities enable us toprovide modified products and bespoke assembly solutions,see page 218.

ProductOverview

226

Linear Rail Actuator


IntelligentM

otors

Linear rail actuators

The linear rail actuator consists of a stationary base and load bearing carriage that travels along a rigidextruded aluminium rail, together with a single stack size 17 stepper motor.

The carriage design is unique; it controls slidebearing play with a selfadjusting linear bearing.Integrated along the entire length rail system are“T” slots allowing mounting of limit switches andsensors.

The leadscrew is made from 303 stainless steelwith a Black Ice™ TFE coating for durable andpermanent lubrication.

The features of the linear rail actuator include:

• “T” slots integrated into exterior rail bottom and sides that accommodate full length support andvarious mounting options

• Loads easily attach to the compact, moving carriage with four or six M4 x 0.7 size screws• Load bearing carriage moves efficiently and smoothly within the internal rail geometry of this

specially designed aluminum extrusion• Rail provides endtoend axial stability and precise motion system accuracy• Automatic adjustments of slide bearing play with a patent pending “antibacklash” linear bearing• Rated life equals that of the existing leadscrews of similar size• Leadscrew end configurations adapt to various rotary motion sources• Black Ice™ TFE coatings on a 303 stainless steel leadscrew

For optimum performance, the system can be fitted with the Size 17 Hybrid Linear Actuator, see page 224 available in a wide variety of resolutions from 0.001524 mm/step to 0.048768 mm/step,delivering thrust of up to 222 N. For greater performance Size 17 Hybrid Double Stack Linear actuatorsprovide 0.0158mm/step to 0.127 mm/step and deliver thrust of up to 337 N.

RLRW04Top load (Z direction) 225 NOverhang 225 NMoment roll 8.5 NmMoment yaw 8.5 NmMoment pitch 8.5 NmTwist ±0.75º/m

Load ratings

ProductOverview

227

Linear Rail Actuator


Inte

llige

ntM

otor

s



Example Part No. RLRW04 B R(2) M(3) 43(4) 0025 12

BasicPart

Number

ScrewCoating(1)

Performance Specifications ThreadCode

Lead

(mm)

Lead

(inch)

Stroke(5)

RoundedUp

(inch)

Max StrokeLength(mm)

MaxSpeed(m/sec)

Straight LineAccuracy(mm/m)

RLRW04

B(Black Ice™)

S(Uncoated)

N(No screw)

1,000 0.5 ±1.0

0025 0.635 0.025

07 = 7in08 = 8in12 = 12in

0031 0.794 0.031250039 1.0 0.03940050 1.27 0.050063 1.588 0.06250079 2.0 0.07870100 2.54 0.10125 3.175 0.1250197 5.0 0.19690250 6.35 0.250394 10.0 0.39370500 12.70 0.50750 19.05 0.751000 25.40 1.0


(1) Alternative screw coatings available, please contact our sales team for more information(2) R = right handed, L = left handed, N = no screw(3) M = motorised(4) Size 17 stepper motor(5) Stroke length in inches and will be rounded up. Maximum length 24 inch

ProductOverview

228

Motorised Leadscrew Linear Slide


IntelligentM

otors

Introducing the motorised leadscrew linear slide range

Reliance offers a range of motorised actuator systems including the motorised leadscrew linear slide. Itoffers exceptional linear speed, accurate positioning, and long life in a compact assembly. One of itsmany advantages is that the length and speed are not limited by critical screw speed, allowing high

RPM and linear speeds, even over longspans. Lengths up to 2.4 metres canreadily be built, and longer lengths arepossible on a special order basis.

The motorised leadscrew linear slidefeatures wearcompensating, antibacklash carriages to ensure repeatableand accurate positioning. The preassembled unit combines a screwdrivenlinear actuator with an integrated steppermotor drive reducing part count andimproving system integration.

It is available in standard and wide base options, each capable of supporting a range of load capacities.There are four variants of the standard base supporting 67 N, 156 N, 222 N and 445 N, and two of thewide base to support 156 N and 445 N. Both are available with a right or left hand thread; the nominalthread leads are shown in the table opposite. The stepper motor is available in three sizes NEMA size11, 17 and 23, alternatively the actuator can be supplied integrated with the Reliance Cool Musclemotor, see pages 219 to 223, or as a nonmotorised leadscrew linear slide see page 738.

Typical considerations when selecting a linear actuator include:

• How much force is required from the linear actuator?• What is the duty cycle of the linear move? • What is desired step increment from the linear actuator?• What is the step rate or speed of travel?• Bipolar or unipolar coils in the stepper motor prime

mover? • Stepper motor coil voltage?• Must the lead screw hold position with power off or

must it be “backdrivable” with power off?• Are there size restrictions (max footprint of the linear

actuator)?• What is the anticipated life requirement?• Temperature of operating environment?

Please contact us to discuss your requirements.

ProductOverview

229

Motorised Leadscrew Linear Slide


Inte

llige

ntM

otor

s

Product selection table

NominalThread Lead

Inches mm

Standard Base Option Wide Base OptionStandard 1 Standard 2 Standard 3 Standard 4 Wide 1 Wide 2

67 N 156 N 222 N 445 N 156 N 445 NSize 11DSSize 17SSSize 17DS

Size 17SSSize 17DSSize 23SSSize 23DS

Size 23SSSize 23DS

Size 23SSSize 23DS

Size 17SSSize 17DSSize 23SSSize 23DS

Size 23SSSize 23DS

0.025 0.635 •0.039 1.00 •0.050 1.27 • • •0.0625 1.59 •0.079 2.00 • • •0.098 2.50 •0.100 2.54 • • • • • •0.118 3.00 •0.125 3.18 • •0.157 4.00 • •0.197 5.00 • • •0.200 5.08 • • • • • •0.250 6.35 • • • • •0.315 8.00 • •0.375 9.53 • •0.394 10.00 •0.400 10.16 • •0.472 12.00 • •0.500 12.70 • • • • • •0.630 16.00 • • •0.750 19.05 • • •0.984 25.00 • •1.000 25.40 • • • • •1.200 30.48 • •1.500 38.10 • •2.000 50.80 • •

NotesThe wide base option provides parallel guide tracks for traversing sensor mount devicesSS = Single Stack, standard linear actuator stepper motorDS = Double Stack, hybrid linear actuator stepper motorFor further infomation regarding the single and double stack motors, please contact us

Plan

etar

y an

dR

ight

Ang

le G

earb

oxes

3

Section Contents

Gearbox Range Overview ......................................................Page 32

Planetary Gearboxes Overview..............................................Page 33

Section Views ....................................................................Page 34

RGP40 Series ....................................................................Page 36

RGP60 Series ....................................................................Page 310

RGPN70 Series..................................................................Page 312

Bevel and Hypoid Gearboxes Overview ..............................Page 314

Hypoid Gearboxes ............................................................Page 316

Bevel Gearboxes ..............................................................Page 317

Epicyclic Modules Overview ..................................................Page 324

Epicyclic Modules ............................................................Page 326

Epicyclic Module Accessories ........................................Page 327

Custom Gearboxes Overview ................................................Page 328


ProductOverview

32

Gearbox Range


Gearboxes

Introduction to the range

Our standard product range includes planetary, bevel and hypoid gearboxes, which provide housed,modular solutions, as well as an epicyclic gear module, which can be used in single or multiple stacksto build a customised gearbox. We also provide design, manufacturing, assembly and test services tocreate custom gearbox solutions, designed to specification.

Bevel gearboxesPlanetary gearboxes

Customdesigned gearboxes

Epicyclic modules

Standard gearboxes

Custom gearboxes

Concept development and prototype

Gearboxes for harshenvironments

ProductOverview

33

Planetary Gearboxes


Gea

rbox

es

Planetary gearboxes

Planetary gearboxes give the ability to increase the torque and lower the speed of an electric motor,such as a stepper motor, thereby transforming the power and improving control of an electromechanical system.

The Reliance planetary gearboxes offer low backlash, high torsionalstiffness, and high levels of efficiency, suitable for industrial automationapplications. They are ideally suited to working with the Reliance CoolMuscle intelligent servo system in high torque applications wherepositional feedback is important.

We offer 3 planetary gearboxes – the RGP40 and RGP60 provide acompact solution for integration with Reliance Cool Muscle, whilst theRGPN70 is for higher precision, higher stiffness, higher torque andlower backlash applications.

Industrial automationPharmaceutical testing equipment

Reliance Cool Muscle servo system

RGP60 seriesRGP40 series

SectionView

34

Planetary Gearboxes


Gearboxes

1 Output shaftHigh strength one piece planet carrier and output shaft

2 Output shaft bearingDeep groove ball bearings with contact seals

3 Planet gearPrecision zero helix angle gear with optimised profile modifications and crowning, casehardened and hard finished by honing

4 Housing with integrated ring gearRing gear case hardened for high load capacity, minimum wear, consistent backlash

5 Sun gearPrecision machined optimised gear profile, case hardened and honed for higher load capacity,low noise, minimum wear and consistent backlash

6 Bearing for sun gearHigh speed, deep groove ball bearings eliminating thrust loads from thermal expansion, whilstproviding exact sun gear position for easy mounting

7 Motor adaptor plateAllows matching up of the gear head with NEMA 17 and 23 motors, made from aluminium forenhanced thermal conductivity (other adaptors and motors on request)

8 Clamping ringBalanced ring suitable for high rpm, made from steel to allow greater clamping forces for safetorque transfer

9 Clamping screwHigh strength steel with special low pitch thread to generate a greater clamping force

10 Motor shaft clampMultiple closed slot precision clamping system for improved reliability

11 Assembly holeAccess hole for the clamping screw

• standard backlash(RGP40 from <22’)(RGP60 from <18’)

• high output torque • novel motor clamp system • high efficiency (up to 96%) • ratios i=3,...,512 • low noise • high quality• any mounting position • easy motor mounting • lifetime lubrication• direction of rotation

equidirectional

RGP40, RGP60

SectionView

35

Planetary Gearboxes


Gea

rbox

es

• low backlash (<5’)• high output torque • novel motor clamp system • high efficiency (up to 98%)• honed gearing • ratios i=3,...,100 • low noise (< 58 dB)• high quality• any mounting position • easy motor mounting • lifetime lubrication• direction of rotation

equidirectional

RGPN70

1 Output shaftHigh strength, one piece planet carrier and output shaft

2 Output shaft bearingHigh precision, preloaded taper roller bearings for zero clearance

3 Sealing ringDedicated double lip seal. The lubricant is kept in while contaminants remain outside thegearbox; IP65 rated

4 Planet gearPrecision zero helix angle gear with optimised profile modifications and crowning, case hardened and hard finished by honing

5 Sun gearPrecision machined optimised gear profile, case hardened and honed for higher load capacity,low noise, minimum wear and consistent backlash

6 Bearing for sun gearHigh speed, deep groove ball bearings eliminating thrust loads from thermal expansion, whilstproviding exact sun gear position for easy mounting

7 Housing with integrated ring gearRing gear case hardened for high load capacity, minimum wear, consistent backlash

8 Motor adaptor plateAllows matching up of the gearhead with NEMA 23 motors, made from aluminium for enhancedthermal conductivity (other adaptors and motors on request)

9 Clamping ringBalanced ring suitable for high rpm, made from steel to allow greater clamping forces for safetorque transfer

10 Clamping screwHigh strength steel with special low pitch thread to generate a greater clamping force

11 Motor shaft clampPrecision clamping system for improved reliability

12 Assembly holeAccess hole for the clamping screw

RGP40 NEMA 17

36

Planetary Gearboxes


Gearboxes

Associated ProductsReliance Cool Muscle: page 22

Couplings: page 81Hardware: page 131



Example Part No: RGP40 60 NEMA17

BasicPart

Number

Ratio Stage L1 L2 Output Torque Inertia Efficiency (6)

with full loadNominal Maxmm mm Nm (2) Nm kgcm2 %

RGP40

3

1 87.5 39

11 17.6 0.031 984 15 24 0.022 985 14 22 0.019 987 8.5 13.6 0.018 978 6 10 0.017 96

10 5 8 0.016 95

RGP40

9

2 100.5 52

16.5 26 0.030 9712 20 32 0.029 9615 18 29 0.023 9616 20 32 0.022 9620 20 32 0.019 9625 18 29 0.019 9532 20 32 0.017 9540 18 29 0.016 9464 7.5 12 0.016 86

RGP40

60

3 113 64.5

20 32 0.029 9280 20 32 0.019 90100 20 32 0.019 89120 18 29 0.029 87160 20 32 0.016 86200 18 29 0.016 82256 20 32 0.016 81320 18 29 0.016 76512 7.5 12 0.016 48

RGP40 NEMA 17

37

Planetary Gearboxes


Gea

rbox

es

Technical informationSpecification Unit RGP40 Stage

Backlash arcmin<15<19<22

123

Torsional stiffness Nm/arcmin1.01.11.0

123

Weight kg0.350.450.55

123

Lifetime(3) h 30,000Radial load for 20,000h(4) N 200Axial load for 20,000h(4) N 200Running noise(5) dB(A) 58Maximum input speed rpm 18,000

5,000Input speed at >50% torque

Operating temperature max ºC 90min ºC 25

Motor mounting clamp torque M2.5 Nm 2Lubrication Greased for lifeDegree of protection IP54

(1) Gearboxes for use with NEMA motors are supplied with a motor output shaft bush(2) Emergency stop torque equals twice nominal torque, maximum 500 times(3) Based on nominal torque and output shaft speed 100 rpm(4) Based on output shaft speed 100 rpm, centrally positioned along shaft(5) Distance 1 metre, idle running, input speed 3,000 rpm, ratio 5(6) Degree of efficiency at nominal output torque, reference temperature 70°C at 1,000 rpm

Technical support• Product overview see page 33• Technical information see pages T31 to T33• Section view see page 34• For detailed duty cycle and life calculation, please contact us• Gearbox complements the Reliance Cool Muscle servo system see page 22

• For system design information when using the RGP40 serieswith Reliance Cool Muscle, please contact us

Features and options• Gearbox may be used in any mounting orientation• Housing material: Steel black• Input and output flanges material: Aluminium untreated• Optional smooth output shaft if required• Other motors may be utilised, please contact us

RGP40 NEMA 23

38

Planetary Gearboxes


Gearboxes




BasicPart

Number



RGP40

3

1 89.5 39

11 17.6 0.031 984 15 24 0.022 985 14 22 0.019 987 8.5 13.6 0.018 978 6 10 0.017 96

10 5 8 0.016 95

RGP40

9

2 102.5 52

16.5 26 0.030 9712 20 32 0.029 9615 18 29 0.023 9616 20 32 0.022 9620 20 32 0.019 9625 18 29 0.019 9532 20 32 0.017 9540 18 29 0.016 9464 7.5 12 0.016 86

RGP40

60

3 115 64.5

20 32 0.029 9280 20 32 0.019 90

100 20 32 0.019 89120 18 29 0.029 87160 20 32 0.016 86200 18 29 0.016 82256 20 32 0.016 81320 18 29 0.016 76512 7.5 12 0.016 48



RGP40 NEMA 23

39

Planetary Gearboxes


Gea

rbox

es



123


123

Weight kg0.350.450.55

123


5,000Input speed at >50% torque


Motor mounting clamp torque M2.5 Nm 2Lubrication Greased for lifeDegree of protection IP54




Features and options• Gearbox may be used in any mounting orientation• Housing material: Steel black• Input and output flanges material: Aluminium untreated• Optional smooth output shaft if required• Other motors may be utilised, please contact us• Available as a right angle gearbox, please contact us

RGP60 NEMA 23

310

Planetary Gearboxes


Gearboxes





BasicPart

Number



RGP60

3

1 106 47

28 45 0.135 984 38 61 0.093 985 40 64 0.078 987 25 40 0.072 978 18 29 0.065 97

10 15 24 0.064 96

RGP60

9

2 118.5 59.5

44 70 0.131 9712 44 70 0.127 9615 44 70 0.077 9616 44 70 0.088 9620 44 70 0.075 9625 40 64 0.075 9532 44 70 0.064 9540 40 64 0.064 9464 18 29 0.064 87

RGP60

60

3 131 72

44 70 0.076 9280 44 70 0.075 91

100 44 70 0.075 89120 44 70 0.064 88160 44 70 0.064 86200 40 64 0.064 83256 44 70 0.064 81320 40 64 0.064 77512 18 29 0.064 51


RGP60 NEMA 23

311

Planetary Gearboxes


Gea

rbox

es



123


123

Weight kg0.91.11.3

123


4,500Input speed at >50% Torque


Motor mounting clamp torque M3 Nm 4.5Lubrication Greased for lifeDegree of protection IP54




Features and options• Gearbox may be used in any mounting orientation• Housing material: Steel black• Input and output flanges material: Aluminium untreated• Optional smooth output shaft if required• Other motors may be utilised, please contact us• Available as a right angle gearbox, please contact us

RGPN70NEMA 23

312

Planetary Gearboxes


Gearboxes




Example Part No: RGPN70 40 NEMA23

BasicPart

Number

Ratio Stage L1 L2 Output Torque Inertia Input Speed at50% Torque

Input Speed at100% TorqueNominal Max

mm mm Nm (2) Nm kgcm2 rpm rpm

RGPN70

3

1 137.5 59

45 72 0.40 1,900 1,6504 60 96 0.32 2,200 1,8005 65 104 0.28 2,500 2,0007 45 72 0.26 3,200 2,8008 40 64 0.25 3,500 3,100

10 27 43 0.25 4,000 3,700

RGPN70

12

2 166.5 88

68 109 0.40 3,350 2,75015 68 109 0.38 3,800 3,15016 77 123 0.35 3,600 3,00020 77 123 0.33 4,000 3,35025 65 104 0.30 4,400 3,80032 77 123 0.32 4,500 4,20040 65 104 0.29 4,500 4,50064 40 64 0.26 4,500 4,500

100 27 43 0.25 4,500 4,500


See page 310 for motor mount details

RGPN70NEMA 23

313

Planetary Gearboxes


Gea

rbox

es


Backlash arcmin <3<5

12

Torsional stiffness Nm/arcmin 67

12

Efficiency with full load % 9895

12

Weight kg 1.92.4

12

Lifetime(3) h 20,000Radial load for 20,000h(4) N 3,200Axial load for 20,000h(4) N 4,400Running noise(5) dB(A) 58Maximum input speed rpm 14,000


Motor mounting clamp torque Nm 4.59.5

Lubrication Greased for lifeDegree of protection IP65

(1) Gearboxes for use with NEMA motors are supplied with a motor output shaft bush(2) Emergency stop torque equals twice nominal torque, maximum 500 times(3) Based on nominal torque and output shaft speed 100 rpm(4) Based on output shaft speed 100 rpm, centrally positioned along shaft(5) Distance 1 metre, idle running, input speed 3,000 rpm, ratio 5

M3M4


• For system design information when using the RGPN70 series with Reliance Cool Muscle, please contact us

Features and options• Gearbox may be used in any mounting orientation• Housing material: Steel black• Input and output flanges material: Aluminium untreated• Optional keyway output shaft if required• Other motors may be utilised, please contact us• Available as a right angle gearbox, please contact us

ProductOverview

314

Bevel Gearboxes


Gearboxes

Economic, space saving solutions

The Reliance bevel and hypoid gearboxes provide an economic, space saving solution for right anglemotion in a restricted space envelope. There are 3 types of gearbox available:

The BE seriesThe BE series is the most economical choice, offered withstainless steel bevel gears mounted in plain bearings, witheither 1:1 or 2:1 ratios. It is a small, compact, anodisedaluminium unit, with a removable, plastic, clipon cover. Theunit can be easily mounted into an assembly to provide a 90ºdrive where space prevents a direct layout.

The BS seriesThe BS series is a onepiece, slimline aluminium housingwith stainless steel bevel gears and shafting, offered insingle or double output configurations with either 1:1 or 2:1ratios. Using ISO 8 quality bevel gears, when assembled thebacklash of the assembly is as low as <20 arcmins. It has acompletely sealed casing providing a dust free and safeoperation, with pretapped holes for alternative easymounting. It is lubricated with high quality grease beforesealing, providing lifetime lubrication and low maintenance.

The HY seriesThe BS and BE series bevel gearboxes are suited to lowload industrial applications. For higher ratio requirements,between 5:1 and 10:1, we offer the HY series hypoidgearbox, also with a fully sealed aluminium housing andcarbon steel gears and shafting. The hypoid gear passallows for a high torque transmission coupled with a highratio all within a compact package. Mounted in ball bearingsthe unit is fully lubricated and sealed for life. The variation ofmounting holes allows the gearbox to be mounted on anyface for greater assembly flexibility.

ProductOverview

315

Bevel Gearboxes


Gea

rbox

es

BE 70 L 002 B

GearboxType

OverallLength

GearboxShape

GearRatio

Shaft DiameterIdentification

HY Hypoid GearboxBS Bevel GearboxBSB Bevel GearboxBSH Bevel GearboxBE Bevel Gear Set

Distance from back faceto shaft end

R = RectangularL = L shapeT = T shape

001 = 1:1002 = 2:1005 = 5:1010 = 10:1

A = Smaller output/inputshaft optionB = Larger output/inputshaft option

Part number structure

The BE seriesPictured without its removable cover,the BE series gearbox shown withReliaFlex™ couplings, leadscrewand Reliance Cool Muscle motor in atypical right angled drive system.

The BS seriesA single input, dual output BS seriesshown with ReliaFlex™ couplings,leadscrews and Reliance CoolMuscle motor.

HY Series

316

Hypoid Gearboxes


Gearboxes


Associated ProductsMotors: page 21


All dimensions in mmMaterials:Body Anodised aluminium(ISO AIMg0.7Si, AIMg1SiCu)Pinion shaft SCM435Gear shaft S45C

PartNumber

GearRatio A B C D E F G

ØH(h7)

ØI(h7) J K L M T P Q R

HY70R005HY90R010HY95R005HY120R010

510

510

709095

120

58687580

45606080

557575

100

40505055

15152020

18182525

6688

88

1212

20.025.025.027.5

17.520.020.025.0

36474962

22.530.030.040.0

577

10

14262827

10121215

10121212

PartNumber

Module Teeth Input Torque Ncm at:100rpm 250rpm 500rpm 800rpm 1000rpm 1500rpm 2000rpm 2500rpm

HY70R005HY90R010HY95R005HY120R010

0.750.711.11.0

8/407/708/407/70

76.075.8

247.4186.3

71.870.8

232.1172.7

66.063.8

211.8155.7

59.056.0

187.7136.6

53.950.7

170.3123.5

44.241.3

137.7100.0

36.634.3

112.682.7

28.427.386.065.0

PartNumber

Hole Dims Drilled Holes & C/Bores MaximumOverhang

Load(N)

Weight

(kg)S

Depth DrillHoleØX

CounterBoreØV

C/BoreDepth

WHY70R005HY90R010HY95R005HY120R010

M3M4M4M5

5668

3.24.24.25.2

6.58.08.09.5

3.24.34.35.3

19193939

0.30.60.71.3

Allowable rated torque table

BS LType Series

317

Bevel Gearboxes


Gea

rbox

es


All dimensions in mmMaterials:

Body Anodised aluminium(ISO AIMg0.7Si, AIMg1SiCu)

Shaft Stainless steel (SUS303)

Associated ProductsMotors: page 21Couplings: page 81Hardware: page 131

PartNumber

GearRatio C A B

ØD(h7) E F G

Shaft End Hole Dims Backlash(arcmin)

Weight(g)T L M Depth

BS35L001BS45L001BS65L001BS80L001BS90L001BS105L001

1

141825303540

3545658090

105

273350607080

3468

1012

81215202025

45

12151520

23

3.5555

2.73.3

58

M2M3M4M5M5M6

446677

201515151515

2755

175290496725

BS65L002BS80L002BS90L002BS105L002

2

25303540

658090105

50607080

68

1012

15202025

12151520

3.5555

M4M5M5M6

6677

15

175290496725

PartNumber

Module Teeth Input Torque Ncm at:50rpm 100rpm 250rpm 500rpm 800rpm 1000rpm 1500rpm 2000rpm

BS35L001BS45L001BS65L001BS80L001BS90L001BS105L001

0.40.50.81.01.251.5

20

7.118.773.7

137.9271.8442.6

7.018.672.6

135.6266.1431.6

6.818.169.8

129.1250.4401.6

6.517.365.6

119.5228.0360.0

6.216.561.0

109.7205.8320.1

6.016.058.4

104.0193.3298.1

5.515.052.692.0

167.8254.3

5.314.047.982.6

148.2221.9

BS65L002BS80L002BS90L002BS105L002

0.60.81.01.25

14/2813/2613/2613/26

20.239.877.6

141.5

20.139.576.7

139.6

19.738.474.3

134.0

19.036.870.5

125.7

18.335.166.4

116.9

17.834.064.0

111.7

16.731.558.6

100.7

15.729.554.491.5


BS TType Series

318

Bevel Gearboxes


Gearboxes



All dimensions in mmMaterial:Body Anodised aluminium(ISO AIMg0.7Si, AIMg1SiCu)Shaft Stainless steel (SUS303)

Part number selection tablePart

NumberGearRatio Z Y C A B

ØD(h7) E F G

Shaft End Set Screw Backlash(arcmin)

Weight(g)T L M Depth

BS45T001BS65T001BS80T001BS90T001

1

72105130145

487590

105

18253035

45658090

33506070

468

10

12152020

5121515

3.03.55.05.0

3.3

8

M3M4M5M5

4667

15

75246410679

BS65T002BS80T002BS90T002

2105130145

7590

105

253035

658090

506070

68

10

152020

121515

3.55.05.0

M4M5M5

667

15246410679

PartNumber Module Teeth

Input Torque Ncm at:50rpm 100rpm 250rpm 500rpm 800rpm 1000rpm 1500rpm 2000rpm

BS45T001BS65T001BS80T001BS90T001

0.50.81.01.25

20

18.773.7

137.9271.8

18.672.6

135.6266.1

18.169.8

129.1250.4

17.365.6

119.5228.0

16.561.0

109.7205.8

16.058.4

104.0193.3

15.052.692.0

167.8

14.047.982.6

148.2BS65T002BS80T002BS90T002

0.60.81.0

14/2813/2613/26

20.239.877.6

20.139.576.7

19.738.474.3

19.036.870.5

18.335.166.4

17.834.064.0

16.731.558.6

15.729.554.0


Features and options• Product overview see page 314

BSB LBType Series

319

Bevel Gearboxes


Gea

rbox

es

All dimensions in mmMaterial:





NumberGearRatio

C A BØDh7

Bore

E I ØJ K F G M

DepthSet Screw Weight

(g)ØH(H7)

DepthL N

BSB65L001ABSB65L001BBSB80L001ABSB80L001BBSB90L001ABSB90L001BBSB105L001ABSB105L001B

1

2525303035354040

656580809090

105105

5050606070708080

6688

10101212

56688

101012

1515191919192323

1515202020202525

55556666

1616191921212626

M3M3M3M3M4M4M4M4

1212151515152020

3.53.5555555

M4M4M5M5M5M5M6M6

66667777

M3M3M3M3M4M4M4M4

1919232325253030

169167293289465460722713

PartNumber ModuleTeeth

Input Torque Ncm at:50rpm 100rpm250rpm500rpm 800rpm 1000rpm 1500rpm 2000rpm

BSB65L001A/BBSB80L001A/BBSB90L001A/BBSB105L001A/B

0.81.01.251.5

20

73.7137.9271.8442.6

72.6135.6266.1431.6

69.8129.1250.4401.6

65.6119.5228.0360.0

61.0109.7205.8320.1

58.4104.0193.3298.1

52.692.0

167.8254.3

47.982.6

148.2221.9


Backlash: 15 arcmin


BSH LType Series

320

Bevel Gearboxes


Gearboxes



All dimensions in mmMaterial:Body Aluminium (ISO AIMg0.7Si,AIMg1SiCu) and cast iron castings(JIS G5501)Shaft Stainless and carbon steels (SUS303, S45C)


NumberGearRatio

BodyMatl* C A B

ØDh7 E F G

Keyway Set Screw Shaft Endb t L M Depth T Depth

BSH70L001BSH85L001BSH95L001BSH115L001

1

ALALALFC

27323645

708595

115

54647290

68

1012

16212325

9101320

4555

334

1.81.82.5

141520

M4M5M5M5

678

12

M4

8

PartNumber

ModuleTeeth Input Torque Nm at:250rpm 500rpm800rpm1000rpm 1500rpm 2000rpm 2500rpm 3000rpm

BSH70L001BSH85L001BSH95L001BSH115L001

0.81.01.251.5

19191819

0.891.953.685.23

0.891.953.685.23

0.891.953.685.15

0.891.953.585.01

0.861.813.304.69

0.811.693.044.40

0.771.592.854.25

0.731.502.774.13


PartNumber

Backlash

(arcmin)

MaximumOverhang Load

(N)

Weight

(kg)BSH70L001BSH85L001BSH95L001BSH115L001

15151510

25365883

0.20.40.51.8

*Body material and surface treatments(AL) Al Alloy: A6063, A6061, black anodised with stainless steel shaft(FC) Cast iron: FC200, FC250, black oxide with carbon steel shaft


BSH TType Series

321

Bevel Gearboxes


Gea

rbox

es


Body Aluminium (ISO AIMg0.7Si,AIMg1SiCu)

Shaft Stainless steel (SUS303, S45C)



NumberGearRatio

BodyMatl* Z Y C A B

ØDh7 E F G

Keyway Set Screwb t L M Depth

BSH70T001BSH85T001BSH95T001

1 AL113138154

8196

108

273236

708595

546472

68

10

162123

91013

455

33

1.81.8

1415

M4M5M5

678

PartNumber

ModuleTeeth Input Torque Nm at:250rpm 500rpm800rpm1000rpm 1500rpm 2000rpm 2500rpm 3000rpm

BSH70T001BSH85T001BSH95T001

0.81.01.25

191918

0.891.953.68

0.891.953.68

0.891.953.68

0.891.953.58

0.861.813.30

0.811.693.04

0.771.592.85

0.731.502.77


PartNumber

Backlash

(arcmin)

MaximumOverhang Load

(N)

Weight

(kg)BSH70T001BSH85T001BSH95T001

15253658

0.30.50.7

*Body material and surface treatments(AL) Al Alloy: A6063, A6061, black anodised


BE SeriesRatio 1:1

322

Bevel Gearboxes


Gearboxes



All dimensions in mmMaterial:Body Anodised aluminium(ISO AIMg0.7Si, AIMg1SiCu)Shaft Stainless steel (SUS303)


NumberGearRatio

A B CØDh8 E F G H P J

Drilled Holes & C/BoresDrill Hole

ØKC/Bore

ØVC/Bore

Depth WBE40L001BE55L001BE70L001ABE70L001BBE88L001ABE88L001B

1

405570708888

304050506363

101316162020

4568

1012

101520202525

5.06.58.08.0

10.010.0

4.55.06.06.07.07.0

20.528.536364646

15.021.527.027.033.033.0

182530304040

3.43.44.34.35.25.2

6.56.58.08.09.59.5

3.53.54.54.55.55.5

PartNumber

Module Teeth Input Torque Ncm at:50rpm 100rpm 250rpm 500rpm

BE40L001BE55L001BE70L001ABE70L001BBE88L001ABE88L001B

0.50.81.01.01.51.5

20

9.838.672.372.3

232.3232.3

9.738.071.071.0

226.5226.5

9.436.567.667.6

210.8210.8

9.034.362.662.6

188.9188.9


PartNumber L ØM N T U

Weight(g)

BE40L001BE55L001BE70L001ABE70L001BBE88L001ABE88L001B

2.54.04.54.55.05.0

7911141819

2.11.81.82.02.02.2

1.71.92.12.12.12.1

131620202727

3085

155170375380

Features and options• Product overview see page 314• BE series gearboxes are

supplied with a clipon plastic cover

BE SeriesRatio 2:1

323

Bevel Gearboxes


Gea

rbox

es






NumberGearRatio

A B CØDh8 E F G H P J

Drilled Holes & C/BoresDrill Hole

ØKC/Bore

ØVC/Bore

Depth WBE55L002BE70L002ABE70L002BBE88L002ABE88L002B

2

5570708888

4050506363

1316162020

568

1012

1520202525

6.58.08.0

10.010.0

56677

28.536364646

21.527.027.033.033.0

2530304040

3.44.34.35.25.2

6.58.08.09.59.5

3.54.54.55.55.5

PartNumber

Module Teeth Input Torque Ncm at:50rpm 100rpm 250rpm 500rpm

BE55L002BE70L002ABE70L002BBE88L002ABE88L002B

0.60.80.81.251.25

14/2813/2613/2613/2613/26

10.520.720.774.274.2

10.420.620.673.273.2

10.220.120.170.370.3

9.919.319.365.965.9


PartNumber L ØM N T U

Weight(g)

BE55L002BE70L002ABE70L002BBE88L002ABE88L002B

4.04.54.55.05.0

911141819

1.81.82.02.02.2

1.92.12.12.12.1

1620202727

80140165345375

Features and options• Product overview see page 314• BE series gearboxes are

supplied with a clipon plastic cover

ProductOverview

324

Epicyclic Modules


Gearboxes

Epicyclic Modules

Reliance offers a component gear set with a modular design approach forbuilding a custom gearbox based on standard modules. It can be used as anindividual stage, providing ratios of up to 5:1, or the modules can be stackedto create a higher ratio gearbox. It is ideal for heavier duty, or longlife, torqueamplification, and speed reduction applications; the units have been usedsuccessfully in sealed subsea applications and in motorsports mechanisms.

The gear modules can also be supplied mounted in an aluminium housingcomplete with output shaft and support bearings, or as a housed unitcompleted with input and output shaft.

Motorsports industrySubsea systems

Transmission efficiency98% per single unit, 95% in double units, the power source may be smaller than with many otherreduction gears.

Noise reductionGear noise is reduced by a special construction of disksided planetary gears.

Load equalised structureThe inherent problem of loadsharing with planetary gear systems is solved by the load equalisedconstruction.

High torque transmissionThe epicyclic module is a compact unit with high torque transmission because it is designed toequalise the loads of each planetary gear.

Many reduction ratiosIt is possible to obtain many reduction ratios by combining standard units (3:1, 4:1, 5:1).

MEM75Series

325

Epicyclic Modules


Gea

rbox

es

MEM 75 4 M L D

EpicyclicModule

OutsideDiameter

ReductionRatio

Material

M = StandardP and S are nonstd

Please enquire

Input ShaftForm

L = StandardA, I and D are nonstandard

Please enquire

Output ShaftForm

D = StandardG is nonstd

Please enquire


MaterialM = Metal carrier

Metal housingMetal internal/planet gearsMetal sun gear

P = Plastic carrierPlastic housingPlastic internal/planet gearsMetal sun gear

S = Metal carrierPlastic housingPlastic internal/planet gearsMetal sun gear

Input shaft formL = splined shaft 11 teeth 1.0 module 45º P.A. (standard)A = D shaped shaft 8 mm diameter x 7mmI = splined hole 8 mm diameter with 9 splines 0.75 module 20º P.A.D = splined hole 11 teeth 1.0 module 45º P.A. (standard)

Output shaft formD = splined hole 12 mm diameter 11 splines 1.0 module 45º P.A. (standard)G = splined hole 19.5 mm diameter 25 splines 0.75 module 45º P.A.

Reduction ratiosMetal units (M) Hybrid units (S) 3:1, 4:1, 5:1Plastic units (P) 3.11:1, 3.71:1, 4.8:1Insert 3 for 3:1, 4 for 4:1, 5 for 5:1

MEM75Series

326

Epicyclic Modules


Gearboxes

All dimensions in mm Associated ProductsMotors: page 21


Unit PartNumber

Ratio Weight(g) W X Y

Inertiakg/cm2

MEM753MAD 3:1 231

8.4 12.6

14.84.22

MEM754MAD 4:1 228 4.25MEM755MAD 5:1 248 4.38MEM753MLD 3:1 240

22.64.24

MEM754MLD 4:1 248 4.27MEM755MLD 5:1 257 4.39MEM753MLD8 3:1 321

12.4 16.6 26.64.53

MEM754MLD8 4:1 315 4.44MEM755MLD8 5:1 327 4.58MEM754MDG12 4:1 500 16.4 20.8

25 4.96MEM754MLG12 32.5 5.01MEM755MLG12 5:1 5.16


Technical support Product options• Torque graphs see page T34• Complete gearhead information see page T35

• Handling information see page T36• Mounting and assembly see page T35• Further technical information see page T34• Product overview see page 324

• Higher output variants available• Housed units available (LGH and MEM26) see page T36

• For range of accessories see page 327

MEM75Series

327

Epicyclic Modules


Gea

rbox

es


ACCESSORIES

The initial module accepts a Dshaped motor shaft. Subsequent modules use the input shaft (externalspline) to plug into the output (internal spline). Finally, output internal spline adaptors are available,see below, and spacer rings should be inserted between each module as required.

Function PartNumber

Material Weightg Description

1. Spacer ring MEM75903 POM 12 For spacing modules at the correct distance2. Ø12 O/P shaft MEM75907 SCM435 50 10 Nm torque rated3. Ø32 O/P shaft MEM75906 S45C 720 For customer to machine to requirements

1.

3.

2.

ProductOverview

328

Custom Gearboxes


Gearboxes

Custom gearboxes

As well as offering a range of standard gearboxes we also design and manufacture bespoke gearboxes.As with our bespoke gears (see page 44) these are typically used in the aerospace and defencemarkets, and other industries with performancecritical requirements.

With over 50 years’ experience in gearbox design,manufacture, assembly and test Reliance’s engineers havea wealth of knowledge to draw upon when designing asolution to a customer’s specification. We have designedand built gearboxes for prime contractors and leading OEMsin the aerospace industry which are used in flight criticalapplications on global programmes such as EurofighterTyphoon, Sea Harrier and Tornado.

We specialise in fine pitch gearing for longlife applications,shortlife, high power applications and rotary to linearactuation drive mechanisms.

Our manufacturing capability extends to component cleaning and clean assembly, allowing us toaddress requirements for geared solutions for vacuum applications.

An extensive suite of test equipment enables thorough validation of the gearbox design andconstruction. This includes a Transmission Error Measurement System (TEMS) which enablesinvestigation of the accuracy and backlash of the full geared system, environmental test equipment andaccelerated life testing, all of which help ensure that the gearbox will perform within specification for theentire life of the product.

Military aerospaceLand defence

© Dassault Aviation F. Robineau

ProductOverview

329

Custom Gearboxes


Gea

rbox

es

Environmental testingDesign engineering

Gearbox characterisationGearbox Transmission Error Measurement(TEMS) trace

Production testingProduction

ProductOverview

330

Custom Gearboxes


Gearboxes

Example modular gearboxModular gearbox designed and manufactured to custom specification for systemtest equipment.

ProductOverview

331

Custom Gearboxes


Gea

rbox

es

Example planetary gearboxHigh performance gearbox designed and manufactured to customer specificationfor airborne gimbal actuation.

Bra

ss, G

roun

d an

dPr

ecis

ion

Spur

Gea

rs

4

Section Contents

Gear Range Overview ............................................................Page 42

Precision Gears ........................................................................Page 46

Part Numbering ..................................................................Page 46

Antibacklash Pinions, Miniature ......................................Page 47

Antibacklash Pinions (pin and clamp hub) ....................Page 412

Antibacklash Gears (pin and clamp hub)........................Page 422

Spur Gears (pin and clamp hub) ......................................Page 436

Hubless Spur Gears ..........................................................Page 452

Hardened Spur Gears ........................................................Page 456

Ground Gears Overview ........................................................Page 460

Ground Spur Pinion Gear Shafts ......................................Page 461

Ground Pin Hub Spur Gears..............................................Page 462

Keys and Keyways..............................................................Page 469

Brass Gears and Pinions Overview........................................Page 470

Brass Pinions ......................................................................Page 471

Brass Pin Hub Spur Gears ................................................Page 472

Brass Hubless Spur Gears ................................................Page 478


ProductOverview

42

Precision Gears


PrecisionG

ears

A complete precision gear rangeWith over 50 years of experience in the design and manufacture of precision spur gears, Reliance hasdeveloped an extensive range to suit a wide variety of customer applications. Alongside precision cutgears we offer hardened and precision ground gears for applications requiring higher load capacity anda very competitive range of brass gears for applications where there is a need to balance accuracy andload capacity against cost. Typical diameters range from 5 mm to 100 mm.

Precision cut gearsOur precision cut spur gear range offers antibacklash, spur, hubless and hardened gears with manyhundreds of thousands of combinations of bore size, face width, material, module and number of teeth.In line with our commitment to meeting customer requirements, any tooth number that can beconfigured for any given gear diameter can be supplied. This allows our customers ultimate flexibilitywhen selecting their gear ratio and the ability to use the smallest or most practical centre distance.

Gears are available in standard modules from 0.2–1.5, bore sizes from2–25 mm and to a minimum quality class of AQ10 (for definition ofAQ10 see page T41). Manufactured from aerospace standardstainless steel and aluminium alloy Reliance standard precision gearscan be specified for the most demanding applications. For customersthat require higher transmission accuracy, to measure position moreaccurately or extend life in high speed applications, all Reliance’sprecision gears are available up to quality AQ14.

For applications that require more torque transmission, a standard range of 174 PH, hardened tocondition H1025, is available. Further material choices are offered, commonly PEEK or acetal can bespecified where low noise and/or insulating properties are required. For other applicationspecificrequirements our engineers can help in the selection of exotic materials or add some customisationfeatures to the component.

Reliance antibacklash gears have been developed over a number of years and are manufactured witha twopiece construction. The fixed plate and hub are manufactured in one piece, which providesmaximum integrity when attaching the gear to a shaft. This manufacturing method is far superior whencompared to alternative antibacklash designs which use a threepiece construction, with the hub andfixed plate joined together by a metal deformation technique such as swaging or riveting.

Plain precision gears Antibacklash gears Hubless gears

ProductOverview

43

Precision Gears


Prec

isio

nG

earsOnline gear builderGear manufacture and test

Modification serviceReliance has a dedicated manufacturing cell wheremodifications can be carried out quickly andeconomically to customer specification. Typicallyweight reduction features or alternative fixing methodsare requested – please contact us to discuss yourrequirement.

Online gear builderFor fast, efficient and accurate selection of our precision cut gears we provide a gear builder facilitywhich is available to use online. The online selection process gives all the required technical andcommercial information appropriate to the gear specification, including a 3D image, drawing, partdescription and item number, together with the price and delivery lead time.

Precision ground gearsThe precision ground spur gear range, manufactured from chromium molybdenum steel hardened to4955 HRc, and with tooth profiles manufactured to ISO grade 5, is ideal for higher loaded, mechatronicapplications. Available from stock or on short delivery the bore and the faces of the gears are purposelyleft soft to enable quick modification to suit alternative fixing or shaft diameter requirements.

Brass gearsThe brass spur gear range is also available from stock or on a short delivery and provides customerswith an economical alternative for less demanding applications. Manufactured from high grade brass,ISO CuZn39Pb3, the standard range of spur gears also includes pinion shafts with tooth numbers aslow as 10 and a small range of internal gears (see page 515).

ProductOverview

44

Precision Gears


PrecisionG

ears

Design and manufacture of custom gears

Alongside our extensive range of standard catalogue gears Reliance also designs and manufacturesbespoke gears to customers’ requirements. Reliance has over 50 years of experience in gearing,ranging from high accuracy, long life applications such as radar and optical payload applications, to veryshort life highly loaded aerospace applications.

Gear specialists at Reliance are very happy to offer adviceon the design strategy for custom gears and can help withdatum positioning and dimensioning to achieve the bestpossible accuracy at the most economical cost. Forexample, simply utilising the mounting feature of the gear asthe datum for the gear cutting operation avoids unnecessarytolerance build ups and interim manufacturing operations.

Reliance’s engineers have a detailed knowledge of theprinciples of gear tooth generation and the resulting contactconditions. This enables them to work with engineers inother industries to offer advice on the modification of gearteeth to provide bespoke contact conditions that enhancethe performance of the gear pair, or to achieve an imposedcentre distance within the constraints of the designenvironment.

Typical market areas are aerospace, space, defence and downhole instrumentation whereperformancecritical applications demand a deep understanding of gear geometry. Both external,internal and combination gears can be manufactured using high accuracy hobbing and shapingmachines with a module range of between 0.2 to 1.5 module and a diameter range from 2 to 330 mm.

Custom gears can be manufactured from a range of materials such as, but not limited to, stainless steel,aluminium alloy, precipitation hardening steel, phosphor bronze, titanium and other speciality metals, aswell as high performance polymers such as PEEK. Reliance also works very closely with accredited andformally approved surface coating and heat treatment specialists to provide most industry standardprocesses.

During manufacturing all gears are individually inspectedfor gear quality and size using a dual flank inspectionprocess with maximum accuracies of 3 microns toothtotooth and 5 microns total composite error. For demandingapplications gears are inspected for lead, pitch and profileon our Klingelnberg P40 gear measuring machine.

Our expertise also extends to the associatedstructure in geared assemblies where we can providedesign for manufacture advice or a full design fromspecification service. Typical projects can involve conceptdesign, development testing, prototype manufacture,performance validation testing and productionmanufacture with final acceptance testing, see page 328.

ProductOverview

45

Precision Gears


Prec

isio

nG

ears

Gear testing

Custom gear manufacture

Gear deburring

Custom gear design and development

Wear and coating life testGear metrology

Satellite gear, manufactured for SSTL, working in orbit

ReferenceGuide

46

Precision Gear Part Numbering


PrecisionG

ears

AP 05 S1 B4 F45 A 55 B

Pin hubClamp hubHublessAntibacklash pin hubAntibacklash clamp hubAntibacklash clamp hub,

miniature

PCF

APAC

AR

Gear Type

PitchModule1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.21 mmCP2 mmCP2.5 mmCP

150125

100806 050403

025021M2M

25M

Material CodeAluminium alloyStainless steel 303Stainless steel 316Hardened stainlesssteel 174PHBrassAcetalPEEK polymer

A1S1S2#

S8B2#

D1#

P1#

BoreMetric2 mm3 mm4 mm5 mm6 mm8 mm10 mm12 mm15 mm

B2B3B4B5B6B8B10B12B15

Imperial5/64"1/8"0.12"3/16"1/4"5/16"3/8"11/16"1"

B078#

B125#

B120#

B187#

B250#

B312#

B375#

B687#

B1000#

Face Width2 mm3 mm3.3 mm3.5 mm4 mm4.5 mm5 mm6 mm6.5 mm7 mm8 mm8.9 mm10 mm12 mm

F2F3F33F35F4F45F5F6F61F7F8F89F10F12

Dra

win

g Is

sue

Sepa

rato

rN

umbe

r of T

eeth

Gear QualityAQ14AQ12AQ11AQ10 (leave blank)*

ABC

*Standard accuracyAQ10 (1.25 Mod, 20DPor finer), AQ9 (1.5 Mod,16 DP or coarser).

DP16203248647280961001201/10 "CP1/20 "CP

16#

20#

32#

48#

64#

72#

80#

96#

100#

120#

31#

62#

# indicates nonstandard items. Please enquire for details regarding large modules, imperial pitches and bores, andalternative materials.Part numbering information on this page refers to the precision gears from pagse 47 to 459.

2 mm Bore

47

AntiBacklash PinionsMiniature


Prec

isio

nG

ears

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13 mm

Pressure angle 20°


Example Part No: AR06S1B2F33A 25

StandardModules

Basic Part NumberStandard Materials

Number of Teeth

Min MaxStainless Steel Aluminium Alloy0.80.60.50.40.30.250.2

AR08S1B2F33AAR06S1B2F33AAR05S1B2F33AAR04S1B2F33AAR03S1B2F33AAR025S1B2F33AAR02S1B2F33A

AR08A1B2F33AAR06A1B2F33AAR05A1B2F33AAR04A1B2F33AAR03A1B2F33AAR025A1B2F33AAR02A1B2F33A

16 †212430384556

21293645617493

† Gears of 16 teeth will be modified see page T48

Associated ProductsClamp hub gears: page 436 to 450Shafts: page 112Bearings: page 121Gear clamps: page 114

Features and options Technical support• Gear quality AQ10 as standard see page T41• Higher gear qualities available see page T41• Imperial gears available• For all gear types and options see page 46• Product overview see pages 42 to 46

• Material specifications see page T44• Lubrication see page T410• Installation information see page T49• Treatment specifications see page T44• Technical information see pages T41 to T418• For modified or fully bespoke gear solutions,

please contact us

3 mm Bore

48



PrecisionG

ears

Associated ProductsClamp hub gears: page 436 to 450

Shafts: page 112Bearings: page 121

Gear clamps: page 114

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13 mmPressure angle 20°



StandardModules


Number of Teeth




16 †212430384556

21293645617493

† Gears of 16 teeth or fewer will be modified see page T48



please contact us

4 mm Bore

49



Prec

isio

nG

ears


Pressure angle 20°




StandardModules


Number of Teeth




18222632414960

21293645617493



please contact us

5 mm Bore

410



PrecisionG

ears







StandardModules


Number of Teeth




19242834445265

21293645617493



please contact us

6 mm Bore

411



Prec

isio

nG

ears


Pressure angle 20°




StandardModules


Number of Teeth




21263138495872

21293645617493



please contact us

2 mm Bore

412

AntiBacklash Clamp Hub Pinions


PrecisionG

ears






Example Part No: AC06S1B2F45A 35

StandardModules


Number of Teeth

Min MaxStainless Steel Aluminium Alloy1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2

AC150S1B2F45AAC125S1B2F45AAC10S1B2F45AAC08S1B2F45AAC06S1B2F45AAC05S1B2F45AAC04S1B2F45AAC03S1B2F45AAC025S1B2F45AAC02S1B2F45A

AC150A1B2F45AAC125A1B2F45AAC10A1B2F45AAC08A1B2F45AAC06A1B2F45AAC05A1B2F45AAC04A1B2F45AAC03A1B2F45AAC025A1B2F45AAC02A1B2F45A

14 †16 †1923293442556580

22273544597290

121146183


Features and options Technical support• Gear quality AQ10 as standard see page T41• Gear quality AQ9 for 1.5 mod• Higher gear qualities available see page T41• Imperial gears available• For all gear types and options see page 46• Product overview see pages 42 to 46


please contact us

2 mm Bore

413

AntiBacklash Pin Hub Pinions


Prec

isio

nG

ears


Pressure angle 20°

Associated ProductsPin hub gears: page 437 to 451Shafts: page 112Bearings: page 121Pins: page 1318


Example Part No: AP06S1B2F45A 35

StandardModules


Number of Teeth


AP150S1B2F45AAP125S1B2F45AAP10S1B2F45AAP08S1B2F45AAP06S1B2F45AAP05S1B2F45AAP04S1B2F45AAP03S1B2F45AAP025S1B2F45AAP02S1B2F45A

AP150A1B2F45AAP125A1B2F45AAP10A1B2F45AAP08A1B2F45AAP06A1B2F45AAP05A1B2F45AAP04A1B2F45AAP03A1B2F45AAP025A1B2F45AAP02A1B2F45A

14 †16 †1923293442556580

22273544597290

121146183




please contact us

3 mm Bore

414



PrecisionG

ears







StandardModules


Number of Teeth




14 †16 †1923293442556580

22273544597290

121146183




please contact us

3 mm Bore

415



Prec

isio

nG

ears


Pressure angle 20°




StandardModules


Number of Teeth




14 †16 †1923293442556580

22273544597290

121146183




please contact us

4 mm Bore

416



PrecisionG

ears







StandardModules


Number of Teeth




14 †16 †1923293442556580

22273544597290

121146183




please contact us

4 mm Bore

417



Prec

isio

nG

ears


Pressure angle 20°




StandardModules


Number of Teeth




14 †16 †1923293442556580

22273544597290

121146183




please contact us

5 mm Bore

418



PrecisionG

ears







StandardModules


Number of Teeth




14 †16 †1923293442556580

22273544597290

121146183




please contact us

5 mm Bore

419



Prec

isio

nG

ears


Pressure angle 20°




StandardModules


Number of Teeth




14 †16 †1923293442556580

22273544597290

121146183




please contact us

6 mm Bore

420



PrecisionG

ears







StandardModules


Number of Teeth




14 †16 †1923293442556580

22273544597290

121146183




please contact us

6 mm Bore

421



Prec

isio

nG

ears


Pressure angle 20°




StandardModules


Number of Teeth




14 †16 †1923293442556580

22273544597290

121146183




please contact us

2 mm Bore

422

AntiBacklash Clamp Hub Gears


PrecisionG

ears







StandardModules


Number of Teeth




24283442556681

107128159

46567088

119143179240289361



please contact us

2 mm Bore

423

AntiBacklash Pin Hub Gears


Prec

isio

nG

ears


Pressure angle 20°




StandardModules


Number of Teeth




24283442556681

107128159

46567088

119143179240289361



please contact us

3 mm Bore

424



PrecisionG

ears







StandardModules


Number of Teeth




24283442556681

107128159

46567088

119143179240289361



please contact us

3 mm Bore

425



Prec

isio

nG

ears


Pressure angle 20°




StandardModules


Number of Teeth




24283442556681

107128159

46567088

119143179240289361



please contact us

4 mm Bore

426



PrecisionG

ears







StandardModules


Number of Teeth




24283442556681

107128159

46567088

119143179240289361



please contact us

4 mm Bore

427



Prec

isio

nG

ears


Pressure angle 20°




StandardModules


Number of Teeth




24283442556681

107128159

46567088

119143179240289361



please contact us

5 mm Bore

428



PrecisionG

ears







StandardModules


Number of Teeth




24283442556681

107128159

46567088

119143179240289361



please contact us

5 mm Bore

429



Prec

isio

nG

ears


Pressure angle 20°




StandardModules


Number of Teeth




24283442556681

107128159

46567088

119143179240289361



please contact us

6 mm Bore

430



PrecisionG

ears







StandardModules


Number of Teeth




24283442556681

107128159

46567088

119143179240289361



please contact us

6 mm Bore

431



Prec

isio

nG

ears


Pressure angle 20°




StandardModules


Number of Teeth




24283442556681

107128159

46567088

119143179240289361



please contact us

8 mm Bore

432



PrecisionG

ears







StandardModules


Number of Teeth




2125303748567092

110136

7591

114143192230289386463580



please contact us

8 mm Bore

433



Prec

isio

nG

ears


Pressure angle 20°




StandardModules


Number of Teeth




2125303748567092

110136

7591

114143192230289386463580



please contact us

10 mm Bore

434



PrecisionG

ears




All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmPressure angle 20°



StandardModules


Number of Teeth




2125303748567092

110136

7591

114143192230289386463580



please contact us

10 mm Bore

435



Prec

isio

nG

ears

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mm

Pressure angle 20°




StandardModules


Number of Teeth




2125303748567092

110136

7591

114143192230289386463580



please contact us

2 mm Bore

436

Clamp Hub Spur Gears


PrecisionG

ears


† Gears of 16 teeth or fewer will be modified see page T48# Alternative materials replace S1 in the part number with B2 for brass

Example Part No: C06S1B2 F2A 25

StandardModules

Basic Part NumberStandard Materials #

Face Width Number of Teeth

Dim F Min MaxStainlessSteel

AluminiumAlloy F2A F4A

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2

C150S1B2C125S1B2C10S1B2C08S1B2C06S1B2C05S1B2C04S1B2C03S1B2C025S1B2C02S1B2

C150A1B2C125A1B2C10A1B2C08A1B2C06A1B2C05A1B2C04A1B2C03A1B2C025A1B2C02A1B2

F2A (2 mm)

or

F4A (4 mm)

12 †12 †12 †13 †14 †14 †15 †171820

21253241566785

114137172

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=2, L=7F=4, L=9

Associated ProductsAntibacklash gears: page 47 to 434





please contact us

2 mm Bore

437

Pin Hub Spur Gears


Prec

isio

nG

ears


Pressure angle 20°

Associated ProductsAntibacklash gears: page 413 to 435Shafts: page 112Bearings: page 121Pins: page 1318

† Gears of 16 teeth or fewer will be modified see page T48# Alternative materials replace S1 in the part number with B2 for brass, or S8 for hardened stainless steel

Example Part No: P06S1B2 F2A 25

StandardModules





1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2

P150S1B2P125S1B2P10S1B2P08S1B2P06S1B2P05S1B2P04S1B2P03S1B2P025S1B2P02S1B2

P150A1B2P125A1B2P10A1B2P08A1B2P06A1B2P05A1B2P04A1B2P03A1B2P025A1B2P02A1B2

F2A (2 mm)

or

F4A (4 mm)

12 †12 †12 †13 †15 †1821273138

21253241566785

114137172

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=2, L=7F=4, L=9



please contact us

3 mm Bore

438



PrecisionG

ears




StandardModules





1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F2A ( 2 mm)

or

F4A (4 mm)

12 †13 †13 †14 †15 †16 †18202225

21253241566785

114137172

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=2, L=7F=4, L=9






please contact us

3 mm Bore

439

Pin Hub Spur Gears


Prec

isio

nG

ears


Pressure angle 20°




StandardModules





1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F2A (2 mm)

or

F4A (4 mm)

12 †13 †13 †14 †172023303543

21253241566785

114137172

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=2, L=7F=4, L=9



please contact us

4 mm Bore

440



PrecisionG

ears







StandardModules





1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F2A (2 mm)

or

F4A (4 mm)

13 †14 †14 †15 †171820242630

21253241566785

114137172

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=2, L=9F=4, L=11



please contact us

4 mm Bore

441

Pin Hub Spur Gears


Prec

isio

nG

ears

All dimensions in mm General tolerances ±0.13 mm

Pressure angle 20°




StandardModules





1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F2A (2 mm)

or

F4A (4 mm)

13 †14 †14 †15 †192226343948

21253241566785

114137172

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=2, L=8F=4, L=10



please contact us

5 mm Bore

442



PrecisionG

ears







StandardModules





1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F2A (2 mm)

or

F4A (4 mm)

14 †14 †15 †17192023273035

21253241566785

114137172

7286

109136183220275368442553


when F=2, L=9F=4, L=11



please contact us

5 mm Bore

443

Pin Hub Spur Gears


Prec

isio

nG

ears


Pressure angle 20°




StandardModules





1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F2A (2 mm)

or

F4A (4 mm)

14 †14 †15 †17212429374353

21253241566785

114137172

7286

109136183220275368442553


when F=2, L=8F=4, L=10



please contact us

6 mm Bore

444



PrecisionG

ears







StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F3A (3 mm)

or

F4A (4 mm)

or

F6A (6 mm)

14 †15 †16 †18202225303440

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=3, L=10F=4, L=11F=6, L=13



please contact us

6 mm Bore

445

Pin Hub Spur Gears


Prec

isio

nG

ears


Pressure angle 20°





StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F3A (3 mm)

or

F4A (4 mm)

or

F6A (6 mm)

14 †15 †16 †19232733435062

7286

109136183220275368442553

When F=3, L=9F=4, L=10F=6, L=12



please contact us

8 mm Bore

446



PrecisionG

ears





† Gears of 16 teeth will be modified see page T48# Alternative materials replace S1 in the part number with B2 for brass


StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F4A (4 mm)

or

F6A (6 mm)

16 †171820242630374250

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=4, L=13F=6, L=15



please contact us

8 mm Bore

447

Pin Hub Spur Gears


Prec

isio

nG

ears


Pressure angle 20°


† Gears of 16 teeth will be modified see page T48# Alternative materials replace S1 in the part number with B2 for brass, or S8 for hardened stainless steel



StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F4A (4 mm)

or

F6A (6 mm)

16 †172024303543566682

7286

109136183220275368442553

When F=4, L=10F=6, L=12



please contact us

10 mm Bore

448



PrecisionG

ears






StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F4A (4 mm)

or

F6A (6 mm)

17182023273035445060

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=4, L=13F=6, L=15

# Alternative materials replace S1 in the part number with B2 for brass



please contact us

10 mm Bore

449

Pin Hub Spur Gears


Prec

isio

nG

ears


Pressure angle 20°




StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F4A (4 mm)

or

F6A (6 mm)

17192227344050657795

7286

109136183220275368442553

When F=4, L=12F=6, L=14

# Alternative materials replace S1 in the part number with B2 for brass, or S8 for hardened stainless steel



please contact us

12 mm Bore

450



PrecisionG

ears






StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F6A ( 6mm)

or

F10A (10 mm)

18202225303440505870

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=6, L=15F=10, L=19

# Alternative materials replace S1 in the part number with B2 for brass



please contact us

12 mm Bore

451

Pin Hub Spur Gears


Prec

isio

nG

ears


Pressure angle 20°




StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F8A (8 mm)

or

F12A (12 mm)

192226324148597792

113

7286

109136183220275368442553

When F=8, L=20F=12, L=24

# Alternative materials replace S1 in the part number with B2 for brass, or S8 for hardened stainless steel



please contact us

5 mm Bore

452

Hubless Spur Gears


PrecisionG

ears


Shafts: page 112


† Gears of 16 teeth or fewer will be modified see page T48# Alternative materials replace S1 in the part number with B2 for brass, D1 for Delrin or S8 for hardened stainlesssteel

Example Part No: F06S1B5 F3A 75

StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2

F150S1B5F125S1B5F10S1B5F08S1B5F06S1B5F05S1B5F04S1B5F03S1B5F025S1B5F02S1B5

F150A1B5F125A1B5F10A1B5F08A1B5F06A1B5F05A1B5F04A1B5F03A1B5F025A1B5F02A1B5

F3A (3 mm)

or

F6A (6 mm)

14 †14 †15 †17192023273035

7286

109136183220275368442553


NoteDelrin gear boreØ5.02/4.97



please contact us

10 mm Bore

453

Hubless Spur Gears


Prec

isio

nG

ears


Pressure angle 20°

Associated ProductsAntibacklash gears: page 47 to 435Shafts: page 112



StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F3A (3 mm)

or

F6A (6 mm)

17182023273035445060

7286

109136183220275368442553

# Alternative materials replace S1 in the part number with B2 for brass, D1 for Delrin or S8 for hardened stainlesssteel




please contact us

15 mm Bore

454

Hubless Spur Gears


PrecisionG

ears




StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F3A (3 mm)

or

F6A (6 mm)

20222529354048607085

7286

109136183220275368442553






please contact us

25 mm Bore

455

Hubless Spur Gears


Prec

isio

nG

ears


Pressure angle 20°




StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F3A (3 mm)

or

F6A (6 mm)

2730354252607394

110135

7286

109136183220275368442553





please contact us

5 mm Bore

456

Hardened Spur Gears


PrecisionG

ears

Associated ProductsPin hub spur gears: page 437 to 451


Pins: page 1318

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13 mmMaterial: Stainless steel 174 PH,hardened to 3542 HRcPressure angle 20°



StandardModules

Basic Part Number Face Width Number of TeethHardenedStainless

SteelDim F Min Max

F2A F4A1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2


F2A (2 mm)

or

F4A (4 mm)

14 †14 †15 †17212429374353

21253241566785

114137172

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=2, L=8F=4, L=10

Features and options Technical support• Gear quality AQ10 as standard see page T41• Gear quality AQ9 for 1.5 mod• Higher gear qualities available see page T41• Additional bore sizes 2 mm to 12 mm available• Imperial gears available• For all gear types and options see page 46• Product overview see pages 42 to 46


please contact us

6 mm Bore

457

Hardened Spur Gears


Prec

isio

nG

ears


Material: Stainless steel 174 PH,hardened to 3542 HRc

Pressure angle 20°

Associated ProductsPin hub spur gears: page 437 to 451Shafts: page 112Bearings: page 121Pins: page 1318



StandardModules


SteelDim F Min Max

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2


F3A (3 mm)

or

F4A (4 mm)

or

F6A (6 mm)

14 †15 †16 †19232733435062

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=3, L=9F=4, L=10F=6, L=12



please contact us

8 mm Bore

458

Hardened Spur Gears


PrecisionG

ears

Associated ProductsPin hub spur gears: page 437 to 451


Pins: page 1318

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13 mmMaterial: Stainless steel 174 PH,hardened to 3542 HRcPressure angle 20°



StandardModules


SteelDim F Min Max

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2


F4A (4 mm)

or

F6A (6 mm)

16 †172024303543566682

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=4, L=10F=6, L=12



please contact us

10 mm Bore

459

Hardened Spur Gears


Prec

isio

nG

ears


Material: Stainless steel 174 PH,hardened to 3542 HRc

Pressure angle 20°

Associated ProductsPin hub spur gears: page 437 to 451Shafts: page 112Bearings: page 121Pins: page 1318


StandardModules


SteelDim F Min Max

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2


F4A (4 mm)

or

F6A (6 mm)

17192227344050657795

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=4, L=12F=6, L=14



please contact us

ProductOverview

460

Ground Spur Gears


PrecisionG

ears

SG 50 S 50 B 10 08

GearType

Module Material Number ofTeeth

ShaftType

BoresTypes*

FaceWidth

BoreDiameter

Ground SpurGear

0.5 500.8 801.0 1

ChromiumMolybdenumSteel 4955HRc

14 120 L = solid shafton both sidesB = Bore withhub on oneside

Ground borewithoutthreaded hole+ Ground borewith threadedhole and subdrilled hole,set screw notsupplied

810

05 506 608 810 1012 12

Ground spur gears

Ground spur gears are ideal for high speed mechatronic applications where higher loads andaccurate motion are required.

• Modules 0.5 to 1.0 available.• Manufactured from chromium molybdenum

steel, hardened to 4955HRc.• Standard gear quality: ISO 5• Bore diameter, outside diameter and other

surfaces are ground to provide locationdatums when additional machining isrequired. Additional machining of the boreis not recommended.

• Keyway features available see page 469

* See bore type designator in part number, or +


0.5, 0.8, 1.0Module

461

Ground Spur Pinion Gear Shafts


Prec

isio

nG

ears

All dimensions in mmPressure angle 20°

Associated ProductsBearings: page 121

PartNumber

Module Numberof

Teeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

FaceWidth

F

ShaftDia(h7)ØA

ShaftLength

LL

ShaftLength

LR

OverallLength

LSG50S20L0806SG50S22L0808SG50S24L0810SG50S25L0810SG50S26L0810

0.5

2022242526

10.011.012.012.513.0

11.012.013.013.514.0

8

68

101010

22 50 80

SG80S15L0806SG80S16L0806SG80S18L0808SG80S20L0810SG80S24L0810SG80S25L0810

0.8

151618202425

12.012.814.416.019.220.0

13.614.416.017.620.821.6

8

668

101010

22 60 90

SG1S14L1008SG1S15L1010SG1S16L1010SG1S18L1010

1.0

14151618

14.015.016.018.0

16.017.018.020.0

10

8101010

25 60 95


Features Technical support• Material: Chromium molybdenum steel

(ISO 34CrMo4, 42CrMo4)• Gear tooth treatment: Induction hardened to

4955 HRc• Gear quality: ISO 5• Gear tooth surface finish

• For transmission capacity see page T417• Part number structure see page 460• Small quantities of selected items available

exstock, please visit our online store:www.reliance.co.uk/shop

• For modified or fully bespoke gears, pleasecontact us

0.5 Module

462

Ground Pin Hub Spur Gears


PrecisionG

ears

Associated ProductsSet screws: page 131



PartNumber

Numberof

Teeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H7)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MSG50S28B0805SG50S30B0805SG50S30B0806SG50S30B*0806SG50S32B0805SG50S32B0806SG50S35B0805SG50S36B0806SG50S36B0808SG50S40B0806SG50S40B0808SG50S40B*0808SG50S45B0808SG50S48B0808SG50S50B0808SG50S50B0810SG50S50B*0810SG50S54B0808SG50S55B0808

28303030323235363640404045485050505455

14.015.015.015.016.016.017.518.018.020.020.020.022.524.025.025.025.027.027.5

15.016.016.016.017.017.018.519.019.021.021.021.023.525.026.026.026.028.028.5

556656568688888

1010

88

10121212121214161616161616202020202020

8 16

M3

M4

M4

444


* in part number denotes two threadedholes (set screws not supplied)

in part number denotes nothreaded hole



4955 HRc• Gear quality: ISO 5• Gear tooth surface finish• Keyway features available see page 469




0.5 Module

463



Prec

isio

nG

ears

All dimensions in mmPressure angle 20

Associated ProductsSet screws: page 131Shafts: page 112Bearings: page 121


NumberNumber

ofTeeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H7)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MSG50S56B0808SG50S60B0808SG50S60B0810SG50S60B*0810SG50S64B0808SG50S70B0808SG50S72B0808SG50S75B0808SG50S80B0808SG50S80B0810SG50S80B0812SG50S80B*0812SG50S90B0810SG50S96B0810SG50S100B0810SG50S100B0812SG50S100B*0812SG50S108B0810SG50S112B0810SG50S120B0810

5660606064707275808080809096

100100100108112120

28.030.030.030.032.035.036.037.540.040.040.040.045.048.050.050.050.054.056.060.0

29.031.031.031.033.036.037.038.541.041.041.041.046.049.051.051.051.055.057.061.0

88

1010

88888

1012121010101212101010

2022222222222525252525253030303030353535

8 16

M4

M5

M5

444









0.8 Module

464



PrecisionG

ears





NumberNumber

ofTeeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H7)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MSG80S22B0806SG80S24B0806SG80S25B0806SG80S28B0808SG80S30B0810SG80S30B*0810SG80S32B0810SG80S35B0810SG80S36B0810SG80S40B0810SG80S40B*0812SG80S45B0810SG80S48B0810SG80S50B0810SG80S50B*0812SG80S54B0810SG80S55B0810

2224252830303235364040454850505455

17.619.220.022.424.024.025.628.028.832.032.036.038.440.040.043.244.0

19.220.821.624.025.625.627.229.630.433.633.637.640.041.641.644.845.6

6668

10101010101012101010121010

1416161820202020202525252525252525

8 18

M4

M5

M5

555









0.8 Module

465



Prec

isio

nG

ears




NumberNumber

ofTeeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H7)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MSG80S56B0810SG80S60B0810SG80S60B*0812SG80S64B0812SG80S70B0812SG80S72B0812SG80S75B0812SG80S80B0812SG80S90B0812SG80S96B0812SG80S100B0812SG80S108B0812SG80S112B0812SG80S120B0812

56606064707275809096

100108112120

44.848.048.051.256.057.660.064.072.076.880.086.489.696.0

46.449.649.652.857.659.261.665.673.678.481.688.091.297.6

1010121212121212121212121212

2525253030303030353535404040

8 18

M5

5









1.0 Module

466



PrecisionG

ears





NumberNumber

ofTeeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H7)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MSG1S17B1006SG1S18B1008SG1S20B1008SG1S20B*1008SG1S20B*1010SG1S21B1008SG1S22B1008SG1S23B1008SG1S24B1008SG1S24B*1008SG1S24B*1010SG1S25B1008SG1S26B1008SG1S27B1008SG1S28B1008SG1S30B1010SG1S30B*1010

1718202020212223242424252627283030

17.018.020.020.020.021.022.023.024.024.024.025.026.027.028.030.030.0

19.020.022.022.022.023.024.025.026.026.026.027.028.029.030.032.032.0

6888

1088888

108888

1010

1215161616161818202020202020202626

10 20

M4M4

M4M4

M4

55555









1.0 Module

467



Prec

isio

nG

ears




NumberNumber

ofTeeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H7)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MSG1S30B*1012SG1S32B1010SG1S34B1010SG1S35B1010SG1S36B1010SG1S38B1010SG1S40B1010SG1S40B1012SG1S42B1010SG1S44B1010SG1S45B1012SG1S48B1012SG1S50B1012

30323435363840404244454850

30.032.034.035.036.038.040.040.042.044.045.048.050.0

32.034.036.037.038.040.042.042.044.046.047.050.052.0

12101010101010121010121212

26262626262626263535353535

10 20

M4

5









1.0 Module

468



PrecisionG

ears





NumberNumber

ofTeeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H7)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

LSG1S52B1012SG1S54B1012SG1S55B1012SG1S56B1012SG1S60B1012SG1S64B1012SG1S70B1012SG1S72B1012SG1S75B1012SG1S80B1012SG1S100B1012

52545556606470727580

100

52.054.055.056.060.064.070.072.075.080.0

100.0

54.056.057.058.062.066.072.074.077.082.0

102.0

12

3535353540404045454550

10 20








Keys andKeyways

469



Prec

isio

nG

ears

All dimensions in mmAssociated ProductsGround pin hub spur gears: page 462

Bore DiaØ

Keywayb2 x t2

Width Depthb2 Tolerance Js 9 t2 Tolerance

8 3 x 1.4 3 ±0.0125 1.4 +0.1010

12 4 x 1.8 4 ±0.015 1.8

b x t 3 x 3 4 x 4b Tolerance (h) h9 h9t Tolerance (h) h9 h9

Keyway information

Tolerances for key

Features• The keyways above are available as options, add K to the end of the part number• Additional custom keyways are available, please contact us

ProductOverview

470

Brass Gears and Pinions


PrecisionG

ears

S 50 B 20 K + 02 03

GearType

Module Material Number ofTeeth

ShaftTypes

BoreTypes

FaceWidth

BoreDiameter

Spur Gear 0.3 300.5 500.75 75

Brass 8 120 A Hublesswith boreB Bore withhub on onesideK Pinionshaft

Gear shaft + Gear shaftwith bore andthreaded hole,set screw notsupplied

2 023 034 048 0810 10

2 023 035 056 068 0812 1215 15

Brass gears

Brass gears are ideal for lightly loaded applications, an economic balance of accuracy and loadcapacity against cost.

• Modules 0.3 to 0.75 available• Manufactured from brass

(ISO CuZn38Pb2, CuZn39Pb3)• Standard gear quality: ISO 9 10


Additional brass gears are available in the precision gear range see page 46

0.3, 0.5, 0.75Module

471

Brass Pinions


Prec

isio

nG

ears



PartNumber

Module Numberof

Teeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MS30B14K+0402S30B15K+0402S30B16K+0402S30B18K+0402

0.3

14151618

4.24.54.85.4

4.85.15.46.0

2

5.05.55.56.0

4

12121212

M1.6M1.6M1.6M2

2.52.52.52.5

S50B10K1006S50B12K1007S50B14K1008S50B15K+0803S50B16K+0803S50B18K+0803S50B20K+0803

0.5

10121415161820

5.06.07.07.58.09.0

10.0

6.07.08.08.59.0

10.011.0

3333

6.07.08.09.09.0

10.011.0

1010108888

55555518181818

M3M3M3M3

3.03.03.03.0

S75B10K0809S75B12K0811S75B14K+0805S75B15K+0805S75B16K+0805S75B18K+0805S75B20K+0805

0.75

10121415161820

7.59.0

10.511.2512.013.515.0

9.010.512.012.7513.515.016.5

55555

9.011.012.012.7513.515.016.5

8

55552020202020

M3M3M3M3M3

3.03.03.03.03.0


Shaft Pinion

Pinion

set screw not supplied

in part number denotes shaft pinion type

Features Technical support• Material: Brass (ISO CuZn39Pb3)• Gear quality: ISO 9 10• Small quantities of selected items available


• Allowable backlash see page T417• For modified or fully bespoke gears, please

contact us• Product overview see page 470

0.3 Module

472

Brass Pin Hub Spur Gears


PrecisionG

ears




PartNumber

Numberof

Teeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MS30B20B+0302S30B24B+0302S30B25B+0302S30B28B+0302S30B30B+0302S30B32B+0202S30B35B+0202S30B36B+0203S30B40B+0203S30B45B+0203S30B48B+0203

2024252830323536404548

6.07.27.58.49.09.6

10.510.812.013.514.4

6.67.88.19.09.6

10.211.111.412.614.115.0

22222223333

56678889

101010

3.23.23.23.23.22.02.02.02.02.02.0

8

M1.6M2M2M2M2M2M2M3M3M3M3

2.52.52.52.52.53.03.03.03.03.03.0

Part number selection table set screw not supplied





0.3 Module

473



Prec

isio

nG

ears




NumberNumber

ofTeeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MS30B50B+0203S30B56B+0203S30B60B+0203S30B64B+0203S30B66B+0203S30B70B+0203S30B72B+0203S30B75B+0203S30B80B+0203S30B90B+0203S30B96B+0203S30B100B+0203S30B108B+0203

5056606466707275809096

100108

15.016.818.019.219.821.021.622.524.027.028.830.032.4

15.617.418.619.820.421.622.223.124.627.629.430.633.0

3 10 2 8 M3 3






0.5 Module

474



PrecisionG

ears




PartNumber

Numberof

Teeth

Type PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MS50B20B+0303S50B24B+0303S50B25B+0303S50B26B+0303S50B28B+0303S50B30B+0303S50B32B+0303S50B35B+0303S50B36B+0303S50B40B+0203S50B42B+0203S50B45B+0203S50B48B+0203S50B50B+0203S50B55B+0203S50B56B+0203S50B58B+0203S50B60B+0203

202425262830323536404245485055565860

B1B1B1B1B1B1B1B1B1B2B2B2B2B2 B2B2B2B2

10.012.012.513.014.015.016.017.518.020.021.022.524.025.027.528.029.030.0

11.013.013.514.015.016.017.018.519.021.022.023.525.026.028.529.030.031.0

3

8.210.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.0

333333333222222222

888888888

7.57.57.57.57.57.57.57.57.5

M3 2.5


Type B1 Gear Type B2 Gear


Type B2 gears have riveted hub

Features Technical support• Material: Brass (ISO CuZn38Pb2, CuZn39Pb3)• Gear quality: ISO 9 10• Small quantities of selected items available




0.5 Module

475



Prec

isio

nG

ears




Type B2 Gear







PartNumber

Numberof

Teeth

Type PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MS50B62B+0203S50B64B+0203S50B65B+0203S50B68B+0203S50B70B+0203S50B72B+0203S50B75B+0203S50B80B+0203S50B84B+0203S50B85B+0203S50B90B+0203S50B95B+0203S50B100B+0203S50B105B+0203S50B110B+0203

626465687072758084859095

100105110

B2B2B2B2B2 B2B2B2B2B2B2B2B2B2B2

31.032.032.534.035.036.037.540.042.042.545.047.550.052.555.0

32.033.033.535.036.037.038.541.043.043.546.048.551.053.556.0

3

10.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.015.015.015.0

2

7.57.57.57.57.57.57.57.57.57.57.57.59.59.59.5

M3

2.52.52.52.52.52.52.52.5 2.52.52.52.53.53.53.5

0.75 Module

476



PrecisionG

ears




PartNumber

Numberof

Teeth

Type PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MS75B16B+0305S75B18B+0305S75B20B+0306S75B24B+0306S75B25B+0306S75B26B+0306S75B28B+0306S75B30B+0306S75B32B+0306S75B35B+0306S75B36B+0306S75B40B+0306S75B42B+0306S75B45B+0306S75B48B+0306S75B50B+0306S75B55B+0306S75B56B+0306S75B58B+0306

16182024252628303235364042454850555658

B1B1B1B1B1B1B1B1B1B1B1B1B1B1 B1B2B2B2B2

12.013.515.018.018.7519.521.022.524.026.2527.030.031.533.7536.037.541.2542.043.5

13.515.016.519.520.2521.022.524.025.527.7528.531.533.035.2537.539.042.7543.545.0

5566666666666666666

10.011.012.014.014.014.014.015.015.018.018.020.020.020.020.020.020.020.020.0

3

10.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.510.510.510.5

M3M3M4M4M4M4M4M4M4M4M4M4M4M4M4M4M4M4M4

3.5


Type B1 Gear Type B2 Gear







0.75 Module

477



Prec

isio

nG

ears




Type B2 Gear







PartNumber

Numberof

Teeth

Type PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MS75B60B+0306S75B62B+0306S75B64B+0306S75B65B+0306S75B66B+0306S75B68B+0306S75B70B+0306S75B72B+0306S75B75B+0306S75B80B+0306S75B85B+0306S75B90B+0306S75B95B+0306S75B100B+0306S75B105B+0306S75B110B+0306S75B115B+0306S75B120B+0306

60626465666870727580859095

100105110115120

B2B2B2B2B2B2B2B2B2B2B2B2B2B2B2B2B2B2

45.046.548.048.7549.551.052.554.056.2560.063.7567.571.2575.078.7582.586.2590.0

46.548.049.550.2551.052.554.055.557.7561.565.2569.072.7576.580.2584.087.7591.5

6 20.0 3 10.5 M4 3.5

0.5 Module

478

Brass Hubless Spur Gears


PrecisionG

ears

Associated ProductsGears: page 41

Shafts: page 112


PartNumber

Numberof

Teeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

FaceWidth

F

BoreDiaØB

S50B40A0208S50B42A0208S50B45A0208S50B48A0208S50B50A0208S50B55A0208S50B56A0208S50B58A0208S50B60A0208S50B62A0208S50B64A0208S50B65A0208

404245485055565860626465

20.021.022.524.025.027.528.029.030.031.032.032.5

21.022.023.525.026.028.529.030.031.032.033.033.5

2 8






0.5 Module

479



Prec

isio

nG

ears


Associated ProductsGears: page 41Shafts: page 112


NumberNumber

ofTeeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

FaceWidth

F

BoreDiaØB


687072758084859095

100105110

34.035.036.037.540.042.042.545.047.550.052.555.0

35.036.037.038.541.043.043.546.048.551.053.556.0

2

888888888

121212





0.75 Module

480



PrecisionG

ears



PartNumber

Numberof

Teeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

FaceWidth

F

BoreDiaØB


505556586062646566687072

37.541.2542.043.545.046.548.048.7549.551.052.554.0

39.042.7543.545.046.548.049.550.2551.052.554.055.5

3 15






0.75 Module

481



Prec

isio

nG

ears




NumberNumber

ofTeeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

FaceWidth

F

BoreDiaØB

S75B75A0315S75B80A0315S75B85A0315S75B90A0315S75B95A0315S75B100A0315S75B105A0315S75B110A0315S75B115A0315S75B120A0315

7580859095

100105110115120

56.2560.063.7567.571.2575.078.7582.586.2590.0

57.7561.565.2569.072.7576.580.2584.087.7591.5

3 15





Wor

ms

and

Whe

els,

B

evel

s an

d In

tern

al G

ears

5

Section Contents

Product Range Overview........................................................Page 52

Precision Worms and Wheels ..................................................Page 53

Worms and Wheels....................................................................Page 56

Precision Bevel Gears ..............................................................Page 58

Mitre Bevel Gears ......................................................................Page 511

Bevel Gears ................................................................................Page 513

Brass Bevel Gears ....................................................................Page 514

Brass Internal Gears ................................................................Page 515


ProductOverview

52

Worms, Bevels and Internal Gears


Worm

s andW

heels

Worms, bevels and internal gears

Reliance offers a range of worms and wheels, bevel and internal gears that are designed to complementour spur gear range by offering additional motion options. As with the spur gears these gears areoffered as precision grade in stainless steel and brass as a more economical alternative for lessdemanding applications.

Worms and wheelsWorm and wheel drives provide high ratio right angled motion in asmall space. Both precision cut and precision cold rolled worms areavailable (refer to the features, options and technical information on theindividual product pages). In general, for more accurate applicationsthe precision cut worms will give the best results and for applicationsrequiring a little more torque transmission precision rolled wormsshould be used.

Please note that this catalogue only shows a limited range of wormsand wheels. Reliance has the ability to cut worms and wheels from 0.2module up to 1 module; please contact us for requirements for specialvariants.

Bevel gearsBevel gears are more efficient than worms and wheels for right angledrives, but they are typically used for lower ratio applications; if highratios are required a spur gear reduction stage can be incorporated.Typically shaft angles of 90 degrees are used but other angles arepossible – please contact us to discuss your application.

As with the worms and wheels, bevel gears are available in stainlesssteel and brass; the stainless steel option being higher precision thanthe brass option. It is important to note that with the bevel gears, wheretwo gears are shown on the page the part number refers to the gearpair. Where only one gear is shown on the page the part numberapplies to individual gears only – for a pair, two gears must be ordered.

Internal gearsA small range of brass internal gears is offered for use with the brassgear range.

0.5 Module

53

Worms and Wheels


Wor

ms

and

Whe

els

Part number selection tables

PartNumber

Numberof

Starts

ThreadDirection

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

LeadAngle

SetScrew

S MW50SUR1+B 1 Right 9 10 3 7.6 13 18 3º11’ M2.5 2.5

PartNumber

Numberof

Teeth

ThroatDia

Ødt

PCD

Ød

AddModCoef

x

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MG50B20+R1G50B30+R1G50B40+R1G50B50+R1

20304050

11162126

10152025

0.0150.0230.0310.038

11.316.321.326.3

3455

9121516

5

11111313

M3M3M4M4

3344

Worm

Wormwheel

Dimension x: Negative modification to allow for use of standard centres

Set screw supplied

Set screw supplied



Features Technical support• Worm material: Stainless steel SUS304,

precision cold rolled• Wormwheel material: Brass CuZn39Pb3• Single start worm, right hand thread

• Worm gear formulae see page T419• Backlash at nominal centres see page T417• For modified or fully bespoke worms and

wheels, please contact us• Product overview see page 52

0.8 Module

54

Worms and Wheels


Worm

s andW

heels





(Worm shaft)

PartNumber

Numberof

Starts

ThreadDirection

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

LeadAngle

SetScrew

S MW80SUR1+BW80SUR1L 1 Right 10.4 12 5

10.3

8.0(h9)1420

2680 4º24’ M3

3

PartNumber

Numberof

Teeth

ThroatDia

Ødt

PCD

Ød

AddModCoef

x

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MG80A20+R1G80A30+R1G80A40+R1G80A50+R1

20304050

17.625.633.641.6

16243240

0.0290.0440.0590.074

18.126.134.142.1

5566

12161820

6

12121414

M3M3M4M4

3344

Worm

Wormwheel


Set screw supplied

Set screw not supplied

the dash (L) in part number denotes worm shaft type

Type L

Type B

Features Technical support• Worm material: Stainless steel SUS304,

precision cold rolled• Wormwheel material: Aluminium bronze casting

JIS CAC702• Single start worm, right hand thread• Wormwheel suited to right hand, single thread

worm



1.0 Module

55

Worms and Wheels


Wor

ms

and

Whe

els


PartNumber

Numberof

Starts

ThreadDirection

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

LeadAngle

SetScrew

S MW1SUR1+BW1SUR2+B

12 Right 16 18 6 15.85 15.5

15.0 32 3º35’7º11’ M4 3.5

PartNumber

Numberof

Teeth

ThroatDia

Ødt

PCD

Ød

AddModCoef

x

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MG1A20R1+6G1A30R1+6G1A40R1+8G1A50R1+8G1A20R2+6G1A30R2+6G1A40R2+8G1A50R2+8

2030405020304050

2232425222324252

2030405020304050

0.0190.0290.0390.0480.0790.1180.1580.197

23.533.543.553.523.533.543.553.5

66886688

1722253017222530

10 18 M5 4

Worm

Wormwheel


Set screw supplied


Features and options Technical support• Worm material: Stainless steel SUS304,

precision cold rolled• Wormwheel material: Aluminium bronze

casting JIS CAC702• Single (R1) and double (R2) start worm,

right hand thread• Left hand thread direction available,

replace R with L in the part number





0.4 Module

56

Precision Worms and Wheels


Worm

s andW

heels




WormLead Angle 1º 44’

Lead 1.257P.A. 14.5ºPart

Number WGS5S

Wormwheel DimensionsPart

NumberNumber

ofTeeth

PitchDiameter

Single StartWGB83S40WGB83S50WGB83S60WGB83S70WGB83S80WGB83S90WGB83S100WGB83S110WGB83S120

405060708090

100110120

16.0020.0024.0028.0032.0036.0040.0044.0048.00


Features and options Technical support• Gear quality AQ10 see page T41• Worm material: Stainless steel (DIN 1.4305)• Wormwheel material: Naval brass QQB637• Antibacklash wormwheels available• Alternative number of starts available

• Worm gear formulae see page T419• For modified or fully bespoke worms and


0.5 Module

57

Precision Worms and Wheels


Wor

ms

and

Whe

els



Part number selection tablesWorm

Lead Angle 3º 10’Lead 1.571P.A. 14.5ºPart

Number WFS5S

Wormwheel DimensionsPart

NumberNumber

of Teeth

PitchDiameter

Single StartWFB83S30WFB83S40WFB83S50WFB83S60WFB83S70WFB83S80WFB83S90WFB83S100WFB83S120

30405060708090

100120

15.0020.0025.0030.0035.0040.0045.0050.0060.00

Features and options Technical support• Gear quality AQ10 see page T41• Worm material: Stainless steel (DIN 1.4305)• Wormwheel material: Naval brass QQB637• Antibacklash wormwheels available• Alternative number of starts available

• Worm gear formulae see page T419• For modified or fully bespoke worms and


0.4 Module4 mm Bore

58

Precision Bevel Gears


Worm

s andW

heels



All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13 mmPressure angle 20°Material: Stainless steel 303

PartNumber

(pair)

Overall Length±0.15

Outside Dia+0.00 / 0.05

PitchDia

Hub Length±0.25

Distance to Apex+0.00 / 0.03

PinionL1

GearL2

PinionØD1

GearØD2

GearØE2

PinionC1

GearC2

PinionA1

M04N1SM04N2SM04N3SM04N4S

10.289.869.008.03

10.289.509.138.91

12.5612.9613.0713.11

12.5624.2336.1548.11

12.024.036.048.0

6.006.005.334.50

6.005.005.005.00

14.0019.0024.0029.00

PartNumber

(pair)

Ratio Module Number of Teeth Max. TTCE

(pair)

Max. TCE

(pair)Pinion Gear


1:12:13:14:1

0.4

30303030

306090

120

0.025 0.050


Dimension table

Gears supplied as a pair

Features Technical support• Gleason system• Precision bevel gears supplied as a pair


• Product overview see page 52

0.5 Module6 mm Bore

59



Wor

ms

and

Whe

els


Pressure angle 20°Material: Stainless steel 303


PartNumber

(pair)



PitchDia

Hub Length±0.25


PinionL1

GearL2

PinionØD1

GearØD2

GearØE2

PinionC1

GearC2

PinionA1


12.5211.809.9810.03

12.5211.4910.9810.70

16.7117.2017.3417.39

16.7132.2948.1964.14

16.032.048.064.0

7.507.005.305.50

7.506.006.006.00

17.5024.0030.0038.00

PartNumber

(pair)


(pair)

Max. TCE

(pair)Pinion Gear


1:12:13:14:1

0.5

32323232

326496

128

0.025 0.050


Dimension table





0.8 Module8 mm Bore

510



Worm

s andW

heels



All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13 mmPressure angle 20°Material: Stainless steel 303

PartNumber

(pair)



PitchDia

Hub Lengths±0.25


PinionL1

GearL2

PinionØD1

GearØD2

GearØE2

PinionC1

GearC2

PinionA1

M08N1SM08N2S

14.5115.70

14.5113.00

21.1321.93

21.1340.47

20.040.0

8.309.00

8.307.50

20.0030.00

PartNumber

(pair)


(pair)

Max. TCE

(pair)Pinion Gear

M08N1SM08N2S

1:12:1 0.8 25

252550 0.025 0.050


Dimension table





0.8, 1.0 & 1.5Module

511

Mitre Bevel GearsIntegral Clamp


Wor

ms

and

Whe

els


Material: Stainless steel SUS304


PartNumber

OverallLength

L

Outside Dia

ØD

PitchDia

Ød

Bore Dia(H8)ØB

Hub Dia

ØA

HubLength

C

TipDistance

La ØdsML80SU201605ML1SU202106ML1SU302808ML1.5SU203010

10.9514.4817.8420.38

17.1321.4131.4132.12

16203030

56810

14.516.024.024.0

7.259.00

11.0012.00

8.5711.7113.7116.06

9.511.819.417.7

PartNumber

Ratio

u

Module Numberof Teeth

FaceWidth

F

SetScrew

S M

FaceAngle

Distanceto Apex

ApML80SU201605ML1SU202106ML1SU302808ML1.5SU203010

1:1

0.81.01.01.5

20203020

3.74.36.26.8

M2.5M3M4M4

3455

49º3’49º3’

47º42’49º3’

16.0021.0028.0030.00


Dimension table

Clamp Detail

Supplied with two clamp screws

u=1

Gears supplied separately

Features and options Technical support• Gear quality: ISO 8• Recommended shaft tolerance h7 or better• Recommended shaft surface finish

1.6Ra or better• Small quantities of selected items available

exstock, please visit our online storewww.reliance.co.uk/shop

• Mitre bevel gears are not supplied as a pair and need to be ordered separately

• For allowable backlash see page T417• Product overview see page 52

0.8 & 1.0Module

512

Mitre Bevel Gears


Worm

s andW

heels



All dimensions in mmPressure angle 20°Material: Stainless steel SUS304


Dimension tablePart

NumberOverallLength

L

Outside Dia

Øda

PitchDia

Ød

Bore Dia(H8)ØB

Hub Dia

ØA

HubLength

C

TipDistance

LaM80SU20*1605M80SU25*1805M80SU30*2006M1SU20*2106M1SU25*2306M1SU30*2608

11.0011.6712.3414.5314.7015.89

17.1321.1325.1321.4126.4131.41

16.020.024.020.025.030.0

556668

12.016.018.016.020.022.0

6.006.006.009.008.008.90

8.578.578.57

11.7111.2111.71

PartNumber

Ratio

u

Module Numberof

Teeth

FaceWidth

F

SetScrew

S M

FaceAngle

Distanceto Apex

ApM80SU20*1605M80SU25*1805M80SU30*2006M1SU20*2106M1SU25*2306M1SU30*2608

1:1

0.80.80.81.01.01.0

202530202530

3.74.75.64.35.36.2

M3M3M4M4M4M5

3.03.03.54.54.04.5

49º3’48º51’47º42’49º3’

48º51’47º42’

16.0018.0020.0021.0023.0026.00


u=1


Features Technical support• Gear quality: ISO 8• Small quantities of selected items available


• Mitre bevel gears are not supplied as a pair andneed to be ordered separately


* in part number denotes two threaded holes

0.8 & 1.0Module

513

Bevel Gears


Wor

ms

and

Whe

els


Material: Stainless steel SUS304



Dimension tablePart

NumberOverallLength

L

Outside Dia

Øda

PitchDia

Ød

Bore Dia(H8)ØB

Hub Dia

ØA

HubLength

C

TipDistance

LaB80SU20*5B80SU40*6B1SU20*6B1SU40*8

10.7911.0115.0315.02

17.4332.7221.7940.89

16.032.020.040.0

5668

12.020.016.025.0

5.56.08.68.0

6.869.18

10.0512.69

PartNumber

Ratio

u

Module Numberof

Teeth

FaceWidth

F

SetScrew

FaceAngle

Distanceto Apex

ApS MB80SU20*5B80SU40*6B1SU20*6B1SU40*8

2:1

0.80.81.01.0

20402040

4.54.55.75.7

M3M4M4M5

2.53.54.04.0

29º8’66º0’29º8’66º0’

22.5016.4629.6021.80

Set screws not supplied

u=2




• Mitre bevel gears are not supplied as a pair andneed to be ordered separately



0.5, 0.8 & 1.0Module

514

Brass Bevel Gears


Worm

s andW

heels

Associated ProductsShafts: page 112

Bearings: page 121

All dimensions in mmPressure angle 20°Material: Brass ISO CuZn39Pb3


Dimension tablePart

NumberOverallLength

L

Outside Dia

Øda

PitchDia

Ød

Bore Dia(H8)ØB

Hub Dia

ØA

HubLength

C

TipDistance

La

HoleDetail

S MM50B201103B50B20B50B40M80B201605B80B20B80B40M1B20*2106

8.008.547.31

11.0010.7911.0114.53

10.7110.8920.4517.1317.4332.7221.41

10.010.020.016.016.032.020.0

3345566

88

1212122016

5.05.04.06.05.56.09.0

6.355.746.018.576.869.18

11.71

M4

4.5

PartNumber

Ratio

u

Module Number ofTeeth

FaceWidth

F

FaceAngle

Distanceto Apex

ApM50B201103B50B20B50B40M80B201605B80B20B80B40M1B20*2106

1:12:12:11:12:12:11:1

0.50.50.50.80.80.81.0

20204020204020

2.53.23.23.74.54.54.3

49º3’29º8’66º0’49º3’29º8’66º0’49º3’

11.0015.5210.5616.0022.5016.4621.00

u=2

u=1



• Bevel gears are not supplied as a pair andneed to be ordered separately



Set screw suppliedGears supplied separately

0.5 Module

515

Brass Internal Gears


Wor

ms

and

Whe

els


Material: Brass ISO CuZn38Pb2,CuZn39Pb3

Associated ProductsSpur gears: from page 436

PartNumber

Module Numberof

Teeth

PCD

Ød

GearO/DØda

RootDiaØdr

FaceWidth

F

RingO/DØD

IS50B60A0350IS50B80A0360IS50B90A0370IS50B100A0375IS50B120A0380

0.5

608090

100120

30.040.045.050.060.0

29.039.044.049.059.0

31.2541.2546.2551.2561.25

3

5060707580


Features and options• 0.8 module and 1.0 module available• Designed to fit housings with bore tolerance H8• 1.0 module also available in carbon steel ISO

C45, please contact us• Small quantities of selected items available


Rou

nd a

nd R

ecta

ngul

arR

acks

and

Pin

ions

6

Section Contents

Racks and Pinions Overview ................................................Page 62

Precision Ground Rack Hardened Rectangular ..................Page 63

Precision Ground Rack Hardened Round ............................Page 64

Precision Ground Rack Soft Round Solid ............................Page 65

Precision Ground Rack Soft Round Tubular ........................Page 66

Precision Hobbed Rack Soft Round......................................Page 67

Precision Hobbed Rack Soft Rectangular ............................Page 68

Hobbed Brass Rack Rectangular ..........................................Page 69

Plain Rack Pinions ....................................................................Page 610

Hardened Rack Pinions ............................................................Page 610

Antibacklash Rack Pinions ....................................................Page 611


ProductOverview

62

Racks and Pinions


Racks andPinions

Accurate conversion from rotary to linear motion

A rack and pinion system gives the ability to transfer rotary to linear motion, with all the accuracyexpected of a geared system.

The racks are manufactured from ground, hardened stainless steel orground stainless steel and available with a choice of accuracies,pitches, and lengths, plus the facility to provide modifications such asflats, journals or custom ends. Hobbed stainless steel and brass racksare also available. The rack pinions are plain or antibacklash, alsowith a choice of accuracies, pitches, bore sizes, alternative materialsand coatings.

Ground racks can be used for both measurement and actuation. Ingeneral the smaller pitches (1 mm) suit measurement as the smallerpinion diameter gives higher linear resolutions. The larger pitches (2 mm and 2.5 mm) allow for a higher load capacity. For most

applications the rack can be used for both the feedback and the actuation; however in very preciseapplications it is best to us a nondrive section of the rack for feedback, alternatively a separate rackcan be used. Hobbed racks are more suited to light actuation applications where cost is a keyconsideration.

We offer three types of rack – rectangular racks, solid round racks and tubular racks. Rectangular racksare used when the application requires the rack to be stationary and the rack pinion provides theelement of motion. Our rectangular racks are used with a motor, slide and carriage for example in theprinting industry for the actuation of paper cutting knives in a printing press. Round racks are a moreflexible alternative, with regard to mounting, used for example in XY stages. The tubular racks allow forthe passage of fluids, fibreoptics, gasses etc, making them ideal for medical and scientific applications,such as laboratory automation pick and place mechanisms.

For a fully integrated solution the Racktuator™ (see page 214) is a combined rack and intelligent motoractuation system. Bringing together Reliance’s racks and Cool Muscle servo system, the Racktuator™provides a very high level of control and accuracy in a compact, space saving package.

Printing automation systemsLaboratory automation systems

1, 2 & 2.5mmCircular Pitch

63

Precision Ground RackHardened Rectangular


Rac

ks a

ndPi

nion

s

PartNumber

CircularPitch (mm)

LengthL

Pitch HeightP

Number ofHoles

R91M300R92M300R925M300

12

2.5300

11.86911.55011.391

6


All dimensions in mmMaterial: Stainless steel grade 416

Treatment: Hardened to 3545 HRcPressure angle 20°

Associated ProductsRack pinions: page 610

Features and options Technical support• Cumulative pitch error less than

0.008 mm per 300 mm• Ground teeth, accuracy grade 4 as standard • Alternative grades available see page T61• Unlimited axis lengths possible by setting

individual racks together• Shorter lengths available• Alternative pitches, including module• Small quantities of selected items available


• Installation information see page T64• Technical information see pages T61 to T66• PTFE based grease is recommended

for lubrication• For modified or fully bespoke racks, please

contact us

Ø12mm2mm Circular Pitch

64

Precision Ground RackHardened Round


Racks andPinions


* Rack thrust based on meshing with a 60 tooth hardened rack pinion, theoretically calculated.

PartNumber

CircularPitch (mm)

Outer DiaØD

Pitch HeightP

RackThrust (N)

RR121M500 1 12 11.841 30*RR122M500 2 11.682 60*

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13 mmMaterial: Linear bearing shaftstainless steel grade 440Cor X90CrMoV18Treatment: Case hardened to 55 HRc minPressure angle 20°


Features and options Technical support• Cumulative pitch error less than 0.025 mm• Ground teeth, accuracy grade 3 as standard• Higher accuracy grades available• Bearing surface and drive in one component• Shorter lengths available• Alternative pitches available• Flats, journals and end modifications• Small quantities of selected items available


• Installation information see page T64• Technical information see pages T61 to T66• PTFE based grease is recommended for

lubrication• Can be used with both open and closed linear

bearings with either 4, 5 or 6 ball tracks (thebearing must be positioned so the balls do notrun on the edges of the teeth see page T63).

• For modified or fully bespoke racks, pleasecontact us

1mm Circular Pitch0.5 Module

65

Precision Ground RackSoft Round Solid


Rac

ks a

ndPi

nion

s


* Rack thrust based on meshing with a 50 tooth stainless steel pinion, 3 N if used with a 50 tooth PEEK polymer pinion.

PartNumber

Pitch (mm)

LengthL

Outer DiaØD

Bore DiaØd

Pitch HeightP

RackThrust (N)

RRS061M500RRS10050500

1 mm CP0.5 module 500 6

10

5.6829.500

20*40*


Material: Stainless steel grade 300Pressure angle 20°

Associated ProductsRack pinions CP: page 610Rack pinions Module: page 412

Features and options Technical support• Cumulative pitch error less than 0.050 mm• Ground teeth, accuracy grade 2 as standard• High resistance to pitting corrosion• Flats, journals and end modifications• Ideal for medical and scientific applications• Bearing surface and drive in one component• Shorter lengths available• Alternative pitches available• Small quantities of selected items available



lubrication• For modified or fully bespoke racks, please

contact us

1mm Circular Pitch0.3 Module

66

Precision Ground RackSoft Round Tubular


Racks andPinions

Associated ProductsRack pinions CP: page 610

Rack pinions Module: page 412

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13 mmMaterial: Stainless steel grade 316Pressure angle 20°


* Rack thrust based on meshing with a 50 tooth stainless steel pinion, 3 N if used with a 50 tooth PEEK polymer pinion.

PartNumber

Pitch (mm)

LengthL

Outer DiaØD

Bore DiaØd

Pitch HeightP

RackThrust (N)

RRT061M500RRT06030500

1 mm CP0.3 module 500 6 3.6 5.682

5.700 20*

Features and options Technical support• Cumulative pitch error less than 0.050 mm• Ground teeth, accuracy grade 2 as standard• High resistance to pitting corrosion• Hollow shaft allows for the passage of fluids,

fibreoptics and gasses etc• Ideal for medical and scientific applications• Bearing surface and drive in one component• Flats, journals and end modifications• Shorter lengths available• Alternative pitches available• Small quantities of selected items available



lubrication• For modified or fully bespoke racks, please

contact us

0.5, 0.75, 0.8& 1.0 Module

67

Precision Hobbed RackSoft Round


Rac

ks a

ndPi

nion

s

All dimensions in mmMaterial: Stainless steel grade 304

Pressure angle 20°



NumberModule Number

ofTeeth

Length

L

PitchHeight

P

Extent ofTeeth

B

Diameter

D

Weight

(g)ORK50SU20815 0.5 95 202 7.5 149 8 78ORK75SU20815 0.75 63 202 7.25 148 8 76ORK80SU20815 0.8 59 202 7.2 148 8 76ORK1SU31024 1.0 76 305 9.0 238 10 177

Features and options Technical support• Longer tooth lengths available, please

contact us• Small quantities of selected items available


• PTFE based grease is recommended forlubrication

• Installation information see page T64• Technical information see pages T61 to T66• For modified or fully bespoke racks, please

contact us

0.5, 0.75, 0.8& 1.0 Module

68

Precision Hobbed RackSoft Rectangular


Racks andPinions

All dimensions in mmMaterial: Stainless steel grade 304Pressure angle 20°


PartNumber

Module Number of

Teeth

Length

L

PitchHeight

P

Facewidth

B (h12)

Height

H (h12)

Weight

(g)RK50SU20310RK50SU20808 0.5 126 202~205 9.5

7.538

108

4595

RK75SU20310RK75SU20808 0.75 83 202~205 9.25

7.2538

108

4491

RK80SU50510 0.8 198 505~508 9.2 5 10 183RK1SU50810 1.0 158 505~508 9 8 10 280


Features and options Technical support• Racks are manufactured from cold

drawn stainless steel• Small quantities of selected items available


• PTFE based grease is recommended forlubrication


contact us

0.3, 0.5, 0.75& 0.8 Module

69

Hobbed Brass RackRectangular


Rac

ks a

ndPi

nion

s


NumberModule Number

ofTeeth

Length

L

PitchHeight

P

Facewidth

B (h11)

Height

H (h11)

Weight

(g)RK30B20308 0.3 210 200 7.7 3 8 38RK50B20808 0.5 125 200 7.5 8 8 98RK75B20808 0.75 82 200 7.25 8 8 95RK80B50510 0.8 198 505 9.2 5 10 191


All dimensions in mmMaterial: Brass grade CuZn39Pb3

Pressure angle 20°

Features and options Technical support• Brass racks, ideal for lightly loaded

applications, an economic balance of accuracy and load capacity against cost

• Manufactured from cold drawn material• Small quantities of selected items available



contact us

6 mm & 10 mmBore


Racks andPinions


Example Part No: SH25MS2B6F7A 32

Basic Part Number CircularPitch (mm)

Bore Size

Number of TeethPlain Hardened Min Max

SH1MS2B6F7ASH2MS2B6F7ASH25MS2B6F7A


12

2.56

432319

1115443



12

2.510

633327

1045140

Associated ProductsRacks: page 63

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13 mmMaterial: Hardened pinions 174 PH,3542HRcPlain pinions Stainless steel 316Pressure angle 20°

Features and options• Standard accuracy AQ10 see page T41• Hardened pinions provide longer pinion life, higher load

capacity and higher thrust• Higher accuracies available• Alternative pitches available• Alternative bore sizes, including imperial available• Alternative materials available• Special wear resistant coating available• For modified or fully bespoke pinions, please contact us

Plain and Hardened Rack Pinions

6 mm & 10 mmBore

611

AntiBacklash Rack Pinions


Rac

ks a

ndPi

nion

s


Example Part No: AH25MS2B6F89A 20

Basic PartNumber

CircularPitch (mm)

BoreSize

Number of TeethMin Max

AH1MS2B6F89AAH2MS2B6F89AAH25MS2B6F89A

12

2.56

462420

542620

AH1MS2B10F89AAH2MS2B10F89AAH25MS2B10F89A

12

2.510

874537

1045140


Pressure angle 20°Material: Stainless steel 316

Associated ProductsRacks: page 63

Features and options• Standard accuracy AQ10 see page T41• Higher accuracies available• Ideal for use with Reliance soft and hardened, round

and rectangular racks• Ideal for lightly loaded measurement applications• Alternative pitches available• Alternative bore sizes, including imperial available• Alternative materials available• Special wear resistant coating available• For modified or fully bespoke pinions, please contact us

Lead

scre

ws

and

Lead

scre

w A

ssem

blie

s

7

Section Contents

Leadscrew and Nut Assemblies

Product Overview ..............................................................Page 72

Selection Guide ..................................................................Page 76

Leadscrew Sizes ................................................................Page 77

Leadscrew Nuts ..................................................................Page 712

Modified and Custom Nuts ................................................Page 726

Leadscrew End Modifications ..........................................Page 727

Custom Leadscrew End Modifications ............................Page 734

Leadscrew Assemblies

Product Overview ..............................................................Page 736

Leadscrew Linear Slide RGLS ........................................Page 738

ScrewRail® Actuator Assembly RSRA ............................Page 740

Antibacklash ScrewRail® Actuator Assembly RSRZ ....Page 742


ProductOverview

72



Leadscrew &

Nut Assemblies

Precise, efficient linear motion

Reliance’s leadscrew and nut assemblies provide a flexible, integrated solution for linear motion.Available in a wide choice of leadscrew sizes and nut styles, with options for custom designed nuts and

leadscrew end modifications, the range offers the flexibility to addressa wide variety of requirements.

Leadscrews are provided with leads from 0.3 mm to 92 mm, screwdiameters from 3 mm to 19 mm and thread lengths of up to 4 metres,making them an effective solution, even for high linear speedapplications. They are available in a range of materials and coatings,with a choice of cut or standard interfacing ends, or with the option ofcustom machined ends. The screw thread form has been specificallydesigned for long life and quiet operation. It is manufactured using arolled process, a highly consistent method of production resulting in acosteffective, quality product.

The leadscrew and nut assemblies have been designed specifically for motion control applications,rather than using adaptations of general purpose screws and nuts. There are 11 different leadscrew nutstyles, with a choice of mounts and also options for customdesigned nuts. The leadscrew nuts aremade from moulded plastic, which enables custom nuts to be produced with features of the drivesystem, such as bushings, carriages, pulleys and gears, integrated within the nut. This type of custom,multifunctional nut can offer a significant reduction in part count, reducing cost and assembly time inthe overall mechanism.

The polyacetal nuts have a lubricating additive to provide longer life which, when combined with lowfriction leadscrew coatings, can extend the life of a standard leadscrew assembly by up to 300%. Theassemblies are selflubricating, making them ideally suited to medical and laboratory applications.

With lead accuracies up to 0.0001 mm/mm and positional bidirectional repeatability within 1.5 micron(0.0015 mm) on antibacklash designs, the leadscrew and nut assemblies are ideal for applicationsrequiring precise, efficient linear motion.

Semiconductor microchip productionMicro dispensing syringe drives

ProductOverview

73

Leadscrews


Lead

scre

w &

Nut A

ssem

blie

s

Leadscrew materialsLeadscrews are rolled from a premium grade, corrosion resistant and nonmagnetic 303 stainlesssteel. Other materials are available including 316 and 400 series stainless steel, precipitationhardened steels, aluminium and titanium. These materials are ideally suited for industries such asmedical, vacuum, cleanroom, food and human contact, salt spray and cryogenics.

Leadscrew coatingsStandard leadscrew nuts are manufactured from selflubricating plastics. We also offer soft TFE andhard BFE low friction coatings for the leadscrew; lubrication to the screw/nut interface occurs by thenut picking up TFE particles from the coating as well as from migration of the internal lubricant fromwithin the plastic nut.

We also supply leadscrews with specialist nickel/TFE coatings and offer a choice of coatings used inmedium vacuum applications (up to 105). Alternatively a BFE coating can be provided. This is aspecial proprietary hard coating which shares many of the benefits of TFE coating but offersexceptional durability in more aggressive environments and where reduced friction and a permanentcoating is desired.

Although care should be taken to ensure that chips and voids do not occur in the coating, small voidshave been shown to have little effect on the system performance. The lubricant, although solid, hassome of the “spreading” ability of fluid lubricants. When machining bearing ends, soft fixtures arerecommended to protect the coating.

TFE coated screws provide the maximum level of selflubrication and should not be additionallylubricated or used in environments where oils or other lubricant contamination is possible.

Coatings, available for only a small additional cost, give the best results on wear life, coefficient offriction and torque to drive the leadscrew assembly. To select a coating add TFE or BFE to the partnumber shown above.

Leadscrew endsLeadscrews are provided with the options of cut ends or a range of standard end modificationssuitable for interfacing with ball bearings, circlips, couplings, pulleys and gears. Alternatively customend modifications can be supported. See pages 727 to 735.

LNTGF8 0500 350MM C A TFE LH

Nut SeriesSee pages74 to 76

LeadSee pages77 to 711

ThreadLength

See pages77 to 711

EndModifications

See pages727 to 735

LeadscrewCoatings

Leave blank for nocoating or TFE and

BFE for coated

ThreadDirection

Leave blank forstandard righthandor LH for lefthand,

where available See pages77 to 711


ScrewDiameterSee pages 77 to 711

ProductOverview

74

Leadscrew Nuts


Leadscrew &

Nut Assemblies

LBF MINI series Miniaturenut for applications that do notrequire antibacklash or wearcompensation.

LPX series Long lifefor applications that do notrequire antibacklash or wearcompensation.

LAK series Moderate loads.Delivers increased loadcapacity and greater axialstiffness with low drag torque.Antibacklash.

LAF series Light loads.Precise position accuracy andrepeatability. Antibacklash.

LNTB series Flexible design,selfcompensating antibacklashnut assembly maintains axialstiffness throughout its life withminimum system drag torque.

LNTB MINI series Miniatureantibacklash nut forapplications requiring axialstiffness through life withminimal drag torque.

LAB series Incorporates alockable, adjustable sleeve toset the drag torque of the nutand to provide manualbacklash control.

LNTG series Adjustable drag,compact design, antibacklashnut assembly allows dragtorque to be preset accordingto system requirements.

LAX series Heavy loads.Delivers maximum loadcarrying capacity with highestaxial and radial stiffness. Antibacklash.

LCM series Light loads,compact design. Antibacklash.

LWD series Moderate loads.An antibacklash, selflubricatingacetal nut. Compact designprovides stiffness and accuracyfor precise positioning.

Custom Design Specials tosuit your application.

ProductOverview

75

Leadscrew Nuts


Lead

scre

w &

Nut A

ssem

blie

s

NutFeature

Nut StyleLBF LPX LNTG LAB LNTB LAF LAK LWD LCM LAX

CompactnessDynamic load capabilityMinimal drag torque

Vibration damping (horizontal)

Vibration damping (vertical)

Smoothness of operation(printing/scanning)Backlash/wear compensationcapability

Ease of user adjustment ofdrag torque/backlash

Stiffness (less axial bidirectional compliance)

Ability to add modificationsAbility to manufacture withcustom materialAbility to work with finer leads<5.08 mmAbility to work with long leads>25.4 mm

Alternative nut stylesReliance offers a wide variety of standard nut designs and the matrixbelow is intended as a general guide to help select the most appropriatenut for the application. More detailed technical data is provided onpages 712 to 725.

Nut feature matrix

Comparative star rating:bestgood

not applicable

Nut mounting optionsThe nuts are available in several different designs including antibacklash, adjustable antibacklash,general purpose and miniature. Most nuts are available with a triangular, round or threaded mount.Custom requirements can be supported using specialist mould designs, see page 726

Modified and custom nutsAll of the nuts can be modified to some degree to help tailor them to specific requirements,alternatively fully customised nuts can be supplied, see page 726.

Nut materialsDue to the controlled manufacturing processes, we can offer nuts in different types of plastics that canbe moulded, e.g. PEEK, special carbon or other fibre filled plastics. Even though the standard designand materials developed for the leadscrew nut assemblies are commonly plastics, metal nuts madefrom bronze, brass or aluminium alloy can also be supplied. For the optimum technical and costeffective solution, we are able to supply special moulded nuts impregnated with carbon fibre forstrength, or nuts overmoulded on metal to help minimise the number of components in the assembly.

ProductOverview

76

Leadscrew and Nut AssemblySelection Guide


Leadscrew &

Nut Assemblies

NominalScrew

Diameter

Property LBF1

LPX2

SeriesLNTGSeries

LABSeries

LNTBSeries

LAFSeries

LAKSeries

LWDSeries

LCMSeries

LAXSeries

3 mm

Dynamicload 11 kg 2.3 kg 2.3 kg

Static frictiondrag torque

freewheeling

0.001 0.004Nm

0.001 0.004Nm

5 mm

Dynamicload 11 kg 2.3 kg 2.3 kg 4.5 kg 2.3 kg


freewheeling

0.001 0.004Nm

0.001 0.004Nm

0.03 Nmmax 0.03 Nm

6 mm

Dynamicload 20 kg 4.6 kg 2.3 kg 4.6 kg 2.3 kg 4.5 kg 2.3 kg


freewheeling

0.004 0.014Nm

0.004 0.014Nm

0.004 0.014Nm 0.002Nm 0.03Nm

max 0.03Nm

8 mm

Dynamicload 35 kg 10 kg 5 kg 10 kg 5 kg 10 kg 11.3 kg 3.6 kg


freewheeling

0.007 0.02Nm

0.01 0.02Nm

0.01 0.02Nm

0.01 0.03Nm

0.01 0.02Nm

0.04Nmmax 0.04Nm

10 mm

Dynamicload 35 kg 10 kg 5 kg 10 kg 5 kg 10 kg 11.3 kg 3.6 kg


freewheeling

0.007 0.02Nm

0.01 0.02Nm

0.01 0.02Nm

0.01 0.03Nm

0.01 0.02Nm

0.04Nmmax 0.04Nm

11 mm

Dynamicload 40 kg 7 kg 13 kg 7 kg 34 kg


freewheeling

0.014 0.03Nm

0.007 0.02Nm

0.014 0.04Nm

0.06Nmmax

13 mm

Dynamicload 68 kg 11 kg 45 kg 11 kg 34 kg 68 kg


freewheeling

0.014 0.03Nm

0.014 0.04Nm

0.02 0.05Nm

0.06Nmmax

0.014 0.04Nm

16 mm

Dynamicload 100 kg 16 kg 56 kg 16 kg 113 kg


freewheeling

0.02 0.05Nm

0.014 0.04Nm

0.028 0.055Nm

0.014 0.04Nm

19 mm

Dynamicload 160 kg 25 kg 68 kg 159 kg


freewheeling

0.03 0.063Nm

0.02 0.05Nm

0.02 0.05Nm

SeePages

712 to 714

715 & 716 717 718 to

720 721 722 723 724 725

1 LBF available in 3 mm and 5 mm screw diameter only.2 LPX available from 6mm screw diameter. Information

• For technical information see pages T71 to T75• Larger screw diameters available, contact us

Sizes

77

Leadscrews


Lead

scre

w &

Nut A

ssem

blie

s

CompatibleNut

Styles

Lead

mm

NominalScrew

Diameter

Part Number

RootDiamm

OutsideDiameter

Efficiency

%*

LeftHand

Available

LBF

0.300.400.501.002.00

2 mm

20012200162M0052M0102M020

1.731.471.451.501.45

2.011.911.962.011.96

24**30**36**52**66**

LBF, LNTG,LNTB

0.611.001.221.912.443.18

3.2 mm

3.200243.2M0103.200483.200753.200963.20125

2.362.392.362.362.361.98

3.283.283.283.283.283.18

445761707580 LH only

LBF, LNTG,LNTB

0.501.002.004.008.00

3.3 mm

3.3M0053.3M0103.3M0203.3M0403.3M080

2.642.032.032.032.03

3.353.353.353.353.35

4261758487

LBF, LNTG,LNTB

0.300.611.222.44

10.00

3.6 mm

3.600123.600243.600483.600963.6M100

3.122.672.062.062.59

3.563.563.563.56 3.56

2643627586

LBF, LNTG,LNTB

0.841.272.393.186.359.5312.7

4 mm

40033400504009440125402504037540500

2.952.443.253.303.303.303.30

3.963.964.174.273.963.963.96

45596774838586

LH Only

LNTB, LNTG,LBF, LWD,

LCM

0.500.641.001.272.544.765.089.53

10.1610.8512.70

5 mm

5M005500255M0105005050100501885020050375504005042750500

4.143.813.663.153.454.243.154.093.154.113.61

4.784.784.784.784.78 4.784.784.784.78 4.784.78

3039475869788284848586

* Listed efficiencies are theoretical values based on a TFE coated leadscrew** Listed efficiencies for 2mm diameter leadscrews are theoretical values based on noncoated leadscrewsNote: Thread lengths can be specified up to 4m, depending on diameter and lead.

Sizes

78

Leadscrews


Leadscrew &

Nut Assemblies

* Listed efficiencies are theoretical values based on a TFE coated leadscrewNote: Thread lengths can be specified up to 4 m, depending on diameter and lead.

CompatibleNut

Styles

Lead

mm

NominalScrew

Diameter

Part Number

RootDiamm

OutsideDiameter

Efficiency

%*

LeftHand

Available

LNTB, LNTG,LBF, LWD

0.610.791.221.271.592.444.886.359.75

5.6 mm

5.600245.600315.600485.600505.600635.600965.601925.602505.60384

4.604.063.963.433.613.963.963.564.04

5.545.185.495.085.545.545.545.185.54

313950526066788186

LCM, LAF,LAB, LNTB,

LNTG,LPX, LWD

0.610.640.791.001.221.271.501.592.002.442.543.003.185.005.086.357.948.46

10.0010.1612.7019.0525.40

6 mm

6002460025600316M01060048600506M015600636M02060096601006M030601256M050602006025060313603336M10060400605006075061000

5.545.445.284.834.834.854.374.324.324.834.834.454.834.374.324.274.674.324.324.324.294.324.32

6.356.356.356.356.356.356.356.356.356.356.356.356.356.356.356.356.356.35 6.356.356.356.356.35

2830344045465252596162686772657981827884858684

LCM, LAF,LAB, LNTBLNTG, LPX,LWD, LAK

1.001.441.882.824.246.35

12.7020.32

8 mm

8M01080057800748011180167802508050080800

6.636.175.365.895.365.945.896.17

8.008.007.927.927.927.927.927.77

3443516069768386

LCM, LAF,LAB, LAK,

LNTB, LNTG,LPX, LWD

0.641.001.061.271.40

10 mm

10002510M010100042100050100055

8.568.898.137.657.70

9.5310.01

9.539.539.53

2128343638

Sizes

79

Leadscrews


Lead

scre

w &

Nut A

ssem

blie

s

CompatibleNut

Styles

Lead

mm

NominalScrew

Diameter

Part Number

RootDiamm

OutsideDiameter

Efficiency

%*

LeftHand

Available

LCM, LAF,LAB, LAK,

LNTB, LNTG,LPX, LWD

1.501.732.002.122.543.184.004.235.005.086.357.628.469.229.53

10.0010.1612.0012.7016.9419.0525.0025.4030.4831.7538.10

10 mm

10M01510006810M02010008310010010012510M04010016710M05010020010025010030010033310036310037510M10010040010M12010050010066710075010M250101000101200101250101500

7.957.496.717.446.767.496.966.636.766.766.816.486.226.606.736.607.447.296.736.936.936.656.456.457.066.71

9.889.869.539.539.539.539.539.429.539.539.539.539.539.539.539.539.539.869.869.539.869.539.739.739.539.53

3842474853596561696970767879797979828183848484848483

LAF, LAB,LNTB,

LPX, LWD

1.271.592.002.823.003.185.006.006.357.808.26

10.0012.0012.7015.62

11 mm

11005011006311M02011011111M03011012511M05011M06011025011030711032511M10011M120110500110615

9.199.099.508.319.229.078.007.958.268.718.698.418.088.319.55

11.1011.0711.9911.1011.1311.1311.1311.0011.2311.3011.2811.3311.1311.4812.07

303842525254657070737478808082


Sizes

710

Leadscrews


Leadscrew &

Nut Assemblies

CompatibleNut

Styles

Lead

mm

NominalScrew

Diameter

Part Number

RootDiamm

OutsideDiameter

Efficiency

%*

LeftHand

Available

LAF, LAB,LNTB, LAX,LPX, LWD

1.272.002.502.543.184.004.064.235.005.086.358.46

10.0010.1612.7016.0019.0520.3225.0025.4038.1050.80

13 mm

13005013M02013M02513010013012513M04013016013016713M05013020013025013033313M10013040013050013M16013075013080013M250131000131500132000

11.009.029.739.259.509.759.869.759.279.309.709.199.199.258.949.50

10.139.409.379.459.509.60

12.5712.0112.7012.4512.7012.7012.7012.7012.7012.5012.7012.6212.6212.6212.4012.7013.3412.7012.7012.4512.4512.40

29414646515867586263677376767980838384848587

LAF, LABLNTB, LAX

LPX

2.543.185.086.358.00

12.7016.0025.4038.1050.80

16 mm

16010016012516020016025016M08016050016M160161000161500162000

12.6511.9412.5711.9112.5212.1412.4712.2212.6712.67

15.6215.8815.8815.8815.9315.8815.8815.8815.8815.88

40455363687678838586

LAB, LNTBLAX, LPX

1.592.502.544.235.005.086.357.008.46

12.7014.0015.00

19 mm

19006319M02519010019016719M05019020019025019M07019033319050019M14019M150

17.0415.9015.8516.3815.8516.0516.2315.8515.8515.8215.8515.82

19.0518.8518.9518.4718.9218.8218.5719.0519.0518.9019.0519.02

253535475152575964737374


Sizes

711

Leadscrews


Lead

scre

w &

Nut A

ssem

blie

s

CompatibleNut

Styles

Lead

mm

NominalScrew

Diameter

Part Number

RootDiamm

OutsideDiameter

Efficiency

%*

LeftHand

Available

LABLNTBLAXLPX

18.0019.0020.0020.3224.0025.4038.1050.0050.8060.9692.00

19 mm

19M18019M19019M20019080019M24019100019150019M50019200019240019M920

16.5113.8916.4615.7016.0815.7214.9915.7515.5215.7516.10

19.8117.0719.8119.0518.6418.8718.0819.0818.8519.0519.05

7780787980818484848487

Information• Larger screw diameters available, visit www.reliance.co.uk/shop• For leadscrew and nut ordering configurations see page 73• For leadscrew end modifications see pages 727 to 735• For product overview see pages 72 to 76• For technical information see pages T71 to T75

* Listed efficiencies are theoretical values based on a TFE coated leadscrewNote: Thread lengths can be specified up to 4m, depending on diameter and lead.

LBF & LBYSeries

712

Miniature Plain Nuts


Leadscrew &

Nut Assemblies

Part number selection table LBB and LBF series, barrel and flange mount

Part number selection table LBY series, thread mount

1 LBY3 for Ø 3.2, 3.3 and 3.6 2 LBY5 for Ø 5.0 and 5.6*Thread shown imperial as standard, metric available, please specify diameter and pitch# For the full range of nominal diameters, see table on pages 77 to 711

Associated ProductsReliaFlex® couplings: page 86

Linear slides: page 91Intelligent motors: page 22

Plain bearings: page 121

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.5 mmDetailed tolerances: Please contact us Material: Polyacetal

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

D

FlangeWidth

E

FlangeHeight

D1

Slot

F

Centres

G

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLBB2 2.0 5.5 8 5.08 4.5

Freewheeling

LBF2 2.0 5.5 8 11.9 2.0 5.5 1.80 9.00 4.5LBF3 31

10.2 13 19.1 3.2 10.2 3.05 15.24 11LBF4 4.0LBF5 52

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLBY3 31

10.2 13 3/824 4.75 11 FreewheelingLBY4 4.0

LBY5 52

1 LBF3 for Ø 3.2, 3.3 and 3.6 2 LBF5 for Ø 5.0 and 5.6The LBB nut series is a flangeless style barrel nut with two flats at 5.08mm diametrically opposed running the fulllength of the nut.

LPX & LPXZSeries

713

Plain Nuts General Purpose


Lead

scre

w &

Nut A

ssem

blie

s

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

HoleDiaØF

MountingHoles PCD

ØG

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLPX6 6.4 12.7

25.425.4

4.8

3.5619.05 20

Freewheeling

LPX8 8.0 15.9 28.7 22.23 35LPX10 9.6LPX11 11.3 19.1 38 38.1 5.16

28.58 40LPX13 12.7 68LPX16 15.9 22.2 30.18 100LPX19 19.1 28.4 51 44.4 6.4 36.53 160

Part number selection table LPX series, flange mount

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

HoleDiaØF

MountingHoles PCD

ØG

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLPXZ6 6.4 12.7 25.4 25.4

4.3

3.63 19.05 20

Freewheeling

LPXZ8 8.0 16.648.3 38.1 5.00 28.58

35LPXZ10 9.6LPXZ11 11.3 19.1 40LPXZ13 12.7 68

Part number selection table LPXZ series, flange mount

Associated ProductsReliaFlex® couplings: page 86Linear slides: page 91Intelligent motors: page 22Plain bearings: page 121


Detailed tolerances: Please contact us Material: Polyacetal

Screw sizes 22 and 24 mm available

LPXY Series

714

Plain Nuts General Purpose


Leadscrew &

Nut Assemblies

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLPXY6 6.4 15.9

25.49/1618 4.75 20

Freewheeling

LPXY8 8.0 19.1 5/818 6.35 35LPXY10 9.6LPXY11 11.3

25.4 38 15/1616 9.5340

LPXY13 12.7 68LPXY16 15.9 100LPXY19 19.1 38.1 51 1 3/816 12.70 160

Part number selection table LPXY series, thread mount





Note: All LPX, LPXZ and LPXY nuts are free wheeling*Thread shown imperial as standard, metric available, please specify diameter and pitchScrew sizes 22 and 24 mm available# For the full range of nominal diameters, see table on pages 77 to 711

LNTGF &LNTGY Series

715

Miniature AntiBacklash Nuts


Lead

scre

w &

Nut A

ssem

blie

s

Part number selection table LNTGF series, flange mount

Part number selection table LNTGY series, thread mount




1 LNTGY3 for Ø 3.2, 3.3 and 3.6 2 LNTGY5 for Ø 5.0 and 5.6*Thread shown imperial as standard, metric available, please specify diameter and pitch# For the full range of nominal diameters, see table on pages 77 to 711

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

D

FlangeWidth

E

FlangeHeight

D1

Slot

F

Centres

G

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLNTGF3 31

10.2 12.7 19.1 3.2 10.2 3.05 15.24 2.3 0.004LNTGF4 4.0LNTGF5 52

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLNTGY3 31

10.2 12.7 3/824 4.06 2.3 0.004LNTGY4 4.0LNTGY5 52

1 LNTGF3 for Ø 3.2, 3.3 and 3.6 2 LNTGF5 for Ø 5.0 and 5.6

LNTGF &LNTGY Series

716

Adjustable AntiBacklash Special Purpose Nuts


Leadscrew &

Nut Assemblies

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

HoleDiaØF

MountingHoles PCD

ØG

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLNTGF6 6.4 13.2 20.3 25.4 4.0 3.63 19.1 4.5 0.0040.014LNTGF8 8.0 20.3 25.4 38.1 5.1 5.00 28.6 9.1 0.0070.02LNTGF10 9.6

Part number selection table LNTGF series, flange mount

Part number selection table LNTGY series, thread mount

*Thread shown imperial as standard, metric available, please specify diameter and pitch# For the full range of nominal diameters, see table on pages 77 to 711

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLNTGY6 6.4 13.2 22 7/1620 6.35 4.5 0.0040.014LNTGY8 8.0 20.3 30 3/420 9.53 9.1 0.0070.02LNTGY10 9.6





LAB & LABYSeries

717

Light Duty Adjustable AntiBacklash Nuts


Lead

scre

w &

Nut A

ssem

blie

s

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

HoleDiaØF

MountingHoles PCD

ØG

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLAB6 6.4 13.5 25.4 25.4

4.6

3.6 19.05 2.3 0.0040.014LAB8 8.0 18.8 48.0 38.1

5.128.58 5.0 0.0070.02LAB10 9.6

LAB11 11.3 20.3 7.0 0.0140.03LAB13 12.7 22.6 50.8 41.2 7.1 31.75 11.0LAB16 15.9 26.9 44.5 34.93 16.0 0.020.05

Part number selection table LAB series, flange mount

Part number selection table LABY series, thread mount


NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLABY6 6.4 13.5 33.0 20.3 3.1

5/8 184.1 2.3 0.0040.014

LABY8 8.0 18.8 56.0 25.4 3.89.7

5.0 0.0070.02LABY10 9.6LABY11 11.3 20.3 59.0 2.5 15/16 16

7.0 0.0140.03LABY13 12.7 22.6 26.4 11.0LABY16 15.9 26.9 58.9 26.9 3.6 12.7 16.0 0.020.05




Screw sizes 19, 22 and 24 mm available

LNTBF &LNTBY Series

718

Miniature AntiBacklash Nuts


Leadscrew &

Nut Assemblies

Part number selection table LNTBF series, flange mount

Part number selection table LNTBY series, thread mount

1 LNTBY3 for Ø 3.2, 3.3 and 3.6 2LNTBY5 for Ø 5.0 and 5.6*Thread shown imperial as standard, metric available, please specify diameter and pitch# For the full range of nominal diameters, see table on pages 77 to 711





NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

D

FlangeWidth

E

FlangeHeight

D1

Slot

F

Centres

G

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLNTBF3 31

10.2 12.7 19.1 3.2 10.2 3.05 15.24 2.3 0.004LNTBF4 4.0LNTBF5 52

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLNTBY3 31

10.2 12.7 3/824 3.18 2.3 0.004LNTBY4 4.0LNTBY5 52

1 LNTBF3 for Ø 3.2, 3.3 and 3.6 2LNTBF5 for Ø 5.0 and 5.6

LNTBF Series

719

AntiBacklash Nuts


Lead

scre

w &

Nut A

ssem

blie

s

NutSeries

NomScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

HoleDiaØF

MountingHoles PCD

ØG

HubWidth

H

Hub

ØJ

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLNTBF6 6.4 13.2 28 25.4 4.0 3.63 19.1 2.00 12.7 4.5 0.0040.014LNTBF8 8.0 20.3 46 38.1 5.1 5.08 28.6 2.54 19.1 9.1 0.0070.02LNTBF10 9.6LNTBF11 11.3 22.9 41.2 5.7 31.8 22.2 13.6

Part number selection table LNTBF series, flange mount

Part number selection table LNTBF series, flange mountNut

SeriesNom

ScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

HoleDiaØF

MountingHoles PCD

ØG

HubWidth

H

Hub

ØJ

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLNTBF13 12.7 26.9 54 44.5 6.4

5.5935.71 3.0 25.4 45.5 0.0140.04LNTBF16 15.9 34.9 59 54.1 7.0 44.45 2.5 31.8 56.8

LNTBF19 19.1 39.6 67 60.5 7.9 50.80 38.1 68.2 0.020.05




Screw sizes 22 and 24 mm available# For the full range of nominal diameters, see table on pages 77 to 711

LNTBY Series

720

AntiBacklash Nuts


Leadscrew &

Nut Assemblies

Part number selection table LNTBY series, thread mount

*Thread shown imperial as standard, metric available, please specify diameter and pitchScrew sizes 22 and 24 mm available# For the full range of nominal diameters, see table on pages 77 to 711

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLNTBY6 6.4 13.2 28 7/16 20 6.4 4.5 0.0040.014LNTBY8 8.0 20.3 45 3/4 20

9.5

9.1 0.0070.02LNTBY10 9.6LNTBY11 11.3 22.9 46 13/16 16 13.6LNTBY13 12.7 26.9 54 15/16 16 45.5 0.0140.04LNTBY16 15.9 34.9 59 1 1/8 16 56.8LNTBY19 19.1 39.6 67 1 3/8 16 12.7 68.2 0.020.05





LAF & LAFYSeries

721

Light Duty AntiBacklash Nuts


Lead

scre

w &

Nut A

ssem

blie

s

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

HoleDiaØF

MountingHoles PCD

ØG

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLAF6 6.4 12.7 26 25.4

4.6

3.6 19.1 2.3 0.0040.02LAF8 8.0 17.8 48 38.1

5.128.6 5 0.0070.03LAF10 9.6

LAF11 11.3 20.3 7 0.0140.04LAF13 12.7 22.6 51 41.2 6.6 31.8 11 0.020.05LAF16 15.9 26.9 44.5 34.9 16 0.0280.055

Part number selection table LAF series, flange mount

Part number selection table LAFY series, thread mountNut

SeriesNominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLAFY6 6.4 12.7 33 20.3 5.6

5/8 184.1 2.3 0.0040.02

LAFY8 8.0 17.8 56 25.4 4.39.7

5.0 0.0070.03LAFY10 9.6LAFY11 11.3 20.3 59 3.1 15/16 16

7.0 0.0140.04LAFY13 12.7 22.6 25.9 11.0 0.020.05LAFY16 15.9 26.9 61 26.9 3.8 12.7 16.0 0.0280.055





LAK & LAKYSeries

722

Medium Duty AntiBacklash Nuts


Leadscrew &

Nut Assemblies

Part number selection table LAK series, flange mount

Part number selection table LAKY series, thread mount






NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

HoleDiaØF

MountingHoles PCD

ØG

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLAK8 8.0 20.3 50.8 38.1 4.8 5.08 28.58 10 0.0070.02LAK10 9.6

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

Flange

ØD

NutLength

C

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

HubWidth

H

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLAKY8 8.0 20.3 19.1 55.9 3/420 8.9 1.27 10 0.0070.02LAKY10 9.6

LWD & LWDYSeries

723

AntiBacklash Nuts


Lead

scre

w &

Nut A

ssem

blie

s

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

HoleDiaØF

MountingHoles PCD

ØG

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLWD5 5.0

16 26.6 28.6 4.10 3.7 22.2 4.5 0.03LWD5.6 5.6LWD6 6.4LWD8 8.0 19 33.5 38.1 5.10 5.1 28.6 11.3 0.04LWD10 9.6LWD11 11.3 25.4 52.8 44.5 6.35 5.6 35.7 34.0 0.06LWD13 12.7

Part number selection table LWD series, flange mount

Part number selection table LWDY series, thread mount


NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLWDY5 5.0

16 26.6 9/16 18 6.1 4.5 0.03LWDY5.6 5.6LWDY6 6.4LWDY8 8.0 19 33.5 5/8 18 8.1 11.3 0.04LWDY10 9.6LWDY11 11.3 25.4 52.8 15/16 16 12.7 34.0 0.06LWDY13 12.7




LCM & LCMYSeries

724

AntiBacklash Nuts


Leadscrew &

Nut Assemblies

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

HoleDiaØF

MountingHoles PCD

ØG

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLCM5 5

16 26.6 28.6 4.1 3.7 22.2 2.3 0.03LCM5.6 5.6LCM6 6.4LCM8 8.0 19 33.5 38.1 5.1 5.1 28.6 3.6 0.04LCM10 9.6

Part number selection table LCM series, flange mount

Part number selection table LCMY series, thread mount


NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLCMY5 5.0

16 26.6 9/16 18 6.1 2.3 0.03LCMY5.6 5.6LCMY6 6.4LCMY8 8.0 19 33.5 5/8 18 8.1 3.6 0.04LCMY10 9.6





The LCM5, 5.6 and 6 nuts are available with a pilot hub, Ø15.9 mm x 2.04 wide The LCM8 and 10 nuts are available with a pilot hub, Ø19.1 mm x 3.05 wide, please contact us

LAX & LAXYSeries

725

Heavy Duty AntiBacklash Nuts


Lead

scre

w &

Nut A

ssem

blie

s

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

MountingHoles PCD

ØG

HubLength

H

Hub

ØF

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLAX13 12.7 28.5 59 44.5 5.9 35.71 3.1 23.62 68 0.014

0.02LAX16 15.9 35.1 66 53.0 7.1 44.45 113LAX19 19.1 41.2 71 60.5 7.9 50.80 159 0.020.05

Part number selection table LAX series, flange mount

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLAXY13 12.7 28.5 64 15/1616

12.768 0.0140.04LAXY16 15.9 35.1 72 1 1/416 113

LAXY19 19.1 41.2 79 1 3/816 159 0.020.05

Part number selection table LAXY series, thread mount


Detailed tolerances: Please contact us Material: Polyacetal with bronze

antibacklash mechanism


*Thread shown imperial as standard, metric available, please specify diameter and pitchScrew size 22 available# For the full range of nominal diameters, see table on pages 77 to 711

Screw size 22 available

726

Modified and Custom Designed Nuts


Leadscrew &

Nut Assemblies

Modified, custom and multifunctional nutsIn addition to the standard nut types, custom configurations are available as well as simple modificationssuch as different mounting hole patterns or mounting threads, small dimensional changes or specialmaterials.

Custom nut designs can offer multifunctionality, eliminating additional components, simplifying productmanufacture, saving space and reducing cost. Multifunctional nuts can be produced using custommoulds and special machining to integrate components into the nut, such as guide bushings, carriages,timing pulleys, gears, syringe components, sensor mounts and flags, encoder features, clamps andmany other complementary elements. In addition, custom designed nuts can offer quick releasemounts, partial thread engagement, half nut construction or alternative shapes and geometries.

Special materials are available to extend theperformance of the assemblies. We offer arange of Kerkite® composite polymers. Eachmember of the Kerkite® family is compoundedwith lubricants, reinforcements andthermoplastic polymers formulated to provideoptimum performance in its target conditionsand applications. In addition to the Kerkite®

composite polymers, materials such as PEEK,polyester, Torlon, Vespel, PVDF, UHMW,Ertalyte® are available. Materials can bechosen for extreme temperature, chemicalcompatibility, autoclaving, agency approvals,special loadings and many other specificrequirements.

Custom geometries and materials can becombined for a wide variety of productapplication requirements. Small quantities ofcustom nuts can be machined individually tosuit specific requirements, alternatively largequantities can be moulded for reduced costs.

To achieve the most effective nut design we consider a combination of tolerancing and geometric shapeof the nut. Tighter tolerances can be achieved by designing in geometric features to control importantdiameters, for example use of a ribbed feature on a bearing location diameter will reduce the need fortighter manufacturing tolerances.

727

Leadscrew End Machining


Lead

scre

w &

Nut A

ssem

blie

s

End modificationsLeadscrews are supplied with cut ends as standard. Alternatively we supply a selection of standardmachined ends suitable for interfacing with a range of associated products including; bearings,circlips, coupings, pulleys and gears.

End A Ball bearing : page 728 End D Twin bearings & coupling : page 731End B Ball bearing & circlip : page 729 End E Ball bearing & pulley : page 732End C Ball bearing & coupling : page 730 End F Ball bearing & gear : page 733

Ordering your modified end detailTo order a leadscrew with machined ends, use the ordering example below. If only one end is to bemachined leave the 2nd end machining suffix blank.

Example part no. LPX10 M050 350MM C A

2nd endmachined

detail

LeadscrewDiameter

StandardBearing P/No.1

StandardCirclip P/No.

StandardCoupling P/No.2

610 1113

B1104SP4B1106SP4B1108SP4B1108SP4

D14000040SSD14000060SSD14000080SSD14000080SS

RCLA13C**RCLA16C**RCLA20C**RCLA20C**

LeadscrewDiameter

StandardPulley P/No.3

StandardShim P/No.

StandardGear P/No.4

610 1113

TPMP25 F6**TPMP25 F6**TPMP25 F6**TPMP25 F6**

SS1104SS1108SS1112SS1112

P**S1B4 F4A**P**S1B6 F4A**P**S1B8 F6A**P**S1B8 F6A**

1 Bearings for low to medium loads, see page 122. For high loads please contact us.2 Add bore diameters to complete part number, see pages 810, 812, 814

3 Add required number of teeth to complete part number, see page 1034 Add gear module and required number of teeth to complete part number, see from page 41For all other accessories shown above, please refer to sections 12 and 13.

1st endmachined

detail

ThreadLength

Associated products

Custom machined leadscrew endsWe are also able to supply custom machined ends to drawing; the drawing and specification detailsrequired and tolerances available are provided on page 734 and 735. Please contact us to discussyour requirements.

SupportEnd

728



Leadscrew &

Nut Assemblies

Ball bearing journal, End A

LeadscrewDiameter

ScrewDiameter

JournalDiameter

ØB1Length

LB16

10 1113

6.359.53

11.1112.70

4688

4.55.56.56.5

Drawing dimension table


Information• Ordering instructions see page 73 and 727• Associated products see page 727• Custom end machining see page 734 and 735• Technical information see pages T71 to T75

1

1 L tolerance is dependent on the length of the leadscrew see page 735 for actual tolerance.

SupportEnd

729



Lead

scre

w &

Nut A

ssem

blie

s

Ball bearing journal with circlip groove, End B

LeadscrewDiameter

ScrewDiameter

Journal Groove Length

LB1DiaØB1

LengthLG

DiaØB2

WidthGW

610 1113

6.359.53

11.1112.70

4688

4.86.17.27.2

3.755.657.547.54

0.50.80.90.9

7.08.59.59.5




1



Leadscrew &

Nut Assemblies

Ball bearing journal for coupling, End C

LeadscrewDiameter

ScrewDiameter

Journal CouplingDiameter

ØC1

Length

LC1DiaØB1

LengthLB1

610 1113

6.359.53

11.1112.70

4688

4.55.56.56.5

4688

14.015.020.520.5




1


Leadscrew End MachiningDriveEnd

DriveEnd

731



Lead

scre

w &

Nut A

ssem

blie

s

Twin ball bearing journal for coupling, End D

LeadscrewDiameter

ScrewDia

Journal Thread CouplingDiaØB1

LengthLB1

DistanceLT T

DiaØC1

LengthLC1

610 1113

6.359.53

11.1112.70

4688

7.59.5

11.511.5

11.215.018.518.5

M4M6M8M8

3466

17.522.528.528.5




1


Ball bearing journal for drive pulley, End E

LeadscrewDiameter

ScrewDia

Journal PulleyDiaØC1

LengthLC1

FlatsDiaØB1

LengthLB1

WidthF1

LengthF2

DistanceDF

610 1113

6.359.53

11.1112.70

4688

4.55.56.56.5

4688

27.528.529.529.5

4566

3333

3.55.57.57.5




1



Leadscrew &

Nut Assemblies

DriveEnd Leadscrew End Machining

Ball bearing journal for drive gear, End F

LeadscrewDiameter

ScrewDia

Journal FlatWidth

F1

Length

F2

FlatDistance

DFDiaØB1

LengthLC1

610 1113

6.359.53

11.1112.70

4688

17.520.521.521.5

4566

5.06.56.06.0

3.55.57.57.5




1


DriveEnd

733



Lead

scre

w &

Nut A

ssem

blie

s

734

Custom Leadscrew End Machining


Leadscrew &

Nut Assemblies

Drawing tolerancesGeneral manufacturing tolerance ISO2768mK.If a shoulder is required for bearing location at theextremities of the leadscrew thread then a bearingjournal diameter of less than the leadscrew thread rootshould be selected.All journals that are larger than the thread root of theleadscrew will have the scroll of the leadscrew threadroot evident.


Required drawing detailsTo order a leadscrew with custom machined ends please provide the following drawing infomation:

Detail A1

6

5

4

3

27

11

10

98

Detail A

Further machined featuresCross holes: Symmetry 0.25mm

Hole position 0.1mmHole diameter 0.025mm

Bored end holes; drilled depth 0.5mmBored hole depth 0.25mmFor bored holes up to a length of 4 x the diameter a tolerance of 0.013mm can be achieved.For bored holes over a length of 4 x the diameter a tolerance of 0.025mm can be achieved.Width of keyways 0.025mm.

735

Custom Leadscrew End Machining


Lead

scre

w &

Nut A

ssem

blie

s

Machined journal recommended tolerancesFor journals over Ø3.2 mm and under 19 mm long and for use with Reliance bearings andgears for the optimum assembly and function we recommend a tolerance of or greater than:0.0050.017For journals under Ø3.2 mm and over 19mm long and for use with Reliance couplings, pulleysetc. we recommend a diameter tolerance of or greater than:0.0050.027For an additional charge Reliance can provide a minimum journal tolerance of 0.008 mm. This isdependant upon the journal length, geometry, diameter and material.RunoutTo geometrically control journals and end machined features, Reliance measure runout asopposed to concentricity. The standard runout tolerance is 0.05 mm referenced to the datum Azones.0.035 mm is available for precision journals of lengths less than 25 mm.0.025 mm is achievable for journals less than 13 mm.DatumThe leadscrews are manufactured using a cold rolling process therefore a datum is located onthe outside diameter of the leadscrew thread. The datum is specified at the marked datum 1zones which are as standard 25 mm from each end of the leadscrew thread.Overall length and leadscrew thread lengthTolerancing for lengths:From 25.4 mm to 228 mm tolerance ±0.25Over 228 mm to 812 mm tolerance ±0.5Over 812 mm tolerance ±1.0Straightness0.025 mm per 100mm of length.For screws less than 300 mm long the default value is 0.075 mm.Journal lengthThe tolerance of ±0.1 or greater should be used in general. For shorter journals of less than 25 mm ±0.06 can be achieved.Secondary threadsInclude the size and pitch of the required thread e.g. M6x1, and include the thread fit tolerancei.e. 6g. A standard thread undercut may be used at the discretion of Reliance, the undercut willbe 13 x thread pitches wide and to the thread root diameter.Corner radiusA small manufacturing undercut may be required to achieve the required corner radius,dependant upon the manufacturing method used. In general this will be for a corner radius of0.25 mm or smaller.Leadscrew nutReliance strongly recommends that wherever possible the leadscrew nut is included on theleadscrew drawing and they are supplied as an assembly. This ensures the fit betweenleadscrew nut and leadscrew is completely controlled. The orientation of the nut should bedefined.Circlip groovesCirclip grooves can be achieved when manufactured in line with the tolerances shown above.FlatsIf the flat is for location purposes then we recommend specification of a flatness of 0.03 mmacross the face.

1

6

5

4

3

2

7

11

10

9

8

ProductOverview

736



Leadscrew &

Nut Assemblies

Introduction

Reliance’s range of Leadscrew Linear Slides and ScrewRail™ assemblies provide a furtherlevel of component integration as opposed to a standalone leadscrew and nut assembly.These higher level assemblies combine leadscrew and nut assemblies with additional systemelements such as bearings, carriages and housings, helping to simplify the design andmanufacture of motion systems.

ScrewRail™ assemblyLeadscrew linear slide

Leadscrew linear slide

The leadscrew driven slide offers reliable, continuous linear speed whilst maintaining accuratepositioning. It is not limited by critical screw speed, allowing high rpm and linear speeds. Ithas a unique, compact profile that provides exceptional torsional stiffness and stability for itssize and weight.

The unit is a single piece aluminium extrusion which houses a stainless steel leadscrewtogether with an integrated preloaded nut and carriage. It is designed for connection to amotor drive mechanism and is provided with appropriate leadscrew machined end(s) andbearing(s) for connection via a coupling, a series of pulleys or a geared system.

It is a fully supported leadscrew actuator, which enables longer travel, higher speeds andhigher loads, compared to a standard leadscrew and nut assembly arrangement, without theneed for additional support elements. The integral mounting base provides support over theentire length.

The Leadscrew Linear Slide provides linear actuation with 0.0006 mm/mm lead accuracy. Itis offered in an extensive range of travel lengths, from 11 mm up to 1000 mm, range ofdiameters to support loads up to 46 kg and range of leads to provide different linear speeds.It has a double bearing design and is Teflon coated across all surfaces, giving smooth,accurate movement.

This robust, integrated unit is suitable for a variety of applications including laboratoryautomation equipment and industrial automation.

ProductOverview

737



Lead

scre

w &

Nut A

ssem

blie

s

Laboratory automationSemiconductor pick and place robotics

ScrewRail™ assembly

Where linear motion has traditionally required separate components to handle both the drive andsupport/guidance the compact ScrewRail™ combines both functions in a single, coaxial component. Byeliminating the need for external railtoscrew alignment the ScrewRail™ simplifies the design,manufacture and assembly of the motion system, saving as much as 80% of the space used by a tworail system and helping reduce component and assembly costs.

The ScrewRail™ consists of a precision rolled leadscrew, supported by sealed bearings, containedwithin a concentric steel guide rail, driving an integrated nut/bushing. Because all the alignmentrequirements are achieved within the ScrewRail™, support and positioning of the ScrewRail™ is muchless critical than with traditional slide assemblies. TFE coating and selflubricating nut/bushing materialsensure long life, without maintenance. Standard end supports are available to mount the ScrewRails™.

With lengths of up to 1200 mm and with four diameter options, theScrewRail™ is capable of moving loads from 5 kg up to 45 kg.Two versions are available, with either plain or antibacklash nuts.

The ScrewRail™ gives threedimensional motion from a singleunit. When mounted vertically it can be used to simultaneously liftand rotate (Ztheta motion). With one motor driving the screw anda second rotating the rail, a compact pick and place mechanismcan be created.

RGLS

738

Leadscrew Linear Slide


Leadscrew &

Nut Assemblies

Associated ProductsIntelligent motors: page 22

ReliaFlex® couplings: page 86Hardware: page 131

All dimensions in mmMaterials:Guide and carriage Aluminium alloy TFE coatedLeadscrew Stainless steel TFE coatedFollower nut Polyacetal

Dimensional Tolerances± 0.1± 0.15± 0.2± 0.3

SeriesA

NominalRail Ø B ØC D E F G H J1 K L1 L2 N

RGLS6 10.2 21.1 3.175 19.1 13.5 36 25.4 12.7440UNC

4.45 deep15 13.5 11.9 9.53

RGLS10 15.2 31.8 4.762 28.6 20.1 51 38.1 19.1632UNC

6.35 deep23 20.3 20.3 12.70

RGLS13 20.3 38.1 6.350 40.6 26.9 69 44.45 25.41024UNC

9.60 deep33 27.7 19.6 15.88

RGLS16 25.4 44.5 7.938 50.8 33.5 83 57.15 31.81/420UNC

10.80 deep41 33.0 33.0 19.05

Series P Q ØR S T U V X Y Z1 Z2 Z3

RGLS6 15.24 12.7 13.2 9.4 3.8 5.8 18.5 9.7 2.92 2.8 5.1 2.3

RGLS10 22.86 18.8 20.3 14.0 5.6 8.9 27.9 12.7 4.32 3.6 6.4 3.3

RGLS13 31.75 25.4 26.4 18.8 7.6 13.0 37.3 17.8 5.59 5.1 8.4 4.8

RGLS16 38.10 31.8 33.0 23.4 9.5 16.3 46.5 22.4 7.11 6.6 12.7 5.6

Technical specification Total Travel = L L1 F

1Metric mounting configuration available, please enquire

RGLS

739

Leadscrew Linear Slide


Lead

scre

w &

Nut A

ssem

blie

s

BasicPart

Number

Lead

mm

Typical DragTorque*

Nm

Life @ ¼Design Load

m

Torque To Move Load

Nm/kg

Design Load

kg

ScrewInertiakgm2/m

RGLS60100 2.54 0.02

2,540,000

0.016

7 6.5 x106RGLS60200 5.08 0.03 0.023

RGLS60500 12.70 0.04 0.039RGLS61000 25.40 0.04 0.070RGLS100100 2.54 0.03

2,540,000

0.016

16 4.2 x106RGLS100200 5.08 0.04 0.023

RGLS100500 12.70 0.04 0.039RGLS101000 25.40 0.05 0.070RGLS130100 2.54 0.04

2,540,000

0.018

22 20 x106RGLS130200 5.08 0.04 0.027

RGLS130500 12.70 0.05 0.047RGLS131000 25.40 0.06 0.096RGLS160100 2.54 0.04

2,540,000

0.020

46 3.9 x105RGLS160200 5.08 0.05 0.031RGLS160500 12.70 0.05 0.047RGLS161000 25.40 0.06 0.101

Series (Screw Size)RGLS6 RGLS10 RGLS13 RGLS16

Guide Length L ±1 mm Lead mm 152 203 254 305 254 305 381 457 610 914 254 305 457 610 914 254 305 457 610 914

2.545.0812.725.4

* Assemblies with lengths over 915 mm and/or leads higher than 12.7 mm are likely to have higher drag torques than listed values.

RGLS601001305Lead No. of Carriages

1 = 1 driven (standard)2 = 1 driven & 1 passive3 = 1 driven & 2 passive

GuideLength

(Dimension “L”)

Indicates standard available lengths

Standard product sizes

Product performance


Linear Slide and Series DesignatorRGLS6 series = 6 mm screw

RGLS10 series = 10 mm screwRGLS13 series = 13 mm screwRGLS16 series = 16 mm screw

Product options Technical support• Special carriage, rail, screw or mounting configuration• Higher accuracy leadscrew, Left Hand (LH) or Left/Right (L/R) threads• Alternative guide lengths up to 1000 mm available


RSRA

740

ScrewRail® Assembly


Leadscrew &

Nut Assemblies


Intelligent motors: page 22Hardware: page 131

All dimensions in mmMaterials:Guide Aluminium alloy TFE coatedLeadscrew Stainless steel TFE coatedNut Aluminium and polyacetal composite

SeriesØA B ØC ØD E F ØG ØH ØJ L1 L2

RSRA5 9.24/9.33 9.56 3.16/3.18 24.9 25.4 7.2 14.3 19.1 2.39 9.4 9.66RSRA6 12.42/12.5 15.75 4.75/4.76 31.8 36.0 9.5 19.1 26.2 3.56 6.6 9.1RSRA10 18.77/18.85 19.05 6.33/6.34 44.5 51.0 12.7 28.4 37.6 4.39 9.7 17.8RSRA13 25.12/25.2 19.05 6.33/6.34 56.6 64.0 15.9 38.0 48.8 5.08 12.2 19.6


SeriesRSRA5 RSRA6

Length L ±1 mmLead mm 102 152 203 254 305 381 457 102 152 203 254 305 381 457

1.272.545.086.35

12.7025.40

Standard product sizes RSRA5 and RSRA6 ScrewRail®


Total Travel = L (L1 + L2 + E)

Indicates standard lengths

RSRA

741

ScrewRail® Assembly


Lead

scre

w &

Nut A

ssem

blie

s

BasicPart

Number

NominalRailDia.mm

Nominal Screw

Dia.mm

Lead

mm

Max.Drag

TorqueNm

Life @ ¼Design Load

m

Torque toMoveLoad

Nm/kg

Design Load

kg

ScrewInertia

kgm2/m

Equiv.Dia.

*RSRA50050

9.53 4.76

1.27 0.014

2,500,000

0.007

5 0.4 x106 7.6RSRA50100 2.54 0.018 0.016

RSRA50250 6.35 0.020 0.019RSRA50370 9.53 0.025 0.030RSRA60050

12.70 6.35

1.27 0.015

3,800,000

0.007

10 1.3 x106 9.9RSRA60250 6.35 0.020 0.023

RSRA60500 12.70 0.030 0.039RSRA61000 25.40 0.040 0.070RSRA100100

19.05 9.53

2.54 0.020

4,500,000

0.016

20 6.5 x106 15.2RSRA100200 5.08 0.030 0.023

RSRA100500 12.70 0.040 0.039RSRA101000 25.40 0.045 0.070RSRA130100

25.40 12.70

2.54 0.030

7,100,000

0.016

45 20 x106 20.5RSRA130200 5.08 0.040 0.023

RSRA130500 12.70 0.045 0.039RSRA131000 25.40 0.060 0.070

SeriesRSRA10 RSRA13


1.272.545.086.35

12.7025.40

* ScrewRail® stiffness may be modelled using Classical Beam Deflection Theory with equivalent solid stainless steel beam of diametergiven.

Indicates standard available lengths

Standard product sizes RSRA10 and RSRA13 ScrewRail®

Product performance

RSRA61000305MMScrewRail® and Series Designator Lead Screw Length


Product options Technical support• End support modifications• Higher accuracy leadscrew, Left Hand (LH) or Left/Right (L/R) threads• Alternative ScrewRail® lengths up to 1200 mm available• Other leads available as custom orders


RSRZ

742

AntiBacklash ScrewRail® Assembly


Leadscrew &

Nut Assemblies


Standard product sizes RSRZ5 and RSRZ6 ScrewRail®


Intelligent motors: page 22Hardware: page 131

All dimensions in mmMaterials:Guide Aluminium alloy TFE coatedLeadscrew Stainless steel TFE coatedNut Aluminium andpolyacetal composite

Series

ØA B ØC ØD E F ØG ØH

ØJBrassInserts L1 L2

RSRZ5 9.24/9.32 9.56 3.16/3.18 24.9 27.94 7.2 18.5 19.05 256UNC 9.4 9.66

RSRZ6 12.42/12.5 15.75 4.75/4.76 33.3 36 9.5 24.7 26.2 632UNC 6.6 9.1

RSRZ10 18.77/18.85 19.05 6.33/6.34 46.0 51 12.7 35.1 37.6 1032UNF 9.7 17.8

RSRZ13 25.12/25.2 19.05 6.33/6.34 58.4 64 15.9 43.7 48.8 1032UNF 12.2 19.6


Total Travel = L (L1 + L2 + E)

SeriesRSRZ5 RSRZ6


1.272.545.086.35

12.7025.40


RSRZ

743

AntiBacklash ScrewRail® Assembly


Lead

scre

w &

Nut A

ssem

blie

s

Standard product sizes RSRZ10 and RSRZ13 ScrewRail®

Product performance


SeriesRSRZ10 RSRZ13

Length L ±1 mmLead mm 152 203 254 305 381 457 533 610 914 254 305 381 457 610 914

1.272.545.086.35

12.7025.40


BasicPart

Number

NominalRailDia.mm

Nominal Screw

Dia.mm

Lead

mm

Max.Drag

TorqueNm

Life @ ¼ DesignLoad

m

Torque toMoveLoad

Nm/kg

Design Load

kg

ScrewInertia

kgm2/m

Equiv.Dia.

*RSRZ50050

9.53 4.76

1.27 0.014

1,300,000

0.007

5 0.4 x106 7.6RSRZ50100 2.54 0.018 0.016

RSRZ50250 6.35 0.020 0.019RSRZ50370 9.53 0.025 0.030RSRZ60050

12.70 6.35

1.27 0.020

1,900,000

0.007

10 1.3 x106 9.9RSRZ60250 6.35 0.030 0.023

RSRZ60500 12.70 0.040 0.039RSRZ61000 25.40 0.045 0.070RSRZ100100

19.05 9.53

2.54 0.045

2,300,000

0.016

20 6.5 x106 15.2RSRZ100200 5.08 0.047 0.023

RSRZ100500 12.70 0.050 0.039RSRZ101000 25.40 0.053 0.070RSRZ130100

25.40 12.70

2.54 0.057

3,500,000

0.016

45 20 x106 20.5RSRZ130200 5.08 0.060 0.023

RSRZ130500 12.70 0.064 0.039RSRZ131000 25.40 0.067 0.070

RSRZ61000305MMScrewRail® and Series Designator Lead Screw Length

* ScrewRail® stiffness may be modelled using Classical Beam Deflection Theory with equivalent solid stainless steel beam of diametergiven.

Product options Technical support• End support modifications• Higher accuracy leadscrew, Left Hand (LH) or Left/Right (L/R) threads• Alternative ScrewRail® lengths up to 1200 mm available• Other leads available as custom orders


Flex

ible

Sha

ft C

oupl

ings

,C

lutc

hes

and

Col

lars

8

Section Contents

Couplings and Collars Overview ..........................................Page 82

ReliaFlex® Micro Couplings ....................................................Page 88

ReliaFlex® Precision Couplings, Set Screw Type ................Page 810

ReliaFlex® Precision Couplings, Clamp Type ......................Page 812

ReliaFlex® Couplings, ReliaGrip™ Clamp Type ................Page 814

Custom ReliaFlex® Couplings ................................................Page 816

Stocked ReliaFlex® Couplings................................................Page 817

Bellows Couplings ....................................................................Page 818

Flexible Disc Spring Couplings................................................Page 824

Oldham Couplings ....................................................................Page 830

Membrane Couplings ................................................................Page 832

Curved Jaw Couplings..............................................................Page 836

Micro Spiral Beam Couplings ..................................................Page 838

Spiral Beam Couplings ............................................................Page 839

Spiral Beam Stainless Steel Couplings ..................................Page 844

Radial Tooth Couplings ............................................................Page 846

Friction Clutches ......................................................................Page 847

Solid Couplings ........................................................................Page 851

Double Width Shaft Clamp Collars ..........................................Page 852

Shaft Clamp Collars ..................................................................Page 853

One Piece Threaded Collars ....................................................Page 854

One Piece Set Screw Collars....................................................Page 855


ProductOverview

82

Couplings and Collars


Couplings

and Collars

Introduction to the rangeIn many cases machine designers give limited thought to theshaft coupling. They devote their time to the more expensivecomponents, overlooking the fact that the performance of amachine is only as good as the connections of its shafts. Relianceis fully aware of the importance of the shaft coupling and that theyare often a critical part of the drive system. The Reliance range ofshaft couplings has been carefully designed and tested to providetrouble free operation over many millions of cycles.

Perfect alignment is not practical in applications where two shafts need to be joined and therefore somelevel of misalignment will always occur. This misalignment is usually the result of the support blockmanufacturing tolerances and structural alignment. Unless these tolerances are very precise use of asolid coupling will result in high shaft loading and significant bearing loads. In certain cases thismisalignment is limited to angular or radial misalignments, but is more often a combination of the two.Therefore, careful shaft coupling selection is important as differing configurations of coupling aredesigned to perform very differently dependent upon the application, and, as a consequence, have verydifferent benefits and drawbacks.

Reliance engineers have many years of experience working with and specifying shaft couplings and arevery happy to offer applications advice on coupling selection.

ReliaFlex®

The ReliaFlex® range of couplings is an aluminium alloy, one piece configuration, which has beendesigned inhouse at Reliance to provide very smooth transmission of motion, high torsional stiffness,low bearing loads, and long life. The patented slot pattern was developed after many months of analysisand test to provide the best balance between zero backlash, torsional stiffness and low bearing load,whilst attaining an operational life in excess of 50,000,000 cycles at rated load and 80% offset. With twosets of identical slots, the ReliaFlex® coupling is constant velocity by design and handles angular,parallel and axial offset. Available in sizes from 6 to 40 mm outside diameter and allowable speeds upto 70,000 rpm, the ReliaFlex® coupling provides a very reliable one piece coupling design thatapproaches the performance of a bellows coupling.

Also for customers that require a modified or completely bespoke ReliaFlex® coupling, Reliance hasdeveloped a unique computerbased design and performance prediction tool. This tool allows ourengineers to experiment quickly with different coupling configurations and to design a coupling to meeteither space envelope restrictions or performance requirements.

OldhamOldham couplings are ideal where high degrees of parallel misalignment are present, assembly accessis restricted and electrical insulation is required. Their construction of aluminium alloy hubs and nylonor acetal centre blocks allows separate assembly of hubs onto shafts and then simple engagement withthe centre block on assembly where shaft movement is restricted. In addition, the construction of thecentre block allows it to act as a torque limiter or overload device.

ProductOverview

83



Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs

BellowsMaintenance free zerobacklash bellows couplings are available with three construction options: forhighest accuracy, nickel bellows; for torque transmission, stainless steel bellows; and where space isrestricted, bronze bellows are available down to 12 mm outer diameter. Shaft fixing options are both setscrew and clamp for the stainless steel and nickel bellows options, with the brass bellows optionavailable in clamp type only.

Flexible discA number of different options of flexible disc couplings are available, based on both single and doubledisc spring construction. Please note that single disc spring couplings should only be used where themisalignment between the shafts is restricted to angular and axial. Single disc spring couplings cannotbe used where radial misalignments are present. The RFSXK2213 and 3019 type uses a novel designwhich places the clamps inboard of the disc springs to give the shortest possible overall length. TheRFSXK3850 type has an extended centre piece which allows high radial misalignment capability whilstmaintaining good accuracy of transmission.

Curved jawCurved jaw couplings are available with both set screw and clamp hub type fixing methods. They arean ideal solution for reducing system torque ripple with a choice of three damping elements for high,medium and low torques.

Spiral beamAvailable in stainless steel or aluminium and with a clamp or set screw style fixing, spiral beamcouplings are suitable for general applications. Manufactured in one piece, spiral beam couplings arealso maintenancefree.

Friction clutchesFriction clutches are available with two spring types. For lower torques up to 30 Ncm, the wirecompression spring type should be used. For higher torques up to 120 Ncm, the disc spring version isthe ideal choice.

Radial toothRadial tooth couplings are self centering on assemblyand can be used to transmit high torques. Thesecouplings must not be used where radial and axialmisalignments are present and may require lightlubrication depending on the application conditions.

SolidStainless steel or aluminium solid couplings, in one ortwo piece construction, can be used for connecting twoaccurately aligned shafts. Screws are prevented fromloosening during operation by precision honed boresand Nypatch antivibration hardware, providingsuperior holding strength.

Bespoke coupling designed for amedical dosing machine

ProductOverview

84



Couplings

and Collars

ReliaFlex® Unique design,maximises torsional stiffnesswithout introducing highbearing loads. Chambered forease of assembly.

Bellows High accuracy, lightduty. Maintenance free.

Radial tooth Positiveconnection, minimal axialmisalignment.

Spiral beam Universal onepiece coupling. Aluminium andstainless steel versionsavailable.

Curved jaw Shockabsorbing, low cost generalpurpose coupling, ideal forreducing torque ripple.

Membrane Light duty, withan insulating fibreglassreinforced centre. Compactoverall length. Zero backlash.

Oldham Large offset,designed to separate forassembly. Electricallyinsulating disc.

Flexible disc spring Idealfor low torque applicationsrequiring accuracy. Bothexternal and internal hubsavailable.

Clamp collars No shaftmarking, integral location face.One or two piece construction.

Solid One and two pieceoptions. Excellent foraccurately aligned shafts withhigh torque loads.

Friction clutches Variabletorque settings. Gearmanufactured to requirement.

Custom Design Designedand manufactured to suit yourapplication, please contact us.

ProductOverview

85



Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs

Coupling Feature

Coupling Style

Elec

tric

ally

insu

latin

g

Vibr

atio

n da

mpi

ng

Hig

h re

liabi

lity

No

inhe

rent

bac

klas

h

Torq

ue c

apac

ity

Mis

alig

nmen

t cap

abili

ty

Low

bea

ring

load

Acc

urac

y

Pric

e / p

erfo

rman

ce

ReliaFlex®

Bellows

Flexible disc spring* *

Oldham

Membrane

Curved jaw

Spiral beam

Radial tooth

Friction clutches

Solid

The couplings featured in this catalogue have been carefully selected to accommodate varyingdegrees of shaft misalignment whilst offering minimum distortion of rotation.

No one coupling provides a universal solution but the selection table below summarises the salientperformance features for ease of comparison.

Full details for each coupling can be found on the product pages, with further technical information onpages T81 to T84. If you require technical support please contact us to dicuss your application andwe will be happy to help you select an appropriate coupling.

Comparative star rating:most suitableleast suitable

not applicableplease enquire

*single disc suitable for angular offset only

ProductOverview

86

ReliaFlex® Couplings


Couplings

and Collars

•• Extend system lifeThe ReliaFlex® coupling introducesnegligible radial and axial bearingloads, extending system life.

• Improve system accuracyThe ReliaFlex® coupling provides excellentkinematic transfer of motion with high torsionalstiffness, zero backlash and constant velocity.

ReliaFlex®, specifically designed and manufactured by Reliance to:

Clampor

Set screw

• Clamp type leaves shafts unmarked• Set screw type where higher speeds are required

Electricallyinsulated

• Protects delicate instruments from powered drive• Available with selected bores on RCL type aluminium couplings, sizes 20

and 25

Customdesigns

• Predictable performances• Available with outer diameters from 6 to 40 mm• Alternative materials may be specified

Please enquire

Please enquire

Shortor

Long

• RCS type (short) where space is limited• RCL type (long) where greater parallel offset and greater accuracy are

required

ReliaGrip™

• The ReliaGrip™ clamp enables ReliaFlex® coupling to be used to itsfull potential. Greater torques can be transmitted without the need to useset screws, which can potentially damage the shaft

Precisionor

Micro

• Precision coupling with outer diameters from 13 to 25 mm• Micro coupling with outer diameters from 6 to 10 mm

The range of ReliaFlex® flexible shaft couplings

UK Number 2316735US Number 6,203,437 B1European Number EP 0922168 B1Japanese Number 4,083,227

Patented ReliaFlex®

ProductOverview

87

ReliaFlex® Couplings


Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs

With the latest advances in digital optical scanning speed, professional flatbed scanner manufacturersare demanding more accuracy from their drive systems. A European company with leading edgetechnology in drum and flatbed scanners, image setting and integrated media processor productsuses ReliaFlex® couplings in all their flatbed products. With XY technology, speeds of up to 50 scansper hour and resolutions of up to 5400 dpi, the accuracy and reliability of the ReliaFlex® couplingmakes it the ideal choice.

Prior to the introduction of the ReliaFlex® coupling slight variations in the speed of the CCD elementcaused errors when trying to capture high resolution images. These errors manifest themselves as acolour registration defect, which resulted in an unacceptable banding effect across the image.Although these errors were small (typically 3.0 microns) they could easily be detected by the nakedeye.

The cause of these errors was identified as the flatbed drive system. Introduction of a ReliaFlex®

coupling manufactured from low inertia Grade 7075T6 Aluminium was instrumental in bringing theseregistration defects under control. The unique slit pattern with radial rather than spiral slits gives theReliaFlex® coupling high torsional stiffness and unsurpassed accuracy. However, with ReliaFlex®

couplings high torsional stiffness does not mean high bearing loads, the ReliaFlex® coupling slitpattern has been carefully designed to give low bearing loads in conjunction with its high torsionalstiffness.

Having been tested to 50 million cycles at rated torque, the ReliaFlex® coupling is also ideal for highduty cycle applications such as busy printing and typesetting applications. All in all the ReliaFlex®

coupling has proved itself to be ideal for accurate positioning and responsive servo systems.

Picture perfect scanning with ReliaFlex® coupling

1.5 5 mmBore

88

Micro ReliaFlex® Couplings


Couplings

and Collars


Bearings: page 121Leadscrews: page 71

Intelligent motors: page 22

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13 mmMaterial: Aluminium alloy grade 7075T6Finish: Alocrom 1000


Example Part No: RCS A 8 42 Dimensions(mm)

BasicPartNo

Material Size Standard Bore SizesØB1 and ØB2

(bore tolerance +0.010/0.000)

O/D

ØD

Length

L

HubLength

E

FittedScrew

RCS(short) A

68

10

1.5 22

333

44 5

6.08.0

10.0

9.3511.7013.65

2.803.204.00

M1.2*M1.6M2

RCL(long) A

68

10

1.5 22

333

44 5

6.08.0

10.0

12.5014.5017.00

2.803.204.00

M1.2*M1.6M2

Maximum shaft intrusion when fitted = E+2 mm.* Coupling fitted with stainless steel slotted head set screws.Note: bores may be left unalocromed.

RCL (long type) RCS (short type)

Product options• Alternative bore sizes• Imperial bores• Alternative materials• Custom designs see page 816• Product overview see pages 82 to 87• Selected items in stock, at reduced prices see page 817

1.5 5 mm Bore

89

Micro ReliaFlex® Couplings


Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs

BasicPartNo

Material Size Torsional1

StiffnessNm/rad

RadialCompliancemicrons/N

Misalignment MaxInertiagcm2

MaxMass

gParallel

mmAngular

degAxialmm

RCS(short) A

68

10

4.198.70

16.80

21.035.028.0

±0.02±0.05±0.06

±1.7±2.0±2.0

±0.06±0.10±0.17

0.030.110.33

0.651.272.34

RCL(long) A

68

10

4.308.70

16.81

79.0102.0

83.0

±0.04±0.10±0.12

±1.7±2.0±2.0

±0.06±0.10±0.17

0.050.150.43

0.951.663.05

Specifications vary according to bore size. For exact figures, please enquire.1 Typical torsional stiffness.

BasicPartNo

Material Size Typical Torque Capacity MaxSpeedrpm

ReversingNm

Non ReversingNm

PeakNm

RCS(short) A

68

10

0.100.200.30

0.150.300.45

0.250.500.75

70,00040,00035,000

RCL(long) A

68

10

0.100.200.30

0.150.300.45

0.250.500.75

32,00024,00022,000

Specifications vary according to bore size. For exact figures, please enquire.


Torque and speed capacity

Technical support• Zero backlash, reliable onepiece construction• Unique design maximises torsional stiffness without

inducing high bearing loads• Minimal velocity and positional fluctuations• Over 50,000,000 test cycles at rated load and 80% offset

without failure• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range 80ºC to +80ºC• Technical information see page T81• Installation information see page T83

3 20 mm Bore

810

ReliaFlex® Precision Couplings Set Screw Type


Couplings

and Collars

Couplings are chambered for ease of assembly and fitted with stainless steel screws.


Maximum shaft intrusion when fitted = E+2 mm. Note: bores may be left unalocromed.


Example Part No: RCS A 20 85 Dimensions(mm)

BasicPartNo



O/D

ØD

Length

L

HubLength

E

FittedScrew

RCS(short) A

131620253040

3 44

555

6666

8888

10101010

121212

1515 20

13.016.020.025.030.040.0

16.8019.7521.5025.8030.3035.95

5.005.906.607.609.10

10.60

M2.5M3M4M5M6M8

RCL(long) A

131620253040

3 44

555

6666

8888

10101010

121212

1515 20

13.016.020.025.030.040.0

20.0023.5026.0034.0044.0057.00

5.005.906.607.609.10

10.60

M2.5M3M4M5M6M8





Product options• Alternative bore sizes• Imperial bores• Alternative materials• Electrically insulated, sizes 20 and 25• ReliaGrip™ clamp type see page 814• Custom designs see page 816• Product overview see pages 82 to 87• Selected items in stock, at reduced prices see page 817

3 20 mm Bore

811

ReliaFlex® Precision Couplings Set Screw Type


Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs

BasicPartNo


StiffnessNm/rad



MaxMass

gParallel

mmAngular

degAxialmm

RCS(short) A

131620253040

45.0067.00

107.50173.60246.10465.20

29.228.923.420.015.413.4

±0.08±0.10±0.12±0.16±0.20±0.25

±2.5±2.5±3.0±3.0±3.5±3.5

±0.30±0.40±0.50±0.70±0.85±1.25

1.13.08.8

24.058.0

220.0

4.748.42

14.6227.5045.9897.30

RCL(long) A

131620253040

53.5081.00

130.00216.10315.10606.20

64.365.162.082.285.089.0

±0.15±0.20±0.25±0.40±0.60±0.95

±2.5±2.5±3.0±3.0±3.5±3.5

±0.30±0.40±0.50±0.70±0.85±1.25

1.33.69.9

33.089.0

370.0

5.8310.3318.2038.4071.82

168.57Specifications vary according to bore size. For exact figures, please enquire. 1 Typical torsional stiffness.



Torque and speed capacityBasicPartNo


ReversingNm

Non ReversingNm

PeakNm

RCS(short) A

131620253040

0.500.751.302.052.905.50

0.701.151.953.104.408.30

1.201.903.255.207.35

13.80

30,00025,00020,00015,00011,0006,500

RCL(long) A

131620253040

0.500.751.302.052.905.50

0.701.151.953.104.408.30

1.201.903.255.207.35

13.80

20,00017,00015,00012,00010,0006,500




3 20 mm Bore

812

ReliaFlex® Precision Couplings Clamp Type


Couplings

and Collars




All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterial: Aluminium alloy grade 7075T6Finish: Alocrom 1000



Maximum shaft intrusion when fitted = E+2 mm. Note: bores may be left unalocromed.


Example Part No: RCS A 20C 85 Dimensions(mm)

BasicPartNo



O/D

ØD ØH

Length

L

HubLength

E

FittedScrew

RCS(short) A

13C16C20C25C30C40C

33

444

5555

66666

88888

10101010

121212

1515 20

13.016.020.025.030.040.0

14.518.021.826.932.341.0

16.8019.7521.5025.8030.3035.95

5.005.906.607.609.10

10.60

M1.6M2M2.5M3M4M5

RCL(long) A

13C16C20C25C30C40C

33

444

5555

66666

88888

10101010

121212

1515 20

13.016.020.025.030.040.0

14.518.021.826.932.341.0

20.0023.5026.0034.0044.0057.00

5.005.906.607.609.10

10.60

M1.6M2M2.5M3M4M5

Product options• Alternative bore sizes• Imperial bores• Alternative materials• Electrically insulated, sizes 20 and 25• Set screw fixing• ReliaGrip™ clamp type see page 814• Custom designs see page 816• Product overview see pages 82 to 87• Selected items in stock, at reduced prices see page 817

3 20 mm Bore

813

ReliaFlex® Precision Couplings Clamp Type


Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs

BasicPartNo


StiffnessNm/rad


Misalignment MaxInertiag.cm2

MaxMass

gParallel

mmAngular

degAxialmm

RCS(short) A

13C16C20C25C30C40C

45.0067.00

107.50177.60258.10481.20

29.228.923.420.015.413.4

±0.08±0.10±0.12±0.40±0.60±0.95

±2.5±2.5±3.0±3.0±3.5±3.5

±0.30±0.40±0.50±0.70±0.85±1.25

1.02.97.8

23.055.0

200.0

4.48.2

14.327.546.497.2

RCL(long) A

13C16C20C25C30C40C

53.5081.00

133.00223.10330.60627.30

64.365.162.082.285.089.0

±0.15±0.20±0.25±0.40±0.60±0.95

±2.5±2.5±3.0±3.0±3.5±3.5

±0.30±0.40±0.50±0.70±0.85±1.25

1.23.29.0

31.086.0

350.0

5.510.118.738.572.6

168.7Specifications vary according to bore size. For exact figures, please enquire.1 Typical torsional stiffness.

BasicPartNo


ReversingNm

Non ReversingNm

PeakNm

RCS(short)

orRCL(long)

A

13C16C20C25C30C40C

0.350.550.951.552.404.40

0.550.851.452.353.656.65

0.801.252.453.905.5011.10

12,00010,0007,5005,0003,8002,000







3 12 mm Bore

814

ReliaFlex® Precision Couplings ReliaGrip™ Clamp


Couplings

and Collars







Example Part No: RCS A 20G 85 Dimensions(mm)

BasicPartNo



O/D

ØD ØH

Length

L

HubLength

E

FittedScrew

RCS(short) A

13G16G20G25G

33

444

5555

6666

888

1010 12

13.016.020.025.0

14.518.021.826.9

16.8019.7521.5025.80

5.005.906.607.60

M1.6M2M2.5M3

RCL(long) A

13G16G20G25G

33

444

5555

6666

888

1010 12

13.016.020.025.0

14.518.021.826.9

20.0023.5026.0034.00

5.005.906.607.60

M1.6M2M2.5M3


Maximum shaft intrusion when fitted = E+2 mm.Note: bores may be left unalocromed.

Product options• Alternative bore sizes• Imperial bores• Alternative materials• Electrically insulated• Custom designs see page 816• Product overview see pages 82 to 87

3 12 mm Bore

815

ReliaFlex® Precision Couplings ReliaGrip™ Clamp


Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs

BasicPartNo


StiffnessNm/rad



MaxMass

gParallel

mmAngular

degAxialmm

RCS(short) A

13G16G20G25G

45.0070.00115.00182.00

29.228.923.420.0

±0.08±0.10±0.12±0.16

±2.5±2.5±3.0±3.0

±0.30±0.40±0.50±0.70

1.02.97.9

23.0

4.48.6

14.927.5

RCL(long) A

13G16G20G25G

53.5084.00139.00227.00

64.365.162.082.2

±0.15±0.20±0.25±0.40

±2.5±2.5±3.0±3.0

±0.30±0.40±0.50±0.70

1.23.39.0

31.0

5.510.618.738.5

Specifications vary according to bore size. For exact figures, please enquire.1 Typical torsional stiffness.

BasicPartNo


ReversingNm

Non ReversingNm

PeakNm

RCS(short)

orRCL(long)

A

13G16G20G25G

0.450.751.302.05

0.601.151.953.10

0.701.653.255.20

12,00010,0007,5005,000







CustomDesigns

816

ReliaFlex® Precision Couplings


Couplings

and Collars

Provide allowablespace envelope

Provide performancerequirements

ReliaFlex® spaceevaluated

ReliaFlex®

performanceevaluated

Select from Catalogue

StandardCoupling

BespokeCoupling

Customer Enquiry

Bespoke designs

The ReliaFlex® coupling can be customised to suit individual applications. For example, specialinterfaces can be incorporated into the design to allow easier interaction between the coupling and othercomponents within the assembly. Alternative materials such as PEEK polymer and other plastics areavailable.

Reliance’s design engineers can predict the achievableperformance of ReliaFlex® confidently when provided with detailsof the allowable space envelope.

Please contact us to discuss your requirements.

StockedCouplings

817

ReliaFlex® Precision Couplings


Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs

The range of couplings below is held in stock and available on short delivery at reduced prices.It is subject to change from time to time, please visit our website at www.reliance.co.uk/shop for thelatest details.

Stocked range of ReliaFlex® couplings

Long type Short typeSize 6RCLA61.51.5RCLA631.5

Size 8RCLA822RCLA833

Size 10RCLA100.2500.250RCLA1055

Size 13RCLA130.2500.250RCLA1344RCLA1365RCLA13C42RCLA13C44RCLA13C66

Size 16RCLA16C44 RCLA16C54RCLA16C66

Size 20RCLA20C66RCLA20C88RCLA20C1010RCLA20C0.2500.250RCLA20C0.2505RCLA20C0.2506

Size 25RCLA25C66RCLA25C88RCLA25C1010RCLA25C0.2500.250RCLA25C0.3750.375RCLA25C0.5000.500

Size 6RCSA61.51.5RCSA631.5

Size 8RCSA822RCSA833

Size 10RCSA1053RCSA1055

Size 13RCSA1344RCSA1353RCSA130.2500.250RCSA13C33RCSA13C55

Size 16RCSA16C66RCSA16C0.2505

Size 20RCSA20C65RCSA20C66RCSA20C88RCSA20C1010

Size 25RCSA25C65RCSA25C66RCSA25C86RCSA25C88

3 16 mm Bore

818

Bellows CouplingsSet Screw Hub


Couplings

and Collars






NumberHub

MaterialBellowsMaterial

Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRBKBS12220303RBKBS12220404RBKBS12220604RBKBS12220505RBKBS12220606

Brass(NickelPlated)

Bronze(NickelPlated)

34656

34456

12 22 2.2 M2.5

RBKXS15200303RBKXS15200404RBKXS15200504RBKXS15200505RBKXS15200606

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

34556

34456

15 20 2.0 M3


Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

34556

34456

15 22 2.0 M3


Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

34556

34456

15 25 2.0 M3


Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

4568

10

4568

10

19 24 2.0 M3

H8Bore Size Tolerance

3 +0.014456

+0.018

810 +0.022

121416

+0.027

3 16 mm Bore

819

Bellows CouplingsSet Screw Hub


Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min1

MaxTorque

Ncm

Misalignment TorsionalStiffness

Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof Inertia

gcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg1222

10,000

15 ±0.20 ±0.40 ±2.5 45 30 1.8 50 8.01520 40 ±0.20 ±0.40 ±3.0 90 40 2.0 70 6.01522 40 ±0.25 ±0.45 ±4.0 85 20 2.1 70 6.51525 40 ±0.30 ±0.50 ±4.0 70 15 2.3 70 7.01924 80 ±0.25 ±0.40 ±4.0 150 25 7.0 70 10.02029 80 ±0.25 ±0.40 ±4.0 150 25 8.0 150 15.02035 80 ±0.30 ±0.50 ±4.0 140 10 9.0 150 16.02526 200 ±0.30 ±0.40 ±4.0 220 45 19.0 100 17.5

Technical specifications

Part number selection table continuedPart

NumberHub


Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRBKXS20290404RBKXS20290604RBKXS20290606RBKXS20291006RBKXS20290808RBKXS20291010RBKXS20291210RBKXS20291212

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

466

108

101212

44668

101012

20 29 3.2 M4

RBKXS20350404RBKXS20350604RBKXS20350606RBKXS20351006RBKXS20350808RBKXS20351010RBKXS20351210

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

466

108

1012

44668

1010

20 35 3.2 M4

RBKXS25260606RBKXS25260808RBKXS25261010RBKXS25261212RBKXS25261414RBKXS25261616

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

68

10121416

68

10121416

25 26 2.8 M4

Technical support• Zero backlash• High torsional stiffness and low bearing loads• Complete absorption of eccentricity, angularity and end play

by spring action of the bellows• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range 30ºC to +120ºC• Product overview see pages 82 to 87• Technical information see page T81

3 16 mm Bore

820

Bellows CouplingsClamp Hub


Couplings

and Collars






NumberHub


Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRBKXK16220303RBKXK16220404RBKXK16220504RBKXK16220604RBKXK16220505RBKXK16220606

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

345656

344456

16 22 2.3 M2

RBKXK16240303RBKXK16240603RBKXK16240404RBKXK16240504RBKXK16240604RBKXK16240505RBKXK16240606

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

3645656

3344456

16 24 2.3 M2

RBKXK16270303RBKXK16270603RBKXK16270404RBKXK16270504RBKXK16270505RBKXK16270606

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

364556

334456

16 27 2.3 M2

RBKXK21290606RBKXK21291006RBKXK21290808RBKXK21291010

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

610

810

668

10

21 29 3.0 M2.5


3 +0.014456

+0.018

810 +0.022

121416

+0.027

3 16 mm Bore

821

Bellows CouplingsClamp Hub


Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof Inertia

gcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg1622

10,000

40 ±0.20 ±0.40 ±3.0 90 40 2.1 50 6.01624 40 ±0.25 ±0.45 ±4.0 85 20 2.2 50 6.51627 40 ±0.30 ±0.50 ±4.0 70 15 2.6 50 7.02129 80 ±0.25 ±0.40 ±4.0 150 25 9.0 100 15.02135 80 ±0.30 ±0.50 ±4.0 140 10 9.5 100 16.02429 80 ±0.25 ±0.40 ±4.0 150 25 15.0 100 17.02435 80 ±0.30 ±0.50 ±4.0 140 10 15.2 100 18.03030 200 ±0.30 ±0.40 ±4.0 220 45 37.0 100 31.0



NumberHub


Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRBKXK21350606RBKXK21351006RBKXK21350808RBKXK21351010

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

610

810

668

10

21 35 3.0 M2.5

RBKXK24291206RBKXK24291210RBKXK24291212

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

121212

61012

24 29 3.0 M2.5

RBKXK24351206RBKXK24351210RBKXK24351212

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

121212

61012

24 35 3.0 M2.5

RBKXK30301210RBKXK30301212RBKXK30301414RBKXK30301616

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

12121416

10121416

30 30 3.0 M3


by spring action of the bellows• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range 30ºC to +120ºC• Technical information see page T81• Product overview see pages 82 to 87

2 12 mm Bore

822

Nickel Bellows Couplings Set Screw Hub


Couplings

and Collars

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg1223

10,00013 ±0.54 ±2.29 ±15 28 4.2 1.85 60 10.0

1730 39 ±0.72 ±3.09 ±14 70 3.0 3.81 80 10.02533 200 ±0.46 ±2.77 ±8 210 29.0 16.10 80 19.5







NumberHub


Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRBKNS12230202RBKNS12230302RBKNS12230303RBKNS12230404RBKNS12230604RBKNS12230606

Stainlesssteel Nickel

233466

223446

12 23 2.0 M2.5

RBKNS17300404RBKNS17300604RBKNS17300606RBKNS17301006RBKNS17300808RBKNS17301010

Aluminium(Anodised) Nickel

466

108

10

44668

10

17 31 2.0 M3

RBKNS25330606RBKNS25331006RBKNS25331206RBKNS25330808RBKNS25331010RBKNS25331212


61012

81012

6668

1012

25 33 2.3 M3


23 +0.014

46 +0.018

810 +0.022

12 +0.027

3 12 mm Bore

823

Nickel Bellows Couplings Clamp Hub


Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg1733 10,000 39 ±0.72 ±3.09 ±14 70 3.0 4.89 35 11.52537 200 ±0.46 ±2.77 ±8 210 29.0 25.40 66 28.5




Associated ProductsShafts: page 112Bearings: page 121Leadscrews: page 71Intelligent motors: page 22

PartNumber

HubMaterial

BellowsMaterial

Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRBKNK17330303RBKNK17330404RBKNK17330604RBKNK17330606


3466

3446

16.3 33 2.5 M2

RBKNK25370606RBKNK25371006RBKNK25370808RBKNK25371010RBKNK25371212


610

81012

668

1012

25 37 2.8 M2.5


3 +0.01446 +0.018

810 +0.022

12 +0.027


by spring action of the bellows• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range 30ºC to +120ºC• Technical information see page T81• Product overview see pages 82 to 87

2 6 mm Bore

824

Flexible Disc Spring Couplings Set Screw Hub


Couplings

and Collars





SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg2014 10,000 50 ±0.3 ±2.5 100 2.6 60 5.0



NumberHub

MaterialDisc

SpringsMaterial

Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2RFSXS20140202RFSXS20140402RFSXS20140404RFSXS20140606

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

2446

2246


2 +0.01446 +0.018

Technical support• Zero backlash• High torsional stiffness• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range 30ºC to +120ºC• Vibration isolation• Technical information see page T81• Product overview see pages 82 to 87

2 6 mm Bore

825

Flexible Disc Spring Couplings Set Screw Hub


Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs





NumberHub

MaterialDisc

SpringsMaterial

Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2RFSXS20160202RFSXS20160402RFSXS20160404RFSXS20160606

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

2446

2246

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg2016 10,000 50 ±0.2 ±0.4 ±3.0 20 125 2.8 60 6.0


2 +0.01446 +0.018

Technical support• Zero backlash• High torsional stiffness and low bearing loads• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range 30ºC to +120ºC• Vibration isolation• Technical information see page T81• Product overview see pages 82 to 87

2 4 mm Bore

826

Flexible Disc Spring Couplings Clamp Hub


Couplings

and Collars

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg2213 10,000 20 ±0.3 ±0.3 ±2.0 14 3.0 3.2 20 9.5



NumberHub

MaterialDisc

SpringsMaterial

Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2RFSXK22130202RFSXK22130302RFSXK22130303RFSXK22130404

Nickel platedsteel

Stainlesssteel

2334

2234






23 +0.014

4 +0.018


3 8 mm Bore

827

Flexible Disc Spring Couplings Clamp Hub


Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs



NumberHub

MaterialDisc

SpringsMaterial

Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2RFSXK30190303RFSXK30190404RFSXK30190505RFSXK30190605RFSXK30190606RFSXK30190806RFSXK30191008

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

345668

10

3455668

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg3019 12,000 80 ±0.4 ±0.4 ±3.0 150 6 19 80 16




3 +0.014456

+0.018

8 +0.022


6 14 mm Bore

828

Flexible Disc Spring CouplingsClamp Hub


Couplings

and Collars



NumberHub

MaterialDisc

SpringsMaterial

Bore

ØB1

Bore


Aluminium(Anodised) Stainless steel

69.531012121414

69.531010121214

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg3832 8,000 200 ±0.3 ±0.3 ±2.5 250 220 82 100 53






6 +0.0189.5310 +0.022

1214 +0.027

Technical support• Zero backlash• High torsional stiffness and low bearing loads• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range 30ºC to +120ºC• Vibration isolation• Suitable for high number of revolutions at high torque• Technical information see page T81• Product overview see pages 82 to 87

6 14 mm Bore

829

Flexible Disc Spring CouplingsClamp Hub


Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs



NumberHub

MaterialDisc

SpringsMaterial

Bore

ØB1

Bore


Aluminium(Anodised) Stainless steel

69.531012121414

69.531010121214

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg3850 8,000 200 ±0.8 ±0.8 ±2.5 250 12 106 100 63




6 +0.0189.5310 +0.022

1214 +0.027

Technical support• Zero backlash• High torsional stiffness and low bearing loads• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range 30ºC to +120ºC• Vibration isolation• Suitable for high number of revolutions at high torque• Technical information see page T81• Product overview see pages 82 to 87

3 12 mm bore

830

Oldham Couplings


Couplings

and Collars

M0ST (set screw) M0CT (clamp)




All dimensions in mmHub material: Aluminium alloygrade 2024 T351 or 7075 T651Finish: Black sulphuric anodised MILA8625 Type II, class 2Spacer material: Acetal or nylon 11

Example Part No: M0ST AT 13 33 Dimensions(mm)

BasicPartNo

DiscMaterial

Size Standard Bore Sizes ØB1 and ØB2


O/D

ØD

Length

L

HubLength

E

FittedScrew

T

M0ST(set

screw)

AT(Acetal)

NL(Nylon)

131925 3341

3 44

55

666

888

101010

121212

12.719.125.433.341.3

15.922.228.647.650.8

5.67.69.9

15.018.0

M3M3M4M4M5

M0CT(clamp)

AT(Acetal)

NL(Nylon)

1925 3341

4 5 66

888

101010

121212

19.125.433.341.3

25.431.847.650.8

9.711.915.018.0

M2.5M3M3M4


Product options• Larger or alternative bore sizes• Imperial bores• Product overview see pages 82 to 87

Note: Oldham couplings sizes 13 and 19 use only two set screws ‘T’

3 12 mm Bore

831

Oldham Couplings


Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs

SizeRef

DiscMaterial

TorsionalStiffnessDeg/Nm

Torque Capacity MisalignmentRated

NmBreak

NmParallel

mmAxialmm

13 AT 0.636 0.68 3.9 0.10 0.05NL 2.560 0.17 2.8 0.10 0.05

19 AT 0.380 2.25 10.5 0.20 0.10NL 1.240 0.57 9.6 0.20 0.10

25 AT 0.291 4.75 19.0 0.20 0.10NL 1.110 1.13 15.9 0.20 0.10

33 AT 0.079 8.00 39.5 0.20 0.15NL 0.460 2.05 34.0 0.20 0.15

41 AT 0.068 14.75 54.5 0.25 0.15NL 0.330 3.65 45.3 0.25 0.15


Technical support• Zero backlash with acetal disc • High parallel misalignment capability• Electrically insulated discs act as a mechanical fuse

preventing damage to other components• Temperature range:

Acetal disc: 23ºC to +65ºC.Nylon disc: 23ºC to +54ºC.

• Max speed: 4,500 rpm• Acetal discs provide high torsional stiffness• Nylon discs provide vibration and shock absorption• Technical information see page T81• Installation information see page T83

6 10 mm Bore

832

Membrane Couplings Clamp Hub


Couplings

and Collars



NumberHub

MaterialMembrane

MaterialBoreØB1

BoreØB2

RFSKK25190606RFSKK25191006RFSKK25190808RFSKK25191010

Aluminium(Anodised)

Polyamide6.6

reinforcedfibreglass

610

810

668

10

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg2519 12,000 40 ±0.25 ±0.4 ±2.5 22 60 13.5 65 16






6 +0.018810 +0.022

Technical support• Zero backlash• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range 10ºC to +80ºC• Electrical isolation• Technical information see page T81• Product overview see pages 82 to 87

6 12 mm Bore

833

Membrane CouplingsClamp Hub


Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs



NumberHub

MaterialMembrane

MaterialBoreØB1

BoreØB2

RFSKK25250606RFSKK25251006RFSKK25250808RFSKK25251010RFSKK25251210RFSKK25251212

Aluminium(Anodised)

Polyamide6.6


610

8101212

668

101012

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg2525 12,000 40 ±0.25 ±0.4 ±2.5 22 60 15 65 18




6 +0.0188

10 +0.022

12 +0.027

Technical support• Zero backlash• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range 10ºC to +80ºC• Electrical isolation• Technical information see page T81• Product overview see pages 82 to 87

6 14 mm Bore

834



Couplings

and Collars



NumberHub

MaterialMembrane

MaterialBoreØB1

BoreØB2

RFSKK30220606RFSKK30221006RFSKK30220808RFSKK30221010RFSKK30221210RFSKK30221212RFSKK30221414

Aluminium(Anodised)

Polyamide6.6


610

810121214

668

10101214

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg3022 12,000 60 ±0.3 ±0.4 ±2.5 30 40 35 80 30






6 +0.018810 +0.022

1214 +0.027

Technical support• Zero backlash• High torsional stiffness and low bearing loads• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range 10ºC to +80ºC• Electrical isolation• High rigidity• Technical information see page T81• Product overview see pages 82 to 87

6 14 mm Bore

835



Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs



NumberHub

MaterialMembrane

MaterialBoreØB1

BoreØB2

RFSKK30270606RFSKK30271006RFSKK30270808RFSKK30271010RFSKK30271210RFSKK30271212RFSKK30271414

Aluminium(Anodised)

Polyamide6.6


610

810121214

668

10101214

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg3027 12,000 60 ±0.3 ±0.4 ±2.5 30 40 37 80 32




6 +0.0188

10 +0.022

1214 +0.027

Technical support• Zero backlash• High torsional stiffness and low bearing loads• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range 10ºC to +80ºC• Electrical isolation• High rigidity• Technical information see page T81• Product overview see pages 82 to 87

6 12 mm Bore

836

Curved Jaw Couplings Set Screw Hub


Couplings

and Collars

Technical specificationsElement

HardnessMax

Speed

min1

MaxTorque

Ncm

Misalignment at 750rpm Twistat MaxTorque

Deg

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg80

19,000800 ±0.22 ±1.0 ±1.3 10 30 120 34

92 1500 ±0.22 ±1.0 ±1.3 10 30 120 3498 2500 ±0.22 ±1.0 ±1.3 10 30 120 34






Example Part No: RKKAS 1500 08 06 92

BasicPart Number

HubMaterial

Damping ElementMaterial

ElementHardness

BoreØB1

BoreØB2

RKKAS15000606RKKAS15000806RKKAS15000808RKKAS15001008RKKAS15001010RKKAS15001210

Aluminium(Anodised) Polyurethane

80 (blue)92 (white)98 (red)

688

101012

6688

1010


6 +0.018810 +0.022

12 +0.027

Technical support• Zero backlash• Alternative damping element hardness• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range 30ºC to +80ºC• Torque ripple reduction• Technical information see page T81• Product overview see pages 82 to 87

6 12 mm Bore

837

Curved Jaw Couplings Clamp Hub


Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs

Technical specificationsElement

HardnessMax

Speed

min1

MaxTorque

Ncm

Misalignment at 750rpm Twistat MaxTorque

Deg

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg80

19,000800 ±0.22 ±1.0 ±1.3 10 30 150 34

92 1500 ±0.22 ±1.0 ±1.3 10 30 150 3498 2500 ±0.22 ±1.0 ±1.3 10 30 150 34




Example Part No: RKKAK 1500 08 06 92

BasicPart Number

HubMaterial

Damping ElementMaterial

ElementHardness

BoreØB1

BoreØB2

RKKAK15000606RKKAK15000806RKKAK15000808RKKAK15001008RKKAK15001010RKKAK15001210

Aluminium(Anodised) Polyurethane

80 (blue)92 (white)98 (red)

688

101012

6688

1010


6 +0.0188

10 +0.022

12 +0.027

Technical supprt• Zero backlash• Alternative damping element hardness• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range 30ºC to +80ºC• Torque ripple reduction• Technical information see page T81• Product overview see pages 82 to 87

1 5 mm Bore

838

Micro Spiral Beam CouplingsSet Screw Hub


Couplings

and Collars



SizeMax

Speed

min1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg6508 8,000 2 ±0.10 ±0.15 ±2.0 0.55 24 0.02 8 0.51015 15 ±0.15 ±0.20 ±2.0 2.20 22 0.34 15 2.4





PartNumber

Material Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRWKAS65080101RWKAS65080201RWKAS65080202

Aluminium122

112

6.5 8 1.3 M1.6

RWKAS10150202RWKAS10150302RWKAS10150402RWKAS10150502RWKAS10150303RWKAS10150503

Aluminium

234535

222233

10 15 2.0 M2


123

+0.014

45 +0.018

Technical support• Zero backlash• High torsional stiffness and low bearing loads• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range 30ºC to +150ºC• One piece construction• Technical information see page T81• Product overview see pages 82 to 87

2 6 mm Bore

839

Spiral Beam CouplingsSet Screw Hub


Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs



SizeMax

Speed

min1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg1218 8,000 25 ±0.15 ±0.25 ±2.5 2.8 28 0.83 35 4.01622 40 ±0.20 ±0.30 ±3.0 5.0 34 3.20 50 9.5



PartNumber

Material Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRWKAS12180402RWKAS12180303RWKAS12180403RWKAS12180404

Aluminium

4344

2334

12 18 2.5 M2.5

RWKAS16220303RWKAS16220503RWKAS16220404RWKAS16220504RWKAS16220505RWKAS16220606

Aluminium

354556

334456

16 22 3.0 M3


23 +0.014

456

+0.018


4 14 mm Bore

840



Couplings

and Collars






NumberMaterial Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRWKAS19220404RWKAS19220604RWKAS19220505RWKAS19220606RWKAS19220806RWKAS19220808

Aluminium

465688

445668

19 22 3.0 M3

RWKAS20190604RWKAS20190505RWKAS20190606RWKAS20190806

Aluminium

6568

4566

20 19 2.8 M3

RWKAS25240606RWKAS25240806RWKAS25241006RWKAS25240808RWKAS25241008RWKAS25241010RWKAS25241212

Aluminium(Anodised)

68

108

101012

66688

1012

25 24 3 M4

RWKAS25320606RWKAS25320806RWKAS25321006RWKAS25320808RWKAS25321008RWKAS25321010RWKAS25321210RWKAS25321212

Aluminium(Anodised)

68

108

10101212

66688

101012

25 32 4 M4


456

+0.018

810 +0.022

1214 +0.027

4 14 mm Bore

841



Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg1922

8,000

60 ±0.25 ±0.4 ±3.5 9 40 6.7 50 132019 60 ±0.25 ±0.4 ±3.5 9 40 6.0 50 122524 100 ±0.30 ±0.5 ±4.0 20 60 22.2 120 262532 100 ±0.30 ±0.5 ±4.0 18 50 30.0 120 353030 150 ±0.30 ±0.5 ±4.0 21 60 57.0 120 453038 150 ±0.30 ±0.5 ±4.0 21 60 76.0 120 60



NumberMaterial Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRWKAS30301010RWKAS30301210RWKAS30301410

Aluminium(Anodised)

101214

101010

30 30 4 M4

RWKAS30381010RWKAS30381210RWKAS30381410RWKAS30381212

Aluminium(Anodised)

10121412

10101012

30 38 5 M4


2 14 mm Bore

842

Spiral Beam CouplingsClamp Hub


Couplings

and Collars






NumberMaterial Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRWKAK14210202RWKAK14210302RWKAK14210303RWKAK14210403RWKAK14210404

Aluminium(Anodised)

23344

22334

14 21 2.6 M2

RWKAK16250303RWKAK16250503RWKAK16250404RWKAK16250604RWKAK16250505RWKAK16250605

Aluminium(Anodised)

354656

334455

16 25 3.0 M2

RWKAK19280404RWKAK19280604RWKAK19280505RWKAK19280605RWKAK19280606

Aluminium(Anodised)

46566

44556

19 28 3.3 M3

RWKAK25320606RWKAK25320806RWKAK25321006RWKAK25320808RWKAK25321008RWKAK25321010RWKAK25321210

Aluminium(Anodised)

68

108

101012

66688

1010

25 32 4.0 M3


23 +0.014

456

+0.018

810 +0.022

1214 +0.027

2 14 mm Bore

843



Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg1421

6,000

50 ±0.20 ±0.25 ±3.0 4.5 22 1.9 50 6.51625 60 ±0.20 ±0.30 ±3.5 5.5 30 3.8 50 101928 80 ±0.25 ±0.40 ±4.0 8 36 8.7 80 162532 100 ±0.35 ±0.50 ±4.0 16 45 29.0 100 343038 150 ±0.35 ±0.50 ±4.0 19 60 76.0 100 58



NumberMaterial Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRWKAK30381010RWKAK30381210RWKAK30381212RWKAK30381414

Aluminium(Anodised)

10121214

10101214

30 38 4.8 M4


8 10 mm BoreStainless Steel

844



Couplings

and Collars



SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg2524 8,000 200 ±0.3 ±0.5 ±4.0 40 250 64 200 65

PartNumber

Material BoreØB1

BoreØB2

RWKXS25240808RWKXS25241010

Stainlesssteel

810

810






810 +0.022

Technical support• Zero backlash• High torsional stiffness• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range 30ºC to +180ºC• One piece construction• Technical information see page T81• Product overview see pages 82 to 87

6 10 mm BoreStainless Steel

845



Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs



SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg2532 6,000 200 ±0.35 ±0.5 ±4.0 29 150 84 200 88

PartNumber

Material BoreØB1

BoreØB2

RWKXK25321006RWKXK25320808RWKXK25321010

Stainlesssteel

108

10

68

10




6 +0.0188

10 +0.022

Technical support• Zero backlash• High torsional stiffness• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range 30ºC to +180ºC• One piece construction• Technical information see page T81• Product overview see pages 82 to 87

6 10 mm Bore

846

Radial Tooth Couplings


Couplings

and Collars



NumberCouplingMaterial

BoreØB1

BoreØB2

RSKSS20220606RSKSS20220806RSKSS20221006RSKSS20220808RSKSS20221010

Steel9S Mn Pb 28

(Black finished)

68

108

10

6668

10

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min1

MaxTorque

Ncm

Misalignment Module

mm

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg2022 8,000 200 N/A N/A ±0.5 0.7 N/A 26 80 42






6 +0.018810 +0.022

Technical support• Recommended temperature range 30ºC to +120ºC• Self centering connection• Technical information see page T81• Product overview see pages 82 to 87

4 6 mm Bore

847

Friction Clutch Spiral SpringClamp Hub


Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs




PartNumber

Bore

ØB

MaxSpeed

min1

MaxAdjustable

TorqueNcm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

Material ApproxWeight

g

Flange ClutchLining

RRKSK202004RRKSK202005RRKSK202006

456

50 30 8.4 100Steel

9S Mn Pb 28(Black finished)

Nylatron 20

Note: Gear not included, manufactured on request, please enquire


456

+0.018

f8Shaft Dia Tolerance

10 0.0130.035

Technical support• Zero backlash before slipping• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range 10ºC to +50ºC• Protects actuators from torque damage• Adjustable torque setting• Technical information see page T81• Product overview see pages 82 to 87

4 6 mm Bore

848

Friction Clutch Spiral SpringSet Screw Hub


Couplings

and Collars

Part number selection and technical tablePart

NumberBore

ØB

MaxSpeed

min1

MaxAdjustable

TorqueNcm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm


g

Flange ClutchLining

RRKSS202504RRKSS202505RRKSS202506

456

50 30 8.4 80Steel


Nylatron 23







456

+0.018


10 0.0130.035


4 6 mm Bore

849

Friction Clutch Plate Spring Clamp Hub


Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs

Technical specificationsPart

NumberBore

ØB

MaxSpeed

min1

MaxAdjustable

TorqueNcm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm


g

Flange ClutchLining

RRKTK202004RRKTK202005RRKTK202006

456

40 120 7 100Steel


Nylatron 23




456

+0.018


10 0.0130.035



4 6 mm Bore

850

Friction Clutch Plate Spring Set Screw Hub


Couplings

and Collars






PartNumber

Bore

ØB

MaxSpeed

min1

MaxAdjustable

TorqueNcm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm


g

Flange ClutchLining

RRKTS202504RRKTS202505RRKTS202506

456

40 120 9.9 80Steel


Nylatron 25


456

+0.018


10 0.0130.035



3 10 mm Bore

851

Solid Couplings


Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs

All dimensions in mmMaterials: Aluminium alloy

grade 2024 T351Stainless steel

Grade18.8 type 303Screws C12L14


Example Part No:MCLX A 33

Dimensions(mm)

BasicPart

Number

Material SizeRef

Standard Bore Sizes ØB1 and ØB2

(bore tolerance +0.012/+0.050)

O/D

ØD

Length

L ØC

ClampScrew

T

MCLX(1piece)

MSPX(2piece)

A*(Aluminium)

SS(St. steel)

34568

10

34568

10

151515182429

222222303545

15.015.015.021.527.133.0

M2M2M2M3M3M4

*Aluminium is only available on MCLX

MCLX (one piece) MSPX (two piece)


Product options Technical support• Alternative bore sizes• Imperial bores• Set screw clamping• Stainless steel screws

• Does not mark the shaft• Nypatch® antivibration hardware• Precision honed bore• MSPX, two piece style is balanced by opposing

hardware and is easily disassembled andmaintained

• Max speed: 4,000 rpm• Recommended temperature range:

Stainless steel 40ºC to +175ºCAluminium 40ºC to +100ºC

• Technical information see page T81• Installation information see page T84• Product overview see pages 82 to 87


Couplings

and Collars




All dimensions in mmMaterials: Aluminium alloy grade 2024 T351Stainless steel Grade18.8 type 303Screws C12L14

Example Part No:MWCL A 6

Dimensions(mm)

BasicPart

Number

Material Size Standard Bore Sizes ØB


O/D

ØD

Width

W ØC

ClampScrew

TMWCL

(1piece)MWSP

(2piece)

A*(Aluminium)

SS(St. steel)

68

10

68

10

161824

202020

20.822.426.3

M3M3M3

MWCL (one piece) MWSP (two piece)

*Aluminium is only available on MWCL


Product options Technical support• Alternative bore sizes• Imperial bores• Set screw clamping• Stainless steel screws

• Does not mark the shaft• Integral location face• Excellent for high axial loads• MWSP, two piece style is balanced by

opposing hardware and is easily disassembledand maintained

• Transmits torque in confined spaces• Recommended temperature range:


• Installation information see page T84• Product overview see pages 82 to 87

6 10 mm Bore Double Width Shaft Clamp Collars

3 10 mm Bore

853

Shaft Clamp Collars


Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs



grade 2024 T351sulphuric anodised

Stainless steel Grade18.8 type 303

Screws C12L14

MCL (one piece) MSP (two piece)

Example Part No:MCL A 3

Dimensions(mm)

BasicPart

Number



O/D

ØD

Width

W ØC

ClampScrew

T

MCL(1piece)

MSP(2piece)

A (Aluminium)

SS(St. steel)

3456789

10

3456789

10

1616161618182424

99999999

20.820.820.820.822.422.426.326.3

M3M3M3M3M3M3M3M3


Product options Technical support• Alternative bore sizes• Imperial bores• Stainless steel screws• Plastic collars available• 316 stainless steel available

• Does not mark shaft• Integral location face• MSP, two piece style is balanced by opposing

hardware and is easily disassembled andmaintained

• Predrilled face holes• Recommended temperature range:


• Installation information see page T84• Product overview see pages 82 to 87


Couplings

and Collars




All dimensions in mmMaterial: Stainless steel grade 18.8 type 303Screws C12L14

Example Part No:MTCL SS 4

Dimensions(mm)

BasicPart

Number

Material Size Standard Thread Sizes

B

O/D

ØD

Width

W ØC

ClampScrew

T

MTCL SS(St. steel)

4568

10

M4x0.7M5x0.8M6x1

M8x1.25M10x1.5

1616161824

99999

20.820.820.822.426.3

M3M3M3M3M3

MTCL (threaded)


Product options Technical support• Alternative thread sizes• Imperial threads• Stainless steel screws• Acme and lefthand threads available• Additional sizes available

• Does not mark shaft• Integral location face• Installation information see page T84• Product overview see pages 82 to 87

4 10 mm Bore One Piece Threaded Collars

4 10 mm Bore

855

One Piece Set Screw Collars


Cou

plin

gsan

d C

olla

rs

Example Part No:MSC SS 4

Dimensions(mm)

BasicPart

Number



O/D

ØD

Width

W

SetScrew

T

MSC SS(St. steel)

4568

10

4568

10

810121620

5688

10

M2.5X3M3X4M4X4M4X4M5X5

MSC (set screw)



All dimensions in mmMaterial: Stainless steel

grade 18.8 type 303Screws C12L14

Product options Technical support• Alternative bore sizes• Imperial bores• Stainless steel screws• Plastic collars available

• Forged socket set screw• Installation information see page T84• Product overview see pages 82 to 87

Line

ar G

uide

s an

d Sl

ides

9

Section Contents

Linear Guides and Slides Overview ......................................Page 92

Spline Shafts ..............................................................................Page 94

Linear Rails ................................................................................Page 96

Miniature Linear Guide Series..................................................Page 97

Miniature Stroke Slides ............................................................Page 912

Ball and Crossed Roller Slides ................................................Page 914

Rack Driven Ballslides ..............................................................Page 916


ProductOverview

92

Linear Guides and Slides


Linear Guides

and Slides

Low friction linear motion

The Reliance range of precision slides and guides provides a variety of linear actuation solutions forloads up 12,580 N and with lengths in excess of 1 metre. The range includes miniature linear guides,stroke slides, roller slides, rack driven ball slides and linear rails, together with spline shafts whichprovide both linear and rotary motion.

Miniature linear guidesThe linear guides consist of a stainless steel rail with a unique recirculating ball design in the carriage, which delivers smooth motion,low noise and high accuracy. The guides provide high levels of stiffnessto enable the carriage to operate at higher speeds and with a 45ºcontact angle and a gothic profile design incorporated into the carriage,resulting in an equal load capacity in all directions, they provide highload and moment capacity. With their builtin lubrication reservoirs theyprovide an effective, low maintenance solution, further enhanced byspecially designed seals to prevent dust and foreign objects fromentering the system.

Linear guides are available with 3 mm to 15 mm wide rails and lengths up to 870 mm, offered instandard sizes or custom lengths, with carriages available in a variety of widths and lengths. Optionsare available for both lubrication and seals, with different mounting options accommodated via tappedor counterbored mounting holes, and options for accuracies and preloading of the bearings whereadditional stiffness and precision are required.

Reliance’s cuttolength capability means that customers can order small quantities and samples forproduct trials or prototyping on a reduced leadtime.

Miniature stroke slidesThe miniature stroke slide offers a compact alternative to the linearguides for applications where a short stroke length is required, makingit an ideal choice for a smaller space envelope. They are available in 7 mm to 12 mm wide rails and up to 100 mm length rails, providing upto 94 mm travel length. The stroke slides possess many of the samecharacteristics as the linear guides however there is no ball recirculation, rather the balls roll on rails resulting in smooth motion, lowfriction and high accuracy without vibration.

The linear guides and stroke slides are ideal for use in a linear actuation system, used in conjunctionwith the Cool Muscle intelligent motor and leadscrews or rack and pinions, to provide stable, accurateload movement.

Ball and crossed rollerBall and crossed roller slides provide very low friction linear motion in a compact package, with a highload carrying capacity, long life and high accuracy. They are similar to the miniature stroke slides, butavailable with rails from 4 mm to 38.1 mm widths and up to 381 mm lengths. The ball slides are also

ProductOverview

93



Line

ar G

uide

san

d Sl

ides

available in a rack driven configuration suitable for controlled motionwith a rack and pinion drive system. Rack driven ball slides are idealfor measuring position, driving a mechanism, or both, and can be usedat very high speeds and loads.

Linear railsLinear rails offer a low cost option for systems where light loads are used. The linear rails exhibit aminimal frictional drag and long wear characteristics. They consist of a stainless steel shaft andcomposite polymer bushing, available with shaft diameters from approximately 6 mm to 19 mm andlengths up to 3,600 mm.

Spline shaftsSpline shafts are suited to light to moderate load applications, wherelow cost, low friction and long life are the primary designconsiderations. They provide antirotation for one axis motion or adrive mechanism for two axes of motion. The assembly consists of astainless steel spline shaft treated with low friction TFE coatingtogether with a freerunning or antibacklash composite polymerbushing. Shafts are available in diameters from 3.18 mm to 19.05 mm,with lengths up to 3,600 mm. Bushings are supplied with an integralbrass collar to facilitate various mounting configurations without nutdistortion. Spline shafts are offered with a wide range of optionsincluding alternative materials, end modifications, multiple bushingsand bushing modifications. An antibacklash assembly is available forapplications requiring minimum torsional play.

The range of slides and guides are suitable for a variety of applications including accurate XY stages,medical and laboratory automation and scientific analysis equipment.

Laboratory automation assemblyCustomised XYZ positioning table

SRSS Series

94

Spline Shafts


Linear Guides

and Slides

Associated ProductsLeadscrews: page 71Hardware: page 131

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13 mmMaterial: See page 95

SRSSBP(Free running)

SRSSBY(Free running)

SRSSZP(Antibacklash)

SRSSZY(Antibacklash)

SRSS Series

95

Spline Shafts


Line

ar G

uide

san

d Sl

ides

Example Part No: SRSS B P 6 T 1 100mm

BasicPartNo.

BushingStyle

Mount SizeCode

ShaftDia

ØA**±0.05 mm

BushingOutside Dia

ØB±0.025 mm

BushingLength

C±0.25 mm

Thread

M*(Inch)

ThreadLength

N*±0.05 mm

MaxLength

SRSS

B(Free

running)

Z(Anti

backlash)

P(PlainDia)

Y(Thread)

3 3.18 9.53 12.7 3/824 6.35 900

6 6.35 12.70 19.1 7/1620 6.35 2400

10 9.53 15.88 25.4 9/1620 9.53 2400

13 12.70 20.65 38.1 3/420 12.70 2400

19 19.05 28.58 57.2 116 19.05 3600

Number of bushingsTFE coating (standard)

Note: Code size 19 is only available in material 14L14 carbon steel.* Only on thread mounting spline shafts.** 3.18 mm shaft diameter only available in SRSSBP and SRSSBY styles.

Note: Due to the process of manufacture, a small number of localised hollows and hard spots may be created. Thiswill not affect the overall function or performance.


Product options Technical support• Lengths up to 3,600 mm available• Larger number of bushings• Bush modifications• End modifications• Available in aluminium, please contact us

• Material:Spline shaft Stainless steel, TFE coatedBushing Graphite filled PTFE thermoplastic with brass collar

• Standard shaft straightness is 0.076 mm per 305 mm

• Typical radial clearance between shaft andbushing for free running assembly is 0.05 to0.076 mm. Antibacklash assemblies provideadditional system stiffness

• Designed for light load applications• Maximum twist 3º/305 mm• Torsional clearance 3º bushing to shaft• Product overview see pages 92 to 93

RGR Series

96

Linear Rails


Linear Guides

and Slides Example Part No: RGR B P 6 T 1 100mm

BasicPartNo.

BushingStyle

MountStyle

SizeCode

RailDia

ØA**

BushingODØB C

BushingBore Dia

ØD

Width

E

Groove

F G

RadialLoadKg

RGR B P

6 6.279 12.70 19.43 6.311 13.59 11.43 1.02 2.3

10 9.428 19.05 32.39 9.462 25.27 17.17 1.17 4.5

13 12.603 25.40 42.16 12.637 33.78 22.86 1.17 6.8

19 18.826 31.75 51.72 18.860 41.15 28.60 1.47 11.4

Number of bushingsTFE coating (standard)

Shaft length, (max length 3600 mm)


** Including TFE coating.

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13 mmMaterial: Rail Stainless steelBushing Composite polymer


Technical support• The assembly consists of a centreless ground and burnished stainless

steel shaft mated with a composite polymer bushing• The material combinations have been selected so that the thermal

fluctuations have minimal effect on system performance• Standard shaft straightness is 0.05 mm per 300 mm• Standard typical radial clearance between shaft and bearings on TFE

coated assemblies is 0.025 mm• Bushings are manufactured with standard retaining ring grooves

The linear rail system has been designed for light load applications where low cost, minimum frictionaldrag and long wear life are primary design considerations Product overview see pages 92 to 93

Key Features

97

Miniature Linear Guides


Line

ar G

uide

san

d Sl

ides

Reinforced design for high speed runningDuring operation, the steel balls generate an impact force on the end caps when direction of motionchanges. The RMR miniature design includes an embedded plastic inverse hook that tightly securesthe carriage components and absorbs these impact forces. The high speed running capability of ourlinear guides has increased in line with the demands of rapid motion automation.

Unique ball recirculation designThe stainless steel ball recirculation channels are sealed byplastic end caps, resulting in low noise during operation. Thedesign of the lubricant store, which is embedded within therecirculation channel, reduces the frequency of lubrication.

Bottom sealThe bottom seal, available on sizes 9, 12 and 15, prevents foreignobjects entering the carriage assembly. The life of the carriage andrail is increased while running smoothness is uncompromised.

Stainless steel reinforcement platesThe plastic end caps are entirely encased by twostainless steel reinforced plates secured in place withstainless steel screws. The increased stiffness allowsthe carriage to operate at higher speeds.

Lubrication reservoir designLubrication is injected via holes located at both ends of thecarriage and carried efficiently to the raceways by means of therecirculating balls, thus increasing the maintenance intervals.

High load and moment capacityThe miniature linear guide series incorporates a gothic profiledesign with a 45º contact angle, providing equal load capacityin all directions. Large steel balls have been designed intolimited space to provide enhanced load bearing and torsionalresistance.

Dust proof designSpecially designed end seals prevent dust and foreign objectsentering the system, increasing the product life. These sealsare low friction and do not effect the smooth running of thelinear guide.

Standard RMRSeries

98



Linear Guides

and Slides

BasicPart

Number

MaxTravel

CarriageDimensions

MaxRail

Length

Load RatingBasic

DynamicLoad

N

BasicStaticLoad

N

Static Moment Loads

HeightH

WidthW

LengthCL

ToNm

TxNm

TyNm

RMRU3MNSSRMR5MNSSRMR7MNSSRMR9MNSSRMR12MNSSRMR15MNSS

286.3981.3974.3967.4962.6955

468101316

81217202732

11.716.023.730.635.443.0

3001,0001,0001,0001,0001,000

190335890

157023083810

310550

1,4002,4953,4655,590

0.61.75.211.721.543.6

0.41.03.36.412.927.0

0.41.03.36.4

12.927.0

RMRU3MLSSRMR5MLSSRMR7MLSSRMR9MLSSRMR12MLSSRMR15MLSS

282976.8966.8957.1950.4938

468

101316

81217202732

16.019.631.240.947.660.0

3001,0001,0001,0001,0001,000

295470

1,3102,1353,2405,350

575900

2,4403,8805,6309,080

0.92.49.0

18.234.970.0

1.12.17.712.430.263.3

1.12.17.7

12.430.263.3


Part number structureRMR U 3 M N SS 2 V1 P 310 15 15 II Custom options

Please contact usNumber of rails

End hole pitchStarting hole pitch

Rail lengthAccuracy class: P = precision, H = high, N = normal

Preload class: V0 = clearance, VS = standard, V1 = light preloadNumber of carriages

With sealed endCarriage type: L = long, N = normal

Rail Type: M = standardRail width

Special rail: U = rail with tapped holes, No mark = standard rail (counterbored holes)Product type: RMR = miniature linear guide

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13 mmMaterial: Stainless steel


Machine screws: page 132

Standard RMRSeries

99



Line

ar G

uide

san

d Sl

ides

BasicPart

Number

Rail Dimensions Carriage DimensionsWidth

B

Height

H1

MountingHole

D x D1 x G1

MountingLength

L2

Height

H3

Thread

T x Depth

Ctrs

L1

Ctrs

W1RMRU3MNSSRMR5MNSSRMR7MNSSRMR9MNSSRMR12MNSSRMR15MNSS

3579

1215

2.63.54.75.57.59.5

M1.63.5 x 2.4 x 1

4.2 x 2.4 x 2.36 x 3.5 x 3.56 x 3.5 x 4.56 x 3.5 x 4.5

6.710.014.320.522.027.0

1.01.51.52.23.04.0

M1.6 x 1.1M2 x 1.5M2 x 2.5M3 x 3.0M3 x 3.5M3 x 5.5

3.58

101520

8

12152025

RMRU3MLSSRMR5MLSSRMR7MLSSRMR9MLSSRMR12MLSSRMR15MLSS

3579

1215

2.63.54.75.57.59.5

M1.63.5 x 2.4 x 1

4.2 x 2.4 x 2.36 x 3.5 x 3.56 x 3.5 x 4.56 x 3.5 x 4.5

11.013.521.830.834.044.0

1.01.51.52.23.04.0

M2 x 1.1M2.6 x 2.0M2 x 2.5M3 x 3.0M3 x 3.5M3 x 5.5

5.57

13162025

12152025

Dimensions

Available standard lengths (mm)Size 3M 5M 7M 9M 12M 15M

StandardLength of One

Rail (mm)L

304050

40557085100

40557085

100130

557595115135155175195275375

7095

120145170195220245270320370470570

70110150190230270310350390430470550670870

Pitch F 10 15 15 20 25 40E Min 3 3 3 4 4 4E Max 5 10 10 20 20 35

Product options Technical support• End seal plus reinforcement plate on sizes 9,

12 and 15. Replace SS with EE• End seal plus lubrication reservoir on all sizes.

Replace SS with ZZ• Bottom and end seals. Replace SS with EU• Bottom seal, end seal and lubrication reservoir.

Replace SS with UZ• Customised design, including cut to length

• Key features see page 97• Technical information see page T93• Joining guides for longer lengths see page T93

• Product overview see pages 92 to 93

Wide RMRSeries

910



Linear Guides

and Slides

BasicPart

Number

MaxTravel

CarriageDimensions

MaxRail

Length

Load RatingBasic

DynamicLoad

N

BasicStaticLoad

N

Static Moment Loads

HeightH

WidthW

LengthCL

ToNm

TxNm

TyNm

RMR3WNSSRMR5WNSSRMR7WNSSRMR9WNSSRMR12WNSSRMR15WNSS

983.0976.9966.4958.9953.6942.7

4.56.59.012.014.016.0

121725304060

1521.131.639.144.455.3

1,000

280475

1,1802,0303,0655,065

530900

2,0953,6055,2008,385

1.64.6

15.033.263.7171.7

0.92.27.313.726.345.7

0.92.27.3

13.726.345.7

RMR3WLSSRMR5WLSSRMR7WLSSRMR9WLSSRMR12WLSSRMR15WLSS

977.9970.8957.5947.3938.6923.6

4.56.59.012.014.016.0

121725304060

20.127.240.550.759.474.4

1,000

370615

1,5702,5504,0706,725

8001,3153,1404,9907,80012,580

2.56.8

22.6545.995.6257.6

1.94.114.926.756.493.1

1.94.1

14.926.756.493.1


Part number structureRMR U 3 W N SS 2 V1 P 310 15 15 II Custom options

Please contact usNumber of rails

End hole pitchStarting hole pitch

Rail lengthAccuracy class: P = precision, H = high, N = normal

Preload class: V0 = clearance, VS = standard, V1 = light preloadNumber of carriages

With sealed endCarriage type: L = long, N = normal

Rail Type: W = wideRail width

Special rail: U = rail with tapped holes, No mark = standard rail (counterbored holes)Product type: RMR = miniature linear guide

RMR 3W to RM 12W

RMR 15W




Wide RMRSeries

911



Line

ar G

uide

san

d Sl

ides

Dimensions

Available standard lengthsSize 3W 5W 7W 9W 12W 15W

StandardLength of One

Rail (mm)L

405570

507090110130150170

5080110140170200260290

5080110140170200260290320

70110150190230270310390470550

110150190230270310430550670790

Pitch F 15 20 30 30 40 40E Min 3 4 3 4 4 4E Max 10 15 25 25 35 35

BasicPart

Number

Rail Dimensions Carriage DimensionsWidth

B

Height

H1

MountingHole

D x D1 x G1

MountingLength

L2

Height

H3

Thread

T x Depth

Ctrs

L1

Ctrs

W1RMR3WNSSRMR5WNSSRMR7WNSSRMR9WNSSRMR12WNSSRMR15WNSS

61014182442

2.74.05.27.38.59.5

4 x 2.4 x 1.55.5 x 3 x 1.66 x 3.5 x 3.56 x 3.5 x 4.58 x 4.5 x 4.58 x 4.5 x 4.5

10.015.121.227.931.038.5

1.01.52.03.43.94.0

M2 x 1.4M2.5 x 1.5

M3 x 3M3 x 3

M3 x 3.5M4 x 4.5

4.56.5

10.012.015.020.0

1319212845

RMR3WLSSRMR5WLSSRMR7WLSSRMR9WLSSRMR12WLSSRMR15WLSS

61014182442

2.74.05.27.38.59.5

4 x 2.4 x 1.55.5 x 3 x 1.66 x 3.5 x 3.56 x 3.5 x 4.58 x 4.5 x 4.58 x 4.5 x 4.5

15.121.230.139.546.057.6

1.01.52.03.43.94.0

M2 x 1.4M2.5 x 1.5

M3 x 3M3 x 3

M3 x 3.5M4 x 4.5

8.011.019.024.028.035.0

1319232845

Product options Technical support• End seal plus reinforcement plate on sizes 9,

12 and 15. Replace SS with EE• End seal plus lubrication reservoir on all sizes.

Replace SS with ZZ• Bottom and end seals. Replace SS with EU• Bottom seal, end seal and lubrication reservoir.

Replace SS with UZ• Customised design, including cut to length

• Key features see page 97• Technical information see page T93• Joining guides for longer lengths see page T93

• Product overview see pages 92 to 93

RST Series

912

Miniature Stroke Slides


Linear Guides

and Slides BasicPart

Number

MaxTravel

CarriageDimensions

Load RatingBasic

DynamicLoad

N

BasicStaticLoad

N

Static Moment Loads

H W CL L4 L3ToNm

TxNm

TyNm

RST7M274155

8 1728.043.058.0

304560

14.021.529.0

9101,2201,490

1,5802,5003,330

5.99.1

12.4

3.48.014.6

3.48.014.6

RST9M385878

10 2038.058.078.0

406080

19.029.039.0

1,5902,0802,520

2,7734,1705,547

13.119.726.2

6.816

29.2

6.816

29.2

RST12M446994

13 2747.472.497.4

5075100

23.736.248.7

2,5503,3504,050

4,3406,5108,670

27.040.154.0

1635.662.8

1635.662.8


Part number structureRST 7 M V0 P 27 30 30 T0

Max temp ºC: T0 = 150, T1 = 200, T2 = 300Rail length

Carriage lengthMaximum stroke length

Accuracy class: P = precision, H = high, N = normalPreload class: V0 = clearance, VS = standard, V1 = light preload

Rail Type: M = standardRail width

Product type: RST = miniature stroke slide




RST Series

913

Miniature Stroke Slides


Line

ar G

uide

san

d Sl

ides

DimensionsBasicPart

Number

Rail Dimensions Carriage Dimensions

B H1

MountingHole

D x D1 x G1 LR L E F H3 L1 T x Depth L2 W1 P

RST7M 7 4.7 4.2 x 2.4 x 2.3284358

304560

6.57.5

15.022.5

1.5 6.5 M2 x 2.57.515.022.5

12 1

RST9M 9 5.5 6 x 3.5 x 3.5385878

406080

9.010.020.030.0

2.2 9.0 M3 x 3.010.020.030.0

15 1.3

RST12M 12 7.5 6 x 3.5 x 4.547.472.497.4

5075

10011.2

12.525.037.5

3.0 11.2 M3 x 3.512.525.037.5

20 1.3

Technical support• High load and high moment capacity• High running accuracy and smoothness• Easy mounting• Operating temperature of up to 150ºC as

standard. Higher temperatures of up to 300ºCavailable. Note that the higher temperatureoptions will have a lower load capacity

• Life rating calculations see page T92• Lubrication details see page T92• Product overview see pages 92 to 93

914

Ball and Crossed Roller Slides


Linear Guides

and Slides


All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterial: See tables

L, C & F dimensions, see part number on page 915* For CA series slides, H holes are threaded and not counterbored.

Dimensions Mounting DetailsBallslideSeries

CarriageWidth

X±0.25

Height

Y±0.25

Screw

P±0.25

BaseWidth

B±0.25

Depth

N±0.25

Base CarriageHoleDia H±0.25

CboreØ

CboreDepth h

±0.25

ThreadSize T

DepthJ

CADA & XDAEA & XEAMANA & XNASA1 & XSA1SA2 & XSA2SA3 & XSA3

9.714.219.025.426.938.044.066.5

5.88.0

10.412.713.415.819.025.4

1.31.01.01.01.01.32.02.0

4.06.49.5

12.712.719.022.238.1

3.44.76.36.37.98.6

10.215.9

M2*2.23.53.54.64.64.65.8

4.06.16.18.18.18.1

10.0

2.23.43.44.44.44.45.3

M2M2M3M4M4M4M4M5

2.292.543.305.334.836.358.138.38

Feature Ball Slide Crossed Roller Slide(higher load capacity)

Straight line accuracy 0.0005 mm/mm 0.0001 mm/mmPositional repeatability 0.005 mm 0.003 mmCoefficient of friction 0.003 typical 0.003 typicalConstruction Aluminium carriage and base

Hardened steel rods and balls/rollersSteel end caps Stainless steel end caps

Finish: CarriageBase

Clear anodised Black anodisedBlack anodised Black anodised

Specifications


915

Ball and Crossed Roller Slides


Line

ar G

uide

san

d Sl

ides

Part Number TotalTravel

Min

SlideLength

L±0.25

HoleCentres

C±0.25

HoleCentres

F±0.25

HoleCentres

G±0.25

Dynamic LoadCapacity (N)Ball

BearingCrossed

Roller BallBearing

CrossedRoller

CA1CA2CA3

132538

193244

132637

102030

46.676.676.67

DA1DA2DA3DA4DA5DA6

XDA1XDA2XDA3

13255075

100127

275278

103128154

15416692

117142

1935608689

114

6

19.6239.2449.0558.8678.4878.48

137.34245.25294.30

EA1EA2EA3EA4EA5EA6

XEA1XEA2XEA3

13255075

100127

275278

103128154

15416692

117142

1935608689

114

9

39.2449.0549.0558.8668.6778.48

215.82343.35412.02

MA1MA2MA3

132550

406590

325782

325782

1049.0549.0568.67

NA1NA2NA3NA4NA6NA8NA10

XNA2XNA3XNA4

19385075

100150200

406590

116152203254

325782

102140190240

28547982

102127178

10

68.6778.4888.29

107.91137.34156.96176.58

588.60981.00

1177.21

SA11SA12SA14SA16SA18

XSA11XSA12XSA14

2550

100150200

5176

152203254

3560

136186238

3760

100128178

16

68.6788.29

156.96196.20245.25

578.79774.99

1363.59

SA21SA22SA23SA24SA28

XSA21XSA22XSA23XSA24

255075

100200

5183

102152254

356585

140240

386585

100178

20

88.29186.39235.44264.87402.21

578.79774.99774.99

1363.59

SA31.5SA32SA34SA36SA39SA312

XSA31.5XSA32XSA34XSA36

3850

100150228304

67102152229305381

4275

12575 x275 x375 x4

4275

125178254330

35

156.96274.68529.74667.08824.04912.33

1167.391549.981942.383109.77

Drawing dimension and mounting table

916

Rack Driven Ballslides


Linear Guides

and Slides


Hardware: page 131


L, C & D dimension, see part number on page 917

Dimensions Mounting DetailsBallslideSeries

Rack Slide Base CarriageFaceWidth

F

Height

PB

CarriageWidth

X

Height

Y

Screw

P

BaseWidth

B

Depth

N

Screw

H

ThreadSize

TRDAREARNARSA2

2.503.753.757.56

11.62911.50014.50020.690

14.2219.0526.9244.45

8.1310.4113.4619.05

1.01.01.02.0

6.359.53

12.7022.23

4.756.357.92

10.16

M2M3M4M4

M2M3M4M4

Straight line accuracy 0.0005 mm per mm

Positional repeatability 0.005 mm

Coefficient of friction 0.003 typicalConstruction Aluminium carriage and base

Hardened steel rods and ballsSteel end caps

Finish: CarriageBase

Clear anodised standard (black finish available)

Black anodised

Drawing dimension and mounting table

Slide specification

917

Rack Driven Ballslides


Line

ar G

uide

san

d Sl

ides


Rack specifications

PartNumber

BallslideTravel

+1.5/0.0

BallslideLength

L

HoleCentres

C

HoleCentres

D

HoleCentres

G

BallslideLoad Capacity

NRDA1RDA3RDA6

12.750.8

127.0

26.9277.72

153.92

1566

142

1960

1146.0

17.853.480.1

REA1REA3REA6

12.750.8

127.0

26.9277.72

153.92

1566

142

1960

1149.0

35.653.480.1

RNA3RNA6RNA10

50.8101.6203.2

90.42152.40254.00

82140240

79102178

10.089.0

133.5178.0

RSA22RSA24RSA28

50.8101.6203.2

82.55152.40254.00

65140240

65100178

20.0186.9267.1400.6

BallslideSeries

RackCircular Pitch

Material Hardness CumulativePitch Error per 300mm

RDA1.0 Stainless steel 3545 HRc 0.008mmREA

RNARSA2 2.5

Product options Technical support• Product overview see pages 92 to 93• Imperial racks

• Technical information see page T91

Bel

ts a

nd P

ulle

ys

10

Section Contents

Timing Belts 2.5mm Pitch ........................................................Page 102

Timing Pulleys 2.5mm Pitch ....................................................Page 103

Timing Belts 5mm Pitch ............................................................Page 104

Timing Pulleys 5mm Pitch ........................................................Page 105



Belts andPulleys

Associated ProductsTiming pulleys: page 103

All dimensions in mmMaterial: High tensile steelreinforced polyurethane


Example Part No: TXM25 F6 168

BasicPart

Number

BeltWidth

Standard Lengths#

Number ofPitches

Lengthmm

Number ofPitches

Lengthmm

TXM25 6 mmF6

485864717273809298

106114116

120.0145.0160.0177.5180.0182.5200.0230.0245.0265.0285.0290.0

127132152168192200240248260312380

317.5330.0380.0420.0480.0500.0600.0620.0650.0780.0950.0

Features and options Technical support• Temperature range: 10°C to +80°C• Maximum allowable peripheral load:

6 mm wide = 65 N• Maximum peripheral speed: 80 m/s• Special polyurethanes available• Doublesided belt available• Alternative lengths available#

• Alternative colours available• Kevlar tension members available• Antistatic belts available

• Technical information see page T101• Design guidelines see page T102

2.5mm Pitch Timing Belts

# The belt thickness may differ if a nonstandard length is ordered

2.5mm Pitch

103

Timing Pulleys


Bel

ts a

ndPu

lleys


pulley with zinc platedsteel flanges

Associated ProductsIntelligent motors: page 22Shafts: page 112Timing belts: page 102


Example Part No: TPMP25 F6 60

Basic PartNumber

BeltWidth

No. ofTeeth

PitchDiameter

BoreØB (H8)

Hub DiameterØH ±1.0

TPMP25 6 mmF6

12141518192024253032364048*60*

9.5511.1411.9414.3215.1215.9219.1019.8923.8725.4628.6531.8338.2047.75

31315151010111213161620222634

4

6

8*Pulleys with 48 and 60 teeth are unflanged

When belt width = 6, W=10 & L=16

Features and options Technical support• Zerobacklash pulleys• Other numbers of teeth available• 0, 1 or 2 flanges available• Tapped holes in hubs available• Alternative bore diameters available• Alternative mountings available• Keyed bores available



Belts andPulleys

Associated ProductsTiming pulleys: page 105

All dimensions in mmMaterial: High tensile steelreinforced polyurethane


Example Part No: TXM50 F10 168

BasicPart

Number

BeltWidth

Standard Lengths#

Number ofPitches

Lengthmm

Number ofPitches

Lengthmm

Number ofPitches

Lengthmm

TXM50

10 mmF10

or

16 mmF16

203033363740424345495052545659

100150165180185200210215225245250260270280295

6668738082849196

100102105110115122124

330340365400410420455480500510525550575610620

126138140145150156163168180185188198215243276

630690700725750780815840900925940990

1,0751,2151,380

Features and options Technical support• Temperature range: 10°C to +80°C• Maximum allowable peripheral load:

10 mm wide = 330 N, 16 mm wide = 570 N• Maximum peripheral speed: 80 m/s• Special polyurethanes available• Doublesided belt available• Alternative lengths available#

• Alternative colours available• Kevlar tension members available• Antistatic belts available


5mm Pitch Timing Belts

# The belt thickness may differ if a nonstandard length is ordered

5mm Pitch

105

Timing Pulleys


Bel

ts a

ndPu

lleys

All dimensions in mmMaterials:Aluminium alloy

pulley with zinc platedsteel flanges

Associated ProductsIntelligent motors: page 22Shafts: page 112Timing belts: page 104


Example Part No: TPMP50 F10 60

Basic PartNumber

BeltWidth

No. ofTeeth

PitchDiameter

BoreØB (H8)

Hub DiameterØH ±1.0

TPMP50

10 mmF10

or

16 mmF16

10121415161819202425273032364048*60*

15.9219.1022.2823.8725.4628.6530.2431.8338.2039.7942.9747.7550.9357.3063.6676.3995.49

4

6

8

811131618202223262630343838405065

WhenWhen

belt width = 10, W=15 & L=21belt width = 16, W=21 & L=27

*Pulleys with 48 and 60 teeth are unflanged

Features and options Technical support• Zerobacklash pulleys• Other numbers of teeth available• 0, 1 or 2 flanges available• Tapped holes in hubs available• Alternative bore diameters available• Alternative mountings available• Keyed bores available


Gea

r Cla

mps

and

Acc

esso

ries

11

Section Contents

Shafts Ground Stock ..............................................................Page 112

Shaft Retaining Collars ............................................................Page 113

Gear Clamps ..............................................................................Page 114

Gear Clamps Low Inertia ........................................................Page 115

Gear and Dial Hubs Pin Type ................................................Page 116

Gear and Dial Hubs Clamp Type ............................................Page 117

112

Shafts Ground Stock


Gear C

lamps

& A

ccessories

Associated ProductsShaft collars: page 113

Bearings: page 122Couplings: page 81

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13 mmMaterial: Stainless steel 303 seriesStraightness: 0.0003 mm/mmSurface finish: 0.25 µm

BasicPart

Number

Diameter

ØD

Length

L

BasicPart

Number

Diameter

ØD

Length

L

SM13SM13ASM14SM14ASM15ASM16

2.9933.0003.9934.0005.0005.993

600

SM16ASM18SM18ASM110SM110ASM112SM112A

6.0007.9938.0009.99310.00011.99312.000

600

1,000

Part number selection table Cut to length

Part number selection table Machined to lengthBasicPart

Number

Diameter

ØD

Available LengthsLength

LLengthCode

LengthL

LengthCode

LengthL

LengthCode

SM23SM24SM26SM28SM210SM212

2.9933.9935.9937.9939.99311.993

253035404550556065

253035404550556065

707580859095100105110

707580859095100105110

115120125150175200225250275

115120125150175200225250275

Cut to Length Machined to Length

To complete the part number add length details to part number eg SM28250

To complete the part number add length details to part number eg SM18600

Product options• Standard shaft end modifications, similar to those on leadscrews, are available see page 727• Imperial sizes available

113

Shaft Retaining Collars


Gea

r Cla

mps

& A

cces

sorie

s


Material: Stainless steel303S31 or 303S21

Associated ProductsHubless gears: page 452Hubless brass gears: page 478Shafts: page 112Bearings: page 122

PartNumber

BoreØB

LengthL

Outer DiaØA

Shoulder DiaØC

SubdrillØD

Set ScrewSupplied

CSM2CSM3CSM4CSM5CSM6CSM8CSM10CSM12

2.03.04.05.06.08.0

10.012.0

5.05.05.06.06.06.0

10.011.0

7.08.08.0

10.010.012.019.025.0

3.04.15.36.77.9

10.212.315.2

0.750.751.001.201.501.803.003.00

SSM1.62SSM22SSM22SSM33SSM33SSM44SSM54SSM66


Product options• Imperial sizes available

114

Gear Clamps


Gear C

lamps

& A

ccessories

Associated ProductsClamp hub gears: from page 436

Antibacklash gears: from page 422

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13 mmMaterial: Stainless steel, 303S21

PartNumber

To SuitGear of

Bore Dia

Bore

ØB

OuterDiaØA

Width

W

HeadDia

ØE (max)

ClearanceRadius

C

ScrewSupplied

T

ScrewOffset

M

SubdrillØD

CGM12 2 3.616.0 4.0 3.8* 8.7 M2 5.3 1.5CGM13 3 4.6

CGM14 4 5.622.0 5.0 5.5 12.8 M3 7.5 3.0CGM15 5 6.6

CGM16 6 7.6CGM18 8 9.6

29.0 6.07.0

17.1M4

9.54.0CGM110 10 11.6

CGM112 12 13.6 32.0 7.0 18.0 11.0


* Socket head on these components is narrower than the clamp


115

Gear Clamps Low Inertia


Gea

r Cla

mps

& A

cces

sorie

s


Material: Aluminium alloy, EN AW2014T6511 or L168

Finish: Chromic acid anodise to DEF STAN 0324

Associated ProductsClamp hub gears: from page 436Antibacklash gears: from page 422Antibacklash pinions: page 47

PartNumber

To SuitGear of

Bore Dia

Bore

ØB

OuterDiaØA

Width

W

ClearanceRadius

C

ScrewSupplied

T

ScrewOffset

MCGAM2A 2 3.6 12.0

5.07.2

M23.5

CGAM3A 3 4.6 13.0 7.8 4.0CGAM4A 4 5.6 17.0

7.010.0

M35.0

CGAM5A 5 6.6 18.0 10.6 5.5CGAM6A 6 7.6 19.0 11.3 6.2CGAM8A 8 9.6 24.0

9.013.8

M47.5

CGAM10A 10 11.6 26.0 14.8 8.5CGAM12A 12 13.6 28.0 16.2 9.8




Gear C

lamps

& A

ccessories

Associated ProductsHubless gears: page 452

Hubless brass gears: page 478


PartNumber

Bore

ØB

Face

F

Length

L

OuterDiameter

ØD

MountDiameter

ØC

Subdrill

ØP

Distance

E

Set ScrewSupplied

TPHMD1PHMD3PHMD5

3.04.06.0

1.577.27.28.0

11.0 9.520.751.001.50

2.8SSM22SSM22SSM33

Part number selection table Dial hubs

PartNumber

Bore

ØB

Face

F

Length

L

OuterDiameter

ØD

MountDiameter

ØC

Subdrill

ØP

Distance

E

Set ScrewSupplied

TPHM11PHM12 3.0 3.0

6.09.0

12.0 12.0 10.0 0.75 3.0 SSM22

PHM13PHM14 4.0 3.0

6.09.0

12.0 12.0 10.0 1.00 3.0 SSM22

PHM15PHM16 6.0 3.0

6.09.0

12.0 20.0 15.0 1.50 3.0 SSM33

PHM17PHM18 8.0 3.0

6.012.015.0 20.0 15.0 1.80 4.5 SSM44

PHM19PHM110PHM111

10.06.08.0

10.0

18.020.022.0

30.0 25.0 3.00 6.0 SSM55

Part number selection table Gear hubs

Features and options Technical support• Gears, sprockets or dials

assembled on request• Imperial bores available• Special hubs for Delrin gears

• Recommended assembly procedure: Notch andstake in 4 equispaced positions and/or useadhesive (Loctite grade 326)

Gear and Dial HubsPin Type

117

Gear and Dial HubsClamp Type


Gea

r Cla

mps

& A

cces

sorie

s


Material: Stainless steel

Associated ProductsHubless gears: page 452Hubless brass gears: page 478

Part number selection table Dial hubsPart

NumberBore

ØB

Face

F

Length

L

OuterDiameter

ØD

MountDiameter

ØC

HubDiameter

ØH

Shoulder

S

To SuitClamp

CHMD1CHMD3CHMD5

3.04.06.0

1.57 8.712.012.020.0

9.524.65.67.6

1.0CGM13CGM14CGM16

PartNumber

Bore

ØB

Face

F

Length

L

OuterDiameter

ØD

MountDiameter

ØC

HubDiameter

ØH

Shoulder

S

To SuitClamp

CHM11CHM12 3.0 3.0

6.08.5

11.5 12.0 10.0 4.6 1.0 CGM13

CHM13CHM14 4.0 3.0

6.09.5

12.5 12.0 10.0 5.6 1.0 CGM14

CHM15CHM16 6.0 3.0

6.09.5

12.5 20.0 15.0 7.6 1.0 CGM16

CHM17CHM18 8.0 3.0

6.011.014.0 20.0 15.0 9.6 1.5 CGM18

CHM19CHM110CHM111

10.06.08.0

10.0

14.016.018.0

30.0 25.0 11.6 1.5 CGM110

Part number selection table Gear hubs

Features and options Technical support• Gears, sprockets or dials

assembled on request• Imperial bores available• Special hubs for Delrin gears

• Recommended assembly procedure: Notch andstake in 4 equispaced positions and/or useadhesive (Loctite grade 326)

Bea

rings

and

Spa

cers

12

Section Contents

Ball Bearings P4 ......................................................................Page 122

Bronze Bearings ........................................................................Page 123

Moulded Bearings......................................................................Page 124

Bearing Preload Washers ........................................................Page 125

Bearing Spacers ........................................................................Page 126



Bearings andSpacers


Bearing preload washers: page 125Bearing spacers: page 126

Part number selection tablePlain Flanged

Part Number Dimensions Specification

Plain FlangedBoreDiaØB

O/DØD

Max Min

Width

W

Radii

R(min)

FlangeDiaØA

Max Min

FlangeWidth

EMax Min

Load RatingsN

DynamicC

StaticCo

B1102SP4B1103SP4B1104SP4B1105SP4B1106SP4B1108SP4B1110SP4

B2102SP4B2103SP4B2104SP4B2105SP4B2106SP4B2108SP4B2110SP4

234568

10

57911131619

4.9966.9968.99610.99612.99615.99618.995

2.33.04.05.05.06.07.0

0.080.100.100.150.150.200.30

6.158.15

10.3512.5515.0518.0521.05

6.058.05

10.2512.4514.9517.9520.95

0.60.81.01.01.11.31.5

0.560.760.960.921.021.221.38

192432658734

109617951922

59149226282437776915

Features and options• Operating temperature range: 73ºC to +121ºC• Lubricant: grease to MILG21164 and MILG23827• Double shielded• Imperial sizes available

Technical support• Spur gear and bearing load calculation see page T121• Bearing force sharing see page T123• Bearing installation and housing considerations see page T124

P4 Ball Bearings

All dimensions in mmGenerally in accordance with ISO 492,tolerance class 4Material: X65Cr13 stainless steel

3 10 mm Bore

123

Bronze Bearings


Bea

rings

and

Spac

ers

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13 mmMaterial: Bronze ASTM B 438

Type 2, Grade 1


Part number selection tablePart Number Bore

ØB1O/DØD

LengthL

Flange DiaØA

Flange WidthEPlain Flanged

BBM13BBM14BBM15BBM16BBM18BBM110

BBM23BBM24BBM25BBM26BBM28BBM210

34568

10

688

101213

61212121216

912141616

1.52.0

2.02.01.5

1 Bearing bore tolerances after assembly are: plain bearings H7, flanged bearings H8.Recommended housing bore H7

Plain Flanged

Features and options• Operating temperature range: 20ºC to +100ºC• Oil impregnated• Max speed 30,000 rpm• p.v (@0.5 m/s) = 1.75 N/mm2.m/s• pmax =13.8 N/mm• vmax = 6.1 m/s (rotational)• Imperial sizes available

2 12 mm Bore

124

Moulded Bearings


Bearings andSpacers


Leadscrews: page 71Bearing spacers: page 126

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13 mmMaterial: Self lubricating mouldedthermoplastic

Part Number BoreØB #

O/DØD

LengthL

Flange DiaØA

Flange WidthEPlain Flanged

BM82 2.0542.014 3.5 3.00

2.86

BM83 BM93 3.0543.014 4.5 3.00

2.867.467.24 0.75

BM84 BM94 4.0684.020 5.5 4.00

3.829.469.24 0.75

BM85 5.0405.010 7.0 5.00

4.82

BM95 5.0685.020 7.0 5.00

4.8210.9510.68 1.00

BM86 BM96 6.0686.020 8.0 6.00

5.8211.9511.68 1.00

BM88 8.0838.025 10.0 8.00

7.78

BM98 8.0838.025 10.0 9.50

9.2814.9514.68 1.00

BM810 BM910 10.08310.025 12.0 10.00

9.7817.9517.68 1.00

BM812 BM912 12.10212.032 14.0 12.00

11.7319.9319.61 1.00


# Tolerance for ØB is after press fitting into a housing bore of tolerance H7

Plain Flanged

Features and options• Operating temperature tange: 40ºC to +130ºC• (p.v)max = 1.0 N/mm2.m/s• pmax = 80 N/mm2

• vmax = 1.0 m/s (rotational) or 4.0 m/s (linear)• Imperial sizes available

4.5 15 mm Bore

125

Bearing Preload Washers


Bea

rings

and

Spac

ers


Material: Stainless steel 300 seriesTreatment: Spring tempered

Associated ProductsInternal circlips: page 1321Bearings: page 122

PartNumber

Housing Bore(nominal)

O/DØD

BoreØd

Free HeightA

CompressedHeight B

Load in N toDeflect to B

EPL1EPL2EPL4EPL8EPL10

1013161921

9.512.515.518.520.5

4.57.510.513.015.0

1.21.51.51.51.8

1.0

1519192929


Features and options• Imperial bearing preload washers• Available in spring steel, add ST to part number eg EPL4ST

Inner Race

126

Bearing Spacers


Bearings andSpacers


Leadscrews: page 71Bearings: page 122

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13 mmMaterial: Stainless steel 300 series

ShaftNominal

Spacer BoreØd

Spacer O/DØD

234568

10

234568

10

3.04.15.36.77.9

10.212.3

NominalShaft Dia

Ød

Thickness B± 0.025

0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.40 0.50234568

10

SS1117SS1125SS1133SS1137SS1145SS1149SS1153

SS1118SS1126SS1101SS1138SS1105SS1109SS1113

SS1119SS1127SS1102SS1139SS1106SS1110SS1114

SS1120SS1128SS1134SS1140SS1146SS1150SS1154

SS1121SS1129SS1103SS1141SS1107SS1111SS1115

SS1122SS1130SS1135SS1142SS1147SS1151SS1155

SS1123SS1131SS1104SS1143SS1108SS1112SS1116

SS1124SS1132SS1136SS1144SS1148SS1152SS1156

Dimensions



Outer Race

127

Bearing Spacers


Bea

rings

and

Spac

ers


Material: Stainless steel 300 series

Associated ProductsInternal circlips: page 1321Bearings: page 122

Bearing ODNominal

Spacer O/DØD

Spacer BoreØd

57911131619

57911131619

4.25.77.89.711.113.816.6

Bearing1 Thickness BBore(nom)

OD(nom)

± 0.0250.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.40 0.50

234568

10

57911131619

SS3113SS3121SS3129SS3134SS3142SS3147SS3152

SS3114SS3122SS3130SS3135SS3143SS3148SS3153

SS3115SS3123SS3101SS3136SS3104SS3107SS3110

SS3116SS3124SS3131SS3137SS3144SS3149SS3154

SS3117SS3125SS3102SS3138SS3105SS3108SS3111

SS3118SS3126SS3132SS3139SS3145SS3150SS3155

SS3119SS3127SS3103SS3140SS3106SS3109SS3112

SS3120SS3128SS3133SS3141SS3146SS3151SS3157

Dimensions



1 Applies to standard Reliance bearing sizes

Mac

hine

Scr

ews,

D

owel

Pin

s an

d H

ardw

are

13

Section Contents

Plain Socket Head Screws........................................................Page 132

Wire Locking Screws ................................................................Page 133

Captive Screws ........................................................................Page 134

Ventilation Screws ....................................................................Page 135

Shoulder Screws ......................................................................Page 136

Machine Screws

Countersunk ....................................................................Page 138

Pan Head ..........................................................................Page 139

Cheese Head ....................................................................Page 1310

Cup Point Set Screws ..............................................................Page 1311

Solder Tip Set Screws ..............................................................Page 1312

Nylon Tip Set Screws ..............................................................Page 1313

Clamp Cleats ..............................................................................Page 1314

Disc Springs ..............................................................................Page 1315

Nuts ............................................................................................Page 1316

Washers ......................................................................................Page 1317

Coiled Pins ................................................................................Page 1318

Dowel Pins..................................................................................Page 1319

External Circlips ........................................................................Page 1320

Internal Circlips..........................................................................Page 1321


M1.6 M6

132

Plain Socket Head Screws


Screws and

Hardw

are

Associated ProductsDisc springs: page 1315

Nuts: page 1316Washers: page 1317

All dimensions in mmThread specification: BS3643 Pt2Tolerance class: 6gMaterial: A270 Austenitic(1)

A470 Austenitic(2)

Stainless steel to ISO 35061

Example Part No: S M3 12 A47

BasicPartNo

ThreadSize

ØDmax

Hmax

Jnom

Standard Length

L

Matl

S

M1.6M2

M2.5M3M4M5M6

3.03.84.55.57.08.5

10.0

1.62.02.53.04.05.06.0

1.51.52.02.53.04.05.0

3 44

555

6666

88888

10101010

12121212

16161616

20202020

252525

3030 40

A27(1)

A47(2)


Features and options Technical support• Plain socket head cap screw to ISO 4762• 700 MPa minimum tensile strength• Rolled thread for excellent surface finish,

superior thread strength and increasedhardness properties

• Slotted head available• Imperial sizes available• Alternative materials available

• ISO metric screw threads, limits and tolerances see page T131

• Torque and tension guidelines see page T131• Material properties see page T132

M1.6 M6

133

Wire Locking Screws


Scre

ws

and

Har

dwar

e

All dimensions in mmThread specification: BS3643 Pt2

Tolerance class: 6gMaterial:A270 Austenitic(1)

A470 Austenitic(2)


Associated ProductsDisc springs: page 1315Nuts: page 1316Washers: page 1317

Example Part No: S M3 12 A47 XD

BasicPartNo

ThreadSize

ØDmax

Hmax

Jnom

M±0.1

ØP±0.1

Standard Length

L

Matl

S

M1.6M2

M2.5M3M4M5M6

3.03.84.55.57.08.5

10.0

1.62.02.53.04.05.06.0

1.51.52.02.53.04.05.0

0.50.70.750.91.31.51.8

0.40.60.70.81.01.51.5

3 44

555

6666

8888

10101010

12121212

16161616

20202020

252525

3030 40

A27(1)

A47(2)


Features and options Technical support• Plain socket head cap screw to ISO 4762 with

crossdrilled head to allow fastener retentionby wire locking

• 700 MPa minimum tensile strength• Rolled thread for excellent surface finish,


• Imperial sizes available• Alternative materials available



M2 M6

134

Captive Screws


Screws and

Hardw

are



All dimensions in mmThread specification: BS3643 Pt2Tolerance class: 6gMaterial: A270 Austenitic(1)

A470 Austenitic(2)


Example Part No: S M3 16 A47 CA

BasicPartNo

ThreadSize

ØDmax

Hmax

Jnom

Ød±0.1

E±0.1

Standard LengthL

Matl

S

M2M2.5M3M4M5M6

3.84.55.57.08.5

10.0

2.02.53.04.05.06.0

1.52.02.53.04.05.0

1.41.82.23.03.84.5

4.05.06.08.0

10.012.0

1012

16 2020 25

25 3030 40

A27(1)

A47(2)


Features and options Technical support• Socket head cap screw to ISO 4762 with plain

shank length for captive assembly of the screwto prevent fastener loss

• Ideal for service covers• Rolled thread for excellent surface finish,


• Slotted head available on sized M2 to M5• Imperial sizes available• Alternative materials available



M1.6 M6

135

Ventilation Screws


Scre

ws

and

Har

dwar

e


Tolerance class: 6gMaterial:A270 Austenitic(1)

A470 Austenitic(2)



Example Part No: S M3 12 A47 AD

BasicPartNo

ThreadSize

ØDmax

Hmax

Jnom

ØA±0.05

Standard Length

L

Matl

S

M1.6M2

M2.5M3M4M5M6

3.03.84.55.57.08.5

10.0

1.62.02.53.04.05.06.0

1.51.52.02.53.04.05.0

0.60.70.81.01.01.51.5

3 44

555

6666

8888

10101010

12121212

16161616

20202020

252525

3030 40

A27(1)

A47(2)


Features and options Technical support• Socket head cap screw to ISO 4762 drilled

through on axis to assist cavity ventilation invacuum assemblies

• Rolled thread for excellent surface finish,superior thread strength and increasedhardness properties

• Slotted head available• Imperial sizes available• Alternative materials available



M3 M10

136

Shoulder Screws


Screws and

Hardw

are



All dimensions in mmMaterial: 303 Stainless steelTolerance class: 6g

Example Part No: MSS2 M6 35

BasicPart

Number

ThreadSize

Ød+0.0000.025

ØD Jnom

H E±0.1

Length L+0.050.00

LengthCode

MSS2

M3 3.987 6 2 3 4

4.0135.0136.0138.013

10.013

12345

M4 4.987 8 2.5 4 5

4.0135.0136.0138.013

10.01312.01314.01316.01320.01325.01330.013

6789

10111213141516

M5 5.987 10 3 5 6

4.0135.0136.0138.013

10.01312.01314.01316.01320.01325.01330.013

1718192021222324252627


M3 M10

137

Shoulder Screws


Scre

ws

and

Har

dwar

e

BasicPart

Number

ThreadSize

Ød+0.0000.025

ØD Jnom

H E±0.1

Length L+0.050.00

LengthCode

MSS2

M6

7.987

12 4 6 11

6.0138.013

10.01312.01316.01320.013

282930313233

9.987

8.01310.01312.01316.013

34353637

M8 9.987 14 5 7 12

8.01310.01312.01316.013

38394041

M10 11.987 20 6 8 16

12.01316.01320.01325.013

42434445

Features and options Technical support• Socket head screw with accurate diameter

shoulder for precision assemblies• May be used to replace components such as

shafts, pivots, pins and guides• Used for linkages and stationary guides• Slotted head and Phillips head available• Imperial sizes available• Alternative materials available (416)

add 4 to the end of the part number• Alternative lengths available




Screws and

Hardw

are

Example Part No: K M3 12

BasicPartNo

ThreadSize

ØDmax

Hmax

Jnom

Standard Length

L

K

M2M2.5M3M4M5M6

4.45.56.38.4

10.012.0

1.201.501.652.202.503.00

0.630.730.931.131.381.78

3 4 555

6666

88888

101010101010

121212121212

161616161616

202020202020

2525252525

30303030

353535


Features and options Technical support• Imperial sizes available• Alternative materials available


• Torque and tension guidelines see page T131

M2 M6 Countersunk Machine Screws



All dimensions in mmThread specification: BS3643 Pt2Head specification: BS4183 Tolerance class: 6gMaterial: Stainless steel 300 series

M2 M6

139

Pan Head Machine Screws


Scre

ws

and

Har

dwar

e

Example Part No: P M3 12

BasicPartNo

ThreadSize

ØDmax

Hmax

Jnom

Standard Length

L

P

M2M2.5M3M4M5M6

4.05.06.08.0

10.012.0

1.21.51.82.43.03.6

0.630.730.931.131.381.78

3 4 555

6666

88888

101010101010

121212121212

161616161616

202020202020

2525252525

30303030

353535



Head specification: BS4183 Tolerance class: 6g






M2 M6

1310

Cheese Head Machine Screws


Screws and

Hardw

are

Example Part No: C M3 12

BasicPartNo

ThreadSize

ØDmax

Hmax

Jnom

Standard Length

L

C

M2M2.5M3M4M5M6

3.84.55.57.08.5

10.0

1.31.62.02.63.33.9

0.630.730.931.131.381.78

3 4 555

6666

88888

101010101010

121212121212

161616161616

202020202020

2525252525

30303030

353535




All dimensions in mmThread specification: BS3643 Pt2Head specification: BS4183 Tolerance class: 6gMaterial: Stainless steel 300 series




M2 M6

1311

Cup Point Set Screws


Scre

ws

and

Har

dwar

e


Tolerance class: 6gMaterial: Stainless steel

Manufactured to: BS EN ISO 4029

Associated ProductsGears: page 41ReliaFlex® couplings: page 86

Example Part No: SS M4 12

BasicPart Number

ThreadSize

Jnom

Standard LengthsL

SS

M2M2.5M3M4M5M6

0.91.31.52

2.53

2 333

4444

55555

666666

888888

101010101010

12121212

161616

2020 25


Features and options Technical support• Used for quick, permanent location of gears,

collars and pulleys on shafts• Suitable for high torque transmission• Imperial sizes available• Alternative materials available



M2 M6

1312

Solder Tip Set Screws


Screws and

Hardw

are

Example Part No: SGSS M6 17

BasicPart

Number

ThreadSize

Jnom

StandardLengths

L

LengthCode

SGSS

M2 0.9

3456

1234

M3 1.5

3456

5678

M4 2

46

1014

9101112

M5 2.5

6101420

13141516

M6 3

6101625

17181920



Couplings: page 81

All dimensions in mmThread specification: BS3643 Pt2Tolerance class: 6gMaterial: Stainless steel 300 series withsilver solder tip

Features and options Technical support• Stainless steel set screw with semisoft

silver solder tip• Prevents shaft marking• Imperial sizes available



M2 M6

1313

Nylon Tip Set Screws


Scre

ws

and

Har

dwar

e


Tolerance class: 6gMaterial: Stainless steel screw

Nylon insert

Associated ProductsGears: page 41Couplings: page 81

Example Part No: NMSS M5 16

BasicPart

Number

ThreadSize

ØC A Jnom

StandardLengths

L

LengthCode

NMSS

M2 0.8 0.8 0.9

3.84.85.86.8

1234

M3 1.6 0.8 1.5

3.84.85.86.8

5678

M4 2.4 1.2 2

5.27.211.215.2

9101112

M5 2.4 1.2 2.5

7.211.215.221.2

13141516

M6 3.2 1.6 3

7.611.617.626.6

17181920


Features and options Technical support• Stainless steel set screw with nylon tip insert• Used to prevent shaft marking• Self locking• Full face contact• Imperial sizes available



M3

1314

Clamp Cleats


Screws and

Hardw

are

Associated ProductsGearboxes: page 31

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13 mmMaterial: Stainless steel clampNylon locking insert

PartNumber

MountType

HeightC

±0.08

FlatB

LipE

±0.08

HeightF

LengthG

+0.0/0.8

ThreadSize

O/DØA

+0.00/0.13SQM6 A & C 0.79

3.18

1.02 1.80 7.0

M3 x 0.5 9.90

SQM7

A

1.57 1.02 2.59SQM8 1.57 1.27 2.84

9.5

SQM9 1.57 1.60 3.18SQM10 1.98 1.60 3.58SQM11 2.36 1.02 3.38SQM12 2.36 1.27 3.63SQM13 2.36 1.60 3.96SQM14

B3.18 1.27 4.45

SQM15 3.96 1.02 4.98SQM16 5.72 1.60 7.32 11.0SQM17 A 6.35 1.60 7.92 15.0


Features and options• Ideal for use with resolvers, encoders and potentiometers• Imperial sizes available• Self locking• Quick releasing

To suitM4 M12 Screws

1315

Disc Springs


Scre

ws

and

Har

dwar

e


Material: Stainless steel X12CrNi 17 7Manufactured to: DIN2093

Associated ProductsShafts: page 112Bearings: page 122Socket head cap screws: page 132Machine screws: page 138Nuts: page 1316

Example Part No: BW M6

BasicPart

Number

ScrewSize

ØD ØB t FreeHeight

Hf

Ref.Height

Hr

CompressedHeight

Hc (75% Defl.)

Force toCompressto Hc (N)

BW

M4M5M6M7M8

M10M11M12

8.010.012.514.016.020.022.525.0

4.25.26.27.28.2

10.211.212.2

0.400.500.700.800.901.101.251

1.501

0.600.750.951.101.251.551.651.90

0.200.250.250.300.350.450.400.40

0.450.560.760.870.991.211.351.60

193300503735934140314111944


Features and options• For use where controlled axial force is required• Good for bearing preload configurations• Imperial sizes available

1 Material: stainless steel X7CrNiAl 17 7

M1.6 M6

1316

Nuts


Screws and

Hardw

are

Example Part No: HN M3

BasicPart

Number

ThreadSize

S

Tmax

Fmax

Cnom

HN

M1.6M2

M2.5M3M4M5M6

1.31.62.02.43.24.05.0

3.24.05.05.57.08.0

10.0

3.44.65.86.48.19.2

11.5



Plain socket head cap screws: page 132Pan head machine screws: page 139

Cheese head machine screws: page 1310Washers: page 1317

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13 mmMaterial: Stainless steelThread: BS3692, DIN 934


To SuitM1.6 M6 Screws

1317

Washers


Scre

ws

and

Har

dwar

e

Example Part No: PW M3

BasicPart

Number

ThreadSize

ØDmax

ØBmin

Tnom

PW

M1.6M2

M2.5M3M4M5M6

4.05.06.57.09.010.012.5

1.72.22.73.24.35.36.4

0.30.40.60.60.91.11.8

Example Part No: ETW M3

BasicPart

Number

ThreadSize

ØDmax

ØBmax

Tnom

ETW

M2M3M4M5M6

4.56.08.010.011.0

2.23.24.35.36.4

0.91.21.51.82.1


Plain Washers Tooth Lock Washers

Associated ProductsScrews from: page 132Nuts: page 1316Disc springs: page 1315




Ø0.8 Ø3.0mm

1318

Coiled Pins


Screws and

Hardw

are

Associated ProductsPin hub gears: page 413

Shaft collars: page 113

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13 mmMaterial: Chrome stainless steel AISI 420Finish: Pickled and oiled

Example Part No: MSP 1.5 6 MCP

BasicPart

Number

ActualDiaØD

NomDia

ChamDiaØB

ChamLength

C

IdealHoleDia

Standard Lengths

L

MSP

0.85/0.911.05/1.151.62/1.732.13/2.252.65/2.783.15/3.30

0.81.01.52.02.53.0

0.750.951.401.902.402.90

0.300.300.500.700.700.90

0.80/0.841.00/1.041.50/1.601.99/2.102.49/2.602.99/3.10

44

555

6666

8888

10101010

12121212

14141414

16161616

181818 20


Features and options• Coiled steel pin for location and alignment• Suitable for locating Reliance’s gears on ground shaft• Imperial sizes available• Alternative materials available

Ø1 Ø6mm

1319

Dowel Pins


Scre

ws

and

Har

dwar

e



Associated ProductsPin hub gears: page 413Shaft collars: page 113


Example Part No: D 020 10

BasicPart

Number

ØD±0.0025

DiameterCode

Standard LengthsL

±0.25

D

1.001.502.002.503.004.005.006.00

010015020025030040050060

3333

4444

55555

66666

88888

101010101010

12121212121212

1414141414141414

16161616161616

18181818181818

202020202020

222222222222

25252525

Features and options• Precision stainless steel dowel pin, suitable for accurate location and alignment• Imperial sizes available• Alternative materials available


Screws and

Hardw

are



Bearings: page 122

Example Part No: D1400 0060 SS

BasicPart

Number

NominalShaft

Dia (ØS)

DiaCode

Circlip Groove MatlThickness

TClearanceDia (ØC)

WidthW

DiaØG

D1400

3 0030 0.400.35 7.00 0.64

0.502.802.76

SS

4 0040 0.400.35 8.60 0.64

0.503.803.75

5 0050 0.600.55 10.30 0.84

0.704.804.75

6 0060 0.700.65 11.70 0.94

0.805.705.65

8 0080 0.800.75 14.70 1.04

0.907.607.54

10 0100 1.000.94 17.00 1.24

1.109.609.54

12 0120 1.000.94 19.00 1.24

1.1011.5011.39


Features and options• Used to axially secure components, such as bearings on shafts• Imperial sizes available• Alternative materials available

To suit3 12 mm Shafts External Circlips

To suit12 30 mm Bores

1321

Internal Circlips


Scre

ws

and

Har

dwar

e

Associated ProductsShafts: page 112Bearings: page 122



Example Part No: D1300 0200 SS

BasicPart

Number

NominalBore

Dia (ØB)

DiaCode

Circlip Groove MatlThickness

TClearanceDia (ØC)

WidthW

DiaØG

D1300

12 0120 1.000.94 5.70 1.24

1.1012.6112.50

SS

15 0150 1.000.94 8.30 1.24

1.1015.8115.70

16 0160 1.000.94 9.20 1.24

1.1016.9116.80

19 0190 1.000.94 11.80 1.24

1.1020.1320.00

20 0200 1.000.94 12.60 1.24

1.1021.1321.00

22 0220 1.000.94 14.60 1.24

1.1023.1323.00

24 0240 1.201.14 16.40 1.44

1.3025.4125.20

28 0280 1.201.14 19.80 1.44

1.3029.6129.40

30 0300 1.201.14 21.80 1.44

1.3031.6531.40


Features and options• Used to axially secure components, such as bearings in housings• Imperial sizes available• Alternative materials available

Tech

nica

l Inf

orm

atio

n

14

Section Contents

Conversion Factors ..................................................................Page T2

Contents ....................................................................................Page T3

Technical Information

Stepper Motors ................................................................Page T21

Gearboxes ........................................................................Page T31

Gears, Worms and Wheels ............................................Page T41

Racks and Pinions ..........................................................Page T61

Leadscrews and Nut Assemblies ..................................Page T71

Couplings ........................................................................Page T81

Linear Guides and Slides................................................Page T91

Belts and Pulleys ............................................................Page T101

Bearings and Spacers ....................................................Page T121

Hardware ..........................................................................Page T131

TechnicalInformation Conversion Factors

T2 Contact us for product information, design support and custom [email protected] +44 (0) 1484 601002 www.reliance.co.uk

TechnicalInform

ation

Standard Conversion FactorsLength 1mm = 0.03937 in 1in = 25.4 mmArea 1mm2 = 0.00155 in2 1in2 = 645.16 mm2

Volume 1mm3 = 61.02 x 106 in3

1 litre = 1 x 106 mm31in3 = 16387 mm3

1ml = 1 cm3

Force and mass1N = 0.101972 kgf1kgf = 9.80665 N1kg = 2.2046 lb

1lbf = 4.4482 N1N = 0.2248 lbf1lb = 0.4536 kg

Torque1Nm = 8.8507 lbfin1Nm = 141.612 ozfin1Nm = 10197.16 gfcm

1lbfin = 0.1130 Nm1ozin = 0.00706 Nm

Power 1kW = 1.360 PS (metric hp)1kW = 1.341 hp

1hp = 0.7457 kW

Moment ofinertia

1kgm2 = 54674.75 ozins2

1gcm2 = 5.467 x 103 ozin2

1kgm2 = 23.73 lbft2

1ozins2 = 18.29 x 106 kgm2

1ozin2 = 182.9 gcm2

1lb.ft2 = 0.0421 kgm2

Pressure andstress

1N/m2 = 145 x 106 lbf/in2

1N/m2 = 64.75 x 109 tonf/in21lbf/in2 = 6.895 x 103 N/m2

1tonf/in2 = 15.44 x 106 N/m2

Temperature ºC = (ºF32)*5/9K = ºC+273.15

ºF = (ºC*9/5)+32ºR = ºF+459.67

Angles 1rad = 180/π degrees1mrad = 10.8/π arcmins

1 degree = π/180 rad1 arcmin = π/10.8 mrads

S.I. MultiplesPrefix name Symbol Factortera T 1012

giga G 109

mega M 106

kilo k 103

hecto h 102

deca da 101

deci d 101

centi c 102

milli m 103

micro µ 106

nano n 109

pico p 1012

femto f 1015

atto a 1018

Angular ResolutionBits Counts arcmins mrads

7 128 168.75 49.0878 256 84.375 24.5449 512 42.188 12.272

10 1024 21.094 6.135911 2048 10.547 3.068012 4096 5.2734 1.534013 8192 2.6367 0.7669914 16384 1.3184 0.3835015 32768 0.65918 0.1917516 65536 0.32959 0.09587417 131072 0.16479 0.04793718 262144 0.082397 0.02396819 524288 0.041199 0.01198420 1048576 0.020599 0.0059921

TechnicalInformation

T3

Contents


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

Intelligent motors and rack actuatorsReliance Cool Muscle features ......................................................................................Page T21Rack actuators Cool Muscle motors ............................................................................Page T25Rack actuators Stepper motors ....................................................................................Page T26

GearboxesPlanetary gearbox engineering data ..............................................................................Page T31Planetary gearbox installation ........................................................................................Page T32Epicyclic module torque curves ......................................................................................Page T34Epicyclic requirements for assembling units ..................................................................Page T35Epicyclic notes for handling ............................................................................................Page T36

Standard gear rangeGear tolerances ..............................................................................................................Page T41Materials and specifications............................................................................................Page T44Geometry and equations ................................................................................................Page T45Gears with small numbers of teeth ................................................................................Page T48Engineering data ............................................................................................................Page T49Backlash for standard gears ..........................................................................................Page T417Worm and wheels formulea ............................................................................................Page T418

Racks and pinionsRack manufacture, standards and tolerances ................................................................Page T61Engineering data ............................................................................................................Page T62Installation ......................................................................................................................Page T64Rack applications............................................................................................................Page T66

Leadscrew and nut assembliesFeatures ..........................................................................................................................Page T71Engineering data ............................................................................................................Page T72TFE coated assemblies ..................................................................................................Page T75

CouplingsPerformance....................................................................................................................Page T81Transmission error ..........................................................................................................Page T82Torsional resonance........................................................................................................Page T83Installation ......................................................................................................................Page T83

Linear products slidesFeatures ..........................................................................................................................Page T94Engineering data ............................................................................................................Page T94RST miniature stroke slides rated life calculation ..........................................................Page T94Engineering data Miniature linear guides ....................................................................Page T94

Belts and pulleysEngineering data ............................................................................................................Page T101

Bearings and spacersGear mesh reactions ......................................................................................................Page T121Force sharing and bearing life ........................................................................................Page T123Installation ......................................................................................................................Page T124

HardwareLimits and tolerances ......................................................................................................Page T131

TechnicalInformation Reliance Cool Muscle Motor


TechnicalInform

ation

RELIANCE COOL MUSCLE FEATURES

The Reliance Cool Muscle (RCM) is packed with features that help you reduce the size and cost ofyour machine while reducing development time.

Simple and CompactAn intelligent driver with a 32 bit CPU basedmotion controller, driver amplifier, magneticencoder and power management are allbuilt on to the motor.

FULL CLOSED LOOP SYSTEM

RCM is a fully closed loop system. With a high resolution magnetic encoder and the intelligent driverboard mounted on the back, RCM constantly monitors every aspect of its operation, eliminating anymissed steps.

SMOOTH AND ACCURATE MOVEMENTS

The RCM’s high resolution encoder gives you exceptionally fine positioning of 50,000 units perrotation. The RCM uses Vector Drive Control to produce extremely smooth motion, even at lowspeeds, not possible with microstepping drivers.

Driver

Motor

Encoder

PLC

Controller

Closed Loop SystemBy receiving positioninput from the sensor,the RCM knows itsposition and cancorrect itself.

HInfinityUsing the newest control technology,the RCM goes beyond static PIDcontrol by utilising the robust Hcontrol system. H responds todynamic loads across the entirespeed range, reduces the need totune gains and increases theallowable inertia mismatch.

8

8

Controller

Error

Input +

Speed and Direction Vector

Position 2

Position 1 Vector Drive ControlVector Drive is a control technique usedin servo systems; it is a completelydifferent technique from microstepping.Unlike microstepping, Vector DriveControl is not subject to resonanceproblems, produces smooth movements,increases torque and increases efficiency.

Feedback


T22



Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

COOL OPERATION

RCM’s power management monitors and provides the optimum current based on load, keeping themotor cool. In addition, the RCM generates high torque at low speeds.

RCM applies optimum current to producemotion, whereas an open loop stepper alwaysuses maximum current.

RCM has high torque even at low speeds andexcels at both smooth motion and slow speeds.

RCM only draws power for what it needs,making the RCM power efficient and increasingmotor life.

Stepper Motor

Reliance Cool Muscle

CONTROL

Ptype RCM is a dropin step loss freereplacement for a step/direction or CW/CCWpulse drive.Ctype RCM takes ASCII commands orMODBUS RTU from your PC, PLC or can useanalogue (joystick) control.

RCML

Reliance Cool Muscle Language allows easy creation ofmotion programs. Programs can be downloaded to the RCMusing free Control Room software available from:

www.reliance.co.uk/en/downloadsmotorsandcables

Pulses

Control Variations

PCEmbedded ComputerPLCSwitch

CW/CCWStep/Direction

PreprogrammedDynamic Command

Analogue Input PositionSpeed

P Type

C Type

FULLY USER PROGRAMMABLE

Program the RCM to create the motion you need. Definemotion profiles and create programs using easytounderstandRCM Language (RCML). Motion programs you create can bedownloaded to the RCM. The programs can be executed viaPC, embedded computer or simply using hardware inputs.

Define motionprofiles such asspeed, accelerationposition and timer.

P1=1000P2=2000S1=200S2=300A1=50A2=150T1=20

B1A1,S1,P1S2,P2,P1C2B2A2,S1,P3

Define motionprograms using themotion parametersdefined above.

Tem

pera

ture

Current

Energyefficient



TechnicalInform

ation

PARAMETER EXAMPLES:

Home Search MethodThe home search parameter lets you select a home search method. Home position can bedetermined using a hardstop/bumper instead of a home switch. The RCM hits a bumper at lowspeed and torque and keeps pushing until it reaches a specified current level at which the motordetermines that it has reached home. This method eliminates the need for a home switch andwiring.

Software LimitSet software limits using RCM parameters. Set limits on both CW and CCW sides, to eliminateswitches.

These two software features will save you the cost of three sensors and the time needed to installwiring and calibrate them.

USER DEFINABLE PARAMETERS

Define the character of your RCM to suit your needs. The RCM gives you over 60 parameters whichcan easily be set using RCML.

K48=10000 •••• Origin offset distance set to 10000 pulses.K58=200000 •••• Software limit + side set to 200000 pulses.K37=3 •••• Motor resolution set to 1000.K46=1 •••• Automatic home routine using mechanical stopper.K38=0 •••• Sets analogue interface to speed control mode.

SOFTWARE INTERFACE

Serial ProtocolThe PC interface to the Cool Muscle ‘Y’ Cable is RS232. Cool Muscle serial communications use theASCII character set. Characters are transmitted with 8 data bits, no parity bit, and one stop bit. Thereis no hardware or software flow control. The baud rate is selectable from 9600, 19200, 38400(default) and 57600 baud. The command separator is carriage return or comma. Line feeds areoptional and are ignored.

Register ModelThe data memory of the Cool Muscle is divided into families of registers. Each register is labelledby its family (letter) and register number. General parameters and settings are in the Kfamily. Forexample register K58 holds the software limit for maximum travel in the + direction in units of1000 steps. To read the limit, simply send the register name K58 to the motor and it will respondwith K58.1=247 if the limit is 247000 steps. To change the limit to 352000 steps, send commandK58=352. The Kparameters are nonvolatile. If multiple motors are daisy chained together it isnecessary to add the motor number to the command, so K58.2 refers to register K58 in motor 2.Each motor can store 25 positions in Pregisters P1 to P25, fifteen speeds in S1 to S15, and soon. There are registers for eight accelerations, seven maximum torques, eight dwell timers, andfifteen unassigned registers for general use. M6.4 is torque limit register number six in motor 4,for example. These registers are volatile, but can be saved into the Cool Muscle controller’sEEPROM. The saved values are automatically reloaded into RAM when the motor is switched on.


T24



Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

Program BanksUp to 15 programs can be stored in the controller EEPROM. Each is a sequence of commands.

B2.5 This is program 2 in motor 5A3.5,S5.5,M1.5 Load motion parameters from registersF2.5 Reset OUTPUT 2X7.5 Start of loop, loop 7 timesP1.5 Go to position in register P1T1.5 Dwell for time in register T1P2.5 Go to position in register P2T1.5 Dwell for time in register T1

X.5 End of loopC3.5 Call program B3.5 as a subroutineO2.5 Assert OUTPUT 2END.5 End of program$.5 Save to EEPROM, motor 5

This program can be started by sending the short command [2.5.

Logic Banks (PLC Function)Logic banks are similar to bank programs but are run periodically with a maximum frequency ofonce every 1ms.

L1.1 This is logic bank 1 in motor 1I3.1,J2.1 Test INPUT 3, if set jump to bank 2END.1

L2.1 Logic bank 2S.1=S2.1 Load speed from register S2A.1=A1.1 Load acceleration from register A1^.1 Activate new speed and accelerationJ3.1 Jump to bank 3END.1

L3.1 Logic bank 3I3.1,T0.1,J4.1 Test INPUT 3, if set ignore (T0.1)END.1 Otherwise jump to bank 4

L4.1 Logic bank 2S.1=S3.1 Load speed from register S3^.1 Activate new speedJ1.1 Jump to bank 1END.1

$.1 Save to EEPROM, motor 1

Execution starts in logic bank L1.1. If INPUT 3 is not set, nothing happens until the next periodicrun. Then L1.1 runs again.If INPUT 3 is ever set, a jump occurs. Logic bank L2.1 makes a speed change and control jumpsimmediately to logic bank L3.1.



TechnicalInform

ation

Control now remains with L3.1 until INPUT 3 is reset. Then L4.1 makes another speed changeand control goes back to the beginning.The effect is that motor speed is selected using INPUT 3. The speed change is smooth, using theacceleration in register A1.1 and Scurve shaping if parameter K69 is set.Bank programs and logic banks can both run at the same time, so an ordinary bank program caninitiate a motor move and then a logic bank can modify the speed en route.

More InformationA quick reference card listing all registers and commands is on our website, together with a moredetailed programming manual: www.reliance.co.uk/en/downloadsmotorsandcables

ELECTRICAL INTERFACE

The RCM has 4 inputs and 2 outputs that can be used as digital, analogue, serial or pulse counter(input only). RCM lets you assign a different function to each edge and level of a signal.

Pin #1 +24 V DC IN Motor power +24 V±10%2 0V Power ground Note 73 INPUT 2 Return for pin 9 Notes 2, 84 OUTPUT 2+ Digital/analogue output, serial Tx Note 55 OUTPUT 1+ Digital/analogue output, serial Tx Notes 1, 56 INPUT 4+ Digital/analogue input Notes 3, 47 INPUT 3+ Digital input Note 38 INPUT 1 Return for pin 10 Notes 1, 89 INPUT 2+ Digital/counter input, serial Rx Notes 2, 810 INPUT 1+ Digital/counter input, serial Rx Notes 1, 811 0V Signal ground Note 712 +5V DC OUT Power out Note 8

Pin Layout

Notes1. Normally used for serial communication with the host PC via an accessory ‘Y’ or USB cable. In a

daisy chain system with multiple motors, used for serial communication with the next upstream,slave or master motor. If the Cool Muscle is being used standalone INPUT 1 and OUTPUT 1 canbe assigned other functions. These functions are activated when the ‘Y’ Cable is detached (poweroff before disconnecting).

2. In a daisy chain system with multiple motors, used for serial communication with the nextdownstream, slave motor. Otherwise INPUT 2 and OUTPUT 2 can be assigned other functions.

3. When programmed as a digital input, INPUT 3 and INPUT 4 logic levels are:HIGH > +3 V (minimum 7 mA)LOW < +0.8 V

4. Analogue input range is 0 V to +4.8 V. Resolution is 10bit (0 – 1023).5. When programmed as a digital output this signal is NPN, open collector. When programmed as

an analogue output the signal range is 0V to 5V. Resolution is 8bit (0 – 255).6. Total output current maximum 50 mA.7. Pins 2 and 11 are internally connected.8. When used for STEP/DIRECTION pulse control, INPUT 1 is the step input and INPUT 2 is the

direction input. When used for CW/CCW pulse control INPUT 1 steps the motor clockwise and


T26



Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

INPUT 2 steps anticlockwise.Maximum pulse frequency: 500 K pulse/sMinimum pulse width; 0.8 µsPulse level high > +3 V (minimum 7 mA)Pulse level low < +0.8 V

Wiring for INPUT 1 and INPUT 2These inputs are optoisolated inputs, minimum 5 V, maximum 24 V. Examples:

Input 1

Input 2

Wiring for INPUT 3 and INPUT 4These inputs are internally pulled up to +5 V. To operate them connect to 0 V through a switch oropen collector (NPN) output. Examples:

Input 3

Input 4

Photo coupler

Reliance cool MuscleController

Switch

DC+5V +24V

0V

10

8

Photo coupler


Signal

DC+5V +24V

0V

9

3


Switch

+5V

0V

7

11

4.7KΩ470Ω

470PF0V

Reliance Cool MuscleController

+5V

0V

6

11

4.7KΩ470Ω

470PF0V

0V



TechnicalInform

ation

Continuous PTP: There are no stops in motion between origin and P3.Speed and acceleration are changedat each point.

Push Mode: Mimics a typicalpneumatic motion. It keeps pushingfor a given time and at a set currentlevel when a motor encounters aresistance such as a bumper orstopper.

ADVANCED MOTION

Speeds and accelerations can be changed whilst the motor is in operation. RCM supports a range ofadvanced motion features such as PTP motion incorporating changing accelerations and variabletorque control. The powerful push mode is also standard allowing for electric emulation of commonpneumatic operations.

Wiring for OUTPUT 1 and OUTPUT 2Outputs 1 & 2 can work across a range of voltages from 5 V to 24 V. The collector current of thetransistor must be limited to a maximum of 100mA.

Output 1

Output 2Reliance Cool MuscleController

DC+5V +24V

0V

5

11

Photo Coupler

0V

Reliance Cool MuscleController

DC+5V +24V

0V

4

11

Photo Coupler

0V


T28



Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

NETWORK

RCM provides you with different networking solutions tosuit your needs. When multiple RCMs are connected in adaisy chain network, any RCM can tell other motors toactivate programs as well as receive commands from acomputer or embedded controller.In fact, after programming, RCMs can operate without anyPC, PLC or HMI control.

TORQUE CONTROL AND FEEDBACK

The RCM controller uses the integrated current and positionsensors to maintain sophisticated torque control duringoperation. Peak running torque can be easily set within motionprograms, or the built in Push Mode function can be quicklyimplemented to mimic pneumatic cylinder operations.

LOGIC PROGRAMMING AND PLC FUNCTIONALITY

The RCM real time operating system precisely controls I/O timing allowing for PLC style I/Ooperation. Logic banks provide a flexible logical and mathematical capability analogous to that offeredby traditional ladder logic. User defined actions can be triggered by external inputs or by internalmotor conditions such as speed, torque, or position.

2AXIS COORDINATED MOTION

The RCM servo provides 2 axes contouring utilizing a2+ motor daisy chain network. Additional linear axescan be implemented on the same motor for applicationssuch as dispensing, cutting, or inspection. Programscan be run directly from the motor without the need fora host controller, or can be streamed from a PC forgreater flexibility.

TechnicalInformation Racktuator™


TechnicalInform

ation

RACK ACTUATOR

InstallationEach Racktuator™ is supplied preassembled with carefully set clearances and alignments.Disassembly may result in reduced performance and accuracy. The rack should not be removed fromthe housing to avoid possible damage to teeth when it is reinserted.

Axial load ratingThe axial load rating is dependent upon the rack, pinion and motor. As a general guide the loadratings in the product data pages (see pages 215 to 217) can be used to determine the allowablerack thrust.

Basic Ratings: • For axial thrust loads of up to 3 N use a RCMRA176250 tubular rack (see page 215) with a

PEEK pinion• For axial thrust loads from 3 N to 20 N use a stainless steel pinion in lieu of PEEK pinion• For axial thrust loads from 20 N to 90 N use the RCMRA23L (see page 216), which utilises a

174 PH stainless steel pinion and hardened stainless steel rack

Position accuracy and side wobblePositioning accuracy depends on the resolution of the motor and the drive system. For the RRAseries the full step size of the motor is 1.8° which translates to 0.2 mm of linear motion of the rack.Finer positioning may be achievable with a halfstepping or microstepping drive. For the RCMRAseries where the angular resolution is 0.0072° the linear resolution is 0.0008 mm, depending on loadand dynamic conditions.

Side wobble is dependent upon initial clearance between rack and bearing bore, the length of rackand wear between the rack and plain bearings. For RRA176250 (see page 215) the maximum sidewobble is ±0.2 mm at end of the rack with maximum protrusion from the housing.

BacklashThis is currently set on assembly between 0.020 mm and 0.060 mm axial clearance of the rack. It ispossible to improve this on assembly and also reduce the rotation of the rack in the clearance, pleasecontact us. It is not advisable to reduce backlash to zero as pinion eccentricities and temperaturevariations could cause binding. A temperature rise of approx. 35°C would be needed to causepossible binding of rack and pinion when a backlash of 0.010 mm is set.

LubricationPEEK pinion and stainless steel racks require no lubrication. Stainless steel racks and pinions requirea smear of a lithium based grease on to the rack teeth for periodic lubrication.


T210

Racktuator™ Stepper Motor


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

RACKTUATOR™ STEPPER MOTORS

Stepper motors operate by rotating the motor shaft at discrete intervals (1.8º for our steppers) as theyreceive electrical input pulses. This basic characteristic distinguishes stepper motors from othermotors and makes them ideal for applications where accurate positioning and control is required,without the need for expensive feedback hardware.

Features of stepper motorsPosition holding (Detent torque)

High acceleration

Good reliability

Low component count

Drive methodsThere are three main modes of driving a stepper motor Full Step, Half Step and Micro Step. WithFull Step, the angular movement is the basic step angle, ie 1.8º. By manipulating the energisationsequence applied to the motor, it is possible to reduce the basic step angle by half. By manipulatingthe shape of the pulses applied to the motor, as well as the energisation sequence, the basic stepangle can be split into several hundred micro steps. This large increase in resolution can only beachieved by using more complex drive electronics.

There are a number of methods of driving stepper motors, that basically divide into two groups;unipolar and bipolar drives. In unipolar drives the current always travels through the windings in thesame direction. This is often achieved by attaching one end of each winding to a fixed voltage supplyrail. With bipolar drives the current travels in both directions, which can give benefits in performance,although it usually requires more switching components. In both cases additional components such asresistors are often used to adapt a drive to a specific motor or to modify the characteristics of themotorload system.

Our Racktuator™ stepper motors have 6 wires, which allow the user to chose between unipolar andbipolar drives. Steppers with less wires do not.

The design and implementation of a suitable drive for a specific application can be quite an involvedprocess and is outside the scope of this technical section. For further advice please contact RelianceTechnical Sales.

Even with no power applied to the windings, stepper motors will resistrotation, which may be useful in applications that would normally experience‘drift’. If power is applied, this holding torque is significant.

They have excellent acceleration performance that allows a start, stop andreverse to be performed at relatively high speed.

The only components subject to wear are the bearings, as there are nobrushes or commutators.

Stepper motors permit openloop, high precision positioning control,therefore feedback hardware for control is not required, which leads to lowcost system design.

TechnicalInformation Racktuator™ Stepper Motor


TechnicalInform

ation Installation connectionsSize 17 steppers have 200mm cables with a EHR6 connector (JST). Mating parts are available fromRS components; top entry (stock no 5151434) or side entry (stock no 5151349).

Insulation parameters Dielectric Strength: 500 VACInsulation Class: Class B

Insulation resistance 100 MΩ min. (at 500 V DC)Dielectric strength 500 V AC (1 minute)Operating temperature range 20ºC to +50ºCPermissible temperature rise 80ºC max. (resistance method)

Note: Do not allow the surface temperature of the motor case to rise above 90°C during operation.

CW rotation mounting endStep Black Red Green Blue Yellow White

0 ON ON COM COM1 ON ON COM COM2 ON ON COM COM3 ON ON COM COM0 ON ON COM COM

Installation wiring diagram

Red Blue

GreenYellowBlack

PM

White

UNIPOLAR



T31

Planetary Gearboxes


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

1. Calculate FrL withthe following formula

2. Calculate the forceproportion

Please contact us if e>0.22

3. Calculate FL with thefollowing formula

Lh h lifetimeFa N axial load at the output shaftFr N radial load at the output shaftR mm distance, axial load to centre of the gearboxA mm distance, radial load to flange planen min1 output shaft speedCx gearbox constants from following table

FORMULA SYMBOLS

RGP40 RGP60 RGPN70C1 mm 10.5 11.5 13.5C2 mm 12.9 15.5 23CL N 2250 6050 9950

RGP40 RGP60 RGPN70Fr N 200 500 1000Fa N 200 600 1200

MAXIMUM LOAD IN CENTRE OF THE OUTPUT SHAFT

OUTPUT SHAFT BEARING LIFE

TechnicalInformation Planetary Gearboxes


TechnicalInform

ation

PLANETARY GEARBOX INSTALLATION MOUNTING

RGP40 NEMA 17Make sure the gearbox has the correct mounting featuresfor the selected motor.

Clean the Cool Muscle and the RGP gearbox so they aregrease free, make sure not to get cleaning fluid into eitherthe motor or gearbox.

Remove the cover cap, adjust theposition of the clamp to be in linewith the mounting hole and openthe clamp so that clamp diameteris greater than the motor shaftdiameter.

The preferred method for mounting is in a verticalorientation as shown, mount the gearbox so it is flush withthe motor, secure the gearbox and motor together with 4 offSM38 screws and torque them up to TMount Nm.

Tighten the clamp shaft onto the motorto TClamp Nm and reattach cover cap.

NEMA 17 Mounting Screw TorqueSocket head cap screw order code SM38TClamp (Nm) 1.1


T33

Planetary Gearboxes


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

RGP40, RGP60 and RGPN70 NEMA 23Make sure the gearbox has the correct mounting featuresfor the selected motor.

Clean the Cool Muscle and the RGP gearbox so they aregrease free, make sure not to get cleaning fluid into eitherthe motor or gearbox.

Remove the cover screw, adjustthe position of the clamp to be inline with the mounting hole andopen the clamp so that clampdiameter is greater than themotor shaft diameter

The preferred method for mounting is in a verticalorientation as shown, mount the gearbox so it is flush withthe motor secure, bolt the two together with 4 off SM412screws and torque them up to TMount Nm.

Tighten the clamp shaft onto the motorto TClamp Nm and reattach cover screw.

NEMA 23 Mounting Screw TorqueSocket head cap screw order code SM412TClamp (Nm) 1.1

Clamping Screw TorqueSocket width across flats (mm) 2 4.5 9.5TClamp (Nm) 2.5 3 4

TechnicalInformation Epicyclic Modules


TechnicalInform

ation

TORQUE CURVES

OUTPUT SHAFT TORQUE

This is derived from an eight hour day, continuous unidirectional drive and no impact fluctuating load.

PEAK TORQUE CAPABILITY

Momentarily allowable torque is 250% of rated torque (under the same conditions as output torque).

DYNAMIC LOAD FACTOR

The rated torque has been derated in accordance with the following table:

Dynamic Load Factor (Sf)

Drive Driven

Hrs/day

Load TypeUniform

Sf

MediumImpact

Sf

HeavyImpact

Sf

ElectricMotor

<33 10

241.0

1.01.251.5

1.51.752.0

Allowable Torque = Rated TorqueSf


T35

Epicyclic Modules


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

REVERSING MOTION

Should MEMs be used in a reversing drive (eg. servo application) the units should be derated to 80%.

TEMPERATURE RANGE

The unit will operate satisfactorily between 10º and +65ºC. For the all metal units, maximumtemperature is 75ºC.

MOUNTING POSITION

The standard position is horizontal. For other planes, please contact our sales team for moreinformation.

REQUIREMENTS FOR ASSEMBLING UNITS

1. Alignment Radial alignment errors, after fitting the input and output shafts, should be within0.15mm.

2. Location of Internal Gear A unit should be located in the manner in which the torque distribution isuniform in the internal gear.

3. Clearance Axial clearance between the unit’s revolving parts (Carrier A & B) and casing should be2mm to 4mm.

4. Thrust Support when Mounting Vertically When mounting the units with shafts vertically, care mustbe taken to ensure that the mass of the module is supported by the shaft bearings and not the planetdisks containing the internal gear. If the unit is mounted with the output shaft uppermost, then ashoulder will be required on the input shaft and vice versa.

5. Lubrication For grease lubrication the casing should be filled with grease to between 50% and80% of the volume and for oil lubrication to between 30% and 50% of the volume.

OVERHANG LOAD (OHL) kg

The overhang load is a bending force acting on the shaft generated by external forces.

Calculate the OHL according to following equation and select an appropriate bearing:

O.H.L. Capacity = T x Ef/R

T : Driving torqueR : Pitch circle radius of gear or sprocketEf : Element factor:

Gear 1.1 1.25Sprocket 1.25Flat Belt 2.5 3.0V Belt 1.5 2.0

TechnicalInformation Epicyclic Modules


TechnicalInform

ation

NOTES FOR HANDLING

1. Plastic Unit P Lubricated with grease when assembled. (Units without grease lubrication arespecial to order).

2. Sintering Alloy Unit S Not lubricated with grease when assembled. (Units with grease lubricationare special to order).

3. Metal Unit M Not lubricated with grease or oil.

4. Do not mix strong acid or oil additives and thinners to the lubricant of the plastic units.

5. Do not allow rapid temperature variations. This will generate moisture.

6. Store the MEM units in a dark room below 40ºC and keep in a dry, dustfree atmosphere.

7. If a unit is mounted on a surface which acts as a soundingboard, the noise will be amplified abovethe inherent noise level of the unit. Take care when mounting the unit.

HOUSED UNITS (LGH)

MEM modules can be supplied mounted in an aluminium housing complete with output shaft andsupport bearings. The complete unit is rated at 10Nm output torque, and can have either one, two orthree modules. Maximum reduction ratio is 125:1 with 3x5:1 ratio modules. The accompanying motormust have a ‘D’ shaped shaft of 8mm diameter and 7mm over the flat.

Also included is the MEM26. This is a housed unit complete with input and output shaft. Actual ratio is91.125:1 and the unit is capable of handling 2 Nm output torque.

Larger modules are available up to 1000 Nm output torque. Please enquire.


T41

Standard Gears


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

GEAR MANUFACTURE

Reliance’s precision instrumentation gears are manufactured using high accuracy gearcuttingequipment. Standard gears are produced in stainless steel, hardened stainless steel, aluminium alloyand brass (wormwheels only). Alternative materials such as PEEK polymer or Delrin are available onrequest.

GEAR TOLERANCES

Gears are generally offered as Quality 10 (see the individual product pages). Higher qualities areavailable as shown in the table below. Most gears in the catalogue can be produced in these qualitiesto order.Reliance standard tolerances are largely based on AGMA 39003 backlash.

Values in the above table refer to measurements obtained by means of the dual flank tester.

To specify a gear, other than the standard quality, add the quality code to the gear part number.Example of a quality 12 gear P05S1B10F6A100 B

Quality code

Reliance Standard Gear Qualities Table values in 0.001mm (0.0001")

QualityClass

ModularRange

TotalComposite

Error

Tooth to ToothComposite

Error

Indicator LimitsGauge zeroed at std. pitch rad.

GearQualityCodeMax Min

AQ9 1.5mod 26 (10) 18 (7) 18 (7) 69 (27) AQ10AQ11AQ12AQ14

0.8 to 0.5 mod

26 (10)18 (7)13 (5)

7 (2.7)

13 (5)10 (4)

8 (3)3.6 (1.4)

18 (7)

61 (24)53 (21)48 (19)41 (16)

CBA

AQ10AQ11AQ12AQ14

0.4 to 0.2 mod

26 (10)18 (7)13 (5)

7 (2.7)

13 (5)10 (4)

8 (3)3.6 (1.4)

13 (5)

51 (20)43 (17)38 (15)33 (13)

CBA

Comparison of National Gear Quality StandardsRelianceQualityClass

AmericanAGMA 390.03

(1980)

BritishBS. 4582

(pt.1 : 1970)

GermanDIN. 867& 3963

InternationalISO

JapanJIS

AdmiraltyBR.6001

AQ9AQ10AQ11AQ12AQ14

Q 9Q 10Q 11Q 12Q 14

Class CClass BClass AClass A

†

Q 8Q 7Q 6Q 5Q 3

87653

43210

Class 3Class 2Class 1

††

† Reliance quality higher than any equivalent in this specification.Table applies to gears up to 50 mm diameter.

TechnicalInformation Standard Gears


TechnicalInform

ation

RELIANCE GEAR STANDARDS FOR FINE PITCH GEARS

The table below is a comparison between Reliance (AGMA) and equivalent UK specifications:

*AGMA values quoted are for over 20T up to 50 mm (2") diameter. Admiralty and B.S. tooth to tootherrors are for over 30T.† Minimum indicator level 0.006" or 0.15 mm.

For numbers of teeth outside the range consult the relevant specification.


T43

Standard Gears


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

STANDARD MODULES AND CIRCULAR PITCHES METRIC

Reliance’s precision instrumentation spur gears are available as standard in the following modulesand circular pitches, being those most commonly used in the design and manufacture of gear controlmechanisms and instruments:

Module 0.2, 0.25, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0, 1.25, 1.5Circular pitch 1, 2, 2.5, 3

Pressure Angle and Rack FormExcept where stated otherwise, gears in this catalogue are cut to 20º pressure angle involute formteeth. Reliance standard gears will mesh satisfactorily with gears of the same module cut to thefollowing standards:

(i) BS 4582 (1970) Part 1, Figure 1.

(ii) DIN 867 and 58412.

(iii) AGMA 207.06 (Assuming the pitch is cut to an equivalent module).

The gears will not mesh satisfactorily with gears cut to DIN 58400 unless the outside diameter of thelatter is reduced to PCD + (2 x module).

DIN 58400 tooth proportions are:

Addendum 1.1 x ModuleDedendum 1.5 x Module for pitch 0.1 to 0.6 Module

The above list is by no means exhaustive. Please enquire if you require a special module as Relianceholds a large stock of nonstandard cutters.

Metric Tooth Proportions (Dimensions in mm)

Module CircularPitch

Addendum Dedendum WorkingDepth

WholeDepth

Equivalent InchDiametral Pitch

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.3

0.250.2

0.3180.6370.7960.955

4.7123.9273.1422.5131.8851.5711.2570.9420.7850.628

1.02.02.53.0

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.3

0.250.2

0.3180.6370.7960.955

1.8751.5631.4001.1200.8400.7000.5600.4200.3500.2800.4460.8911.1141.337

3.02.52.01.61.21.00.80.60.50.4

0.6371.2731.5921.910

3.3752.8125

2.41.921.441.20.960.720.60.48

0.7641.5281.9102.292

16.93320.32025.40031.75042.33350.80063.50084.667101.600127.00079.79639.89831.91926.599



TechnicalInform

ation

MATERIALS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Reliance’s precision instrumentation gears are manufactured from the materials listed below. Wereserve the right to change the actual material to an equivalent specification without notice dependingon availability.

FinishesStainless steel, bronze and brass gears remain in their natural condition. Passivation to DEF STAN032, process M can be carried out if required. Aluminium components are anodised to specificationDEF STAN 0324 (chromic acid process) or DEF STAN 0325 (sulphuric acid process). Gear teeth arenot normally anodised.

Antibacklash GearsMaterials and finishes of standard antibacklash gear components.

Where possible circlips, antibacklash springs, shims and set screws will be stainless steel. However,some smaller pinions may have beryllium copper or zinc plated carbon steel circlips as standard.

Reliance Precision Gear MaterialsMaterial Specification Used on Material

Code

Stainlesssteel

303S31 (303S21) or303S42 (303S42) or302S31 (302S25) or

BS 970Pin hub gears

Clamp hub gearsHubless gears

WormsGear clamp & hubs

S1

303 to MIL QQS764Stainless

steel 316S31 (316S16) BS 970 Rack pinions S2

Stainlesssteel

(hardened)

174PH1025 Hardened to3442 HRc

Hardened pin hub gears S8

Aluminiumalloy

L168 orHE 15TF or

BS 1474Pin hub gears

Clamp hub gearsHubless gears

Gear clamp & hubs

A1

2024T4 to MIL QQA225/6Phosphor

bronze PB 102 BS 2874 Worm wheels B1

Brass CZ121 BS 2874 Spur gears B2

Brass(Naval) Alloy 464 to MIL QQB637 Worm wheels B3

Acetal Delrin 150 Hubless gears D1


T45

Standard Gears


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

SPUR GEAR GEOMETRY

A basic description of gear tooth terms is shown below. General formulae to enable correctunderstanding of spur gear geometry is shown opposite.

PINION

GEAR



TechnicalInform

ation

TERMINOLOGY FOR METRIC SPUR GEARS

TERM DEFINITION FORMULAE

Addendum The radial distance between the A=M(A) pitch circle and the outside diameter.

Addendum A method of modifying low tooth See page T48modification number gears to avoid undercutting(K) and altering gear size to allow use

of non standard centres.

Backlash The circumferential clearance See page T415(B) between mating gear teeth.

Base circle The diameter of the base cylinder BCD = N·Mcos PAdiameter from which the involute is(BCD) generated.

Base pitch The pitch along the base circle or BP = π Mcos PA(BP) line of action.

Basic rack The straight sided rack shape from See BS 4582.which teeth are generated.

Centre distance Distance between the axes CD = PCDpinion+PCDgear

(CD) of rotation of mating spur gears. 2 2

Circular pitch The distance along the pitch circle CP = π M(CP) between corresponding points on

adjacent teeth.

Circular tooth The distance between opposite faces CTT =πMthickness on the same tooth measured at the 2(CTT) pitch circle diameter.

Clearance The amount by which the dedendum CO = D Aoperating in a given gear exceeds the(CO) addendum of the mating gear.

Dedendum The radial distance between the D = 1.4M (BS4582)(D) pitch circle and the root diameter. = 1.25M (BS436)

Diametral pitch The size of the tooth expressed in(DP) teeth per inch of pitch diameter.

Face width The width of the tooth in an axial plane.

Fillet radius The radius of the fillet curve at thebase of the gear tooth.

Length of action The distance on an involute line ofaction through which the point ofcontact moves during the actionof the tooth profiles.


T47

Standard Gears


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

Indicator limits The size band of manufacture for thegear measured radially from the PCD.

Module The size of the tooth expressed in(M) mm of pitch diameter.

Number of teeth Number of teeth on the gear.(N)

Outside diameter The diameter over the tops of the OD = PCD + (2M)(OD) teeth.

Pitch circle An imaginary circle whose diameter is PCD = (N+2K)·Mdiameter formed by meshing gears so that the Note: for unmodified gears(PCD) circles actually touch each other, as if K=0

gears were driven purely by the frictionof the circles.

Pressure angle The angle between a line tangential to Standard = 20º(PA) the pitch circles and a line perpendicular

to the tooth profiles at the point of contact.(Equal to the side angle of the basic rackfor standard gears).

Root diameter The diameter of the base of the teeth. RD = OD (2H)(RD)

Total composite The total error in the gear measured by theerror dual flank gear test. TTCE and pitch line(TCE) runout are included.

Tooth to tooth The change in error of each tooth oncomposite error the gear measured by the dual flank(TTCE) tester.

Undercut The loss of profile in the vicinity of the Nmin = 2 involute start at the base circle due to Sin2 PAtool cutter action generating gears withlow tooth numbers.(Nmin = minimum teeth for no undercut)

Whole depth The total depth of a tooth space. H = A + D(H)

Working depth The depth of engagement between WD = 2A(WD) mating gear teeth.

Note: for imperial gears to BS 978 Part 1, Equivalent Module = 25.4DP



TechnicalInform

ation

GEARS WITH SMALL NUMBER OF TEETH

Unless otherwise requested, all gears in this catalogue having 16 teeth or fewer will be enlarged byapplying addendum modification in accordance with BS4582 Part 1 (metric) as shown in the tablebelow. These gears are indicated (†) against the appropriate tooth numbers on the product pages.

A small amount of backlash will be introduced between corrected pinions and mating gears when themodification sum is other than zero and the nominal centre distance is adjusted only by an amountequal to the modification sum.

For minimum backlash it will be necessary to either reduce the centre distance further, or to apply asecondary correction to the pinion or wheel. See the above B.S specification for details.

Example (Module)Find P.C.D. and O.D. of enlarged gear having 13 teeth, 0.6 module

P.C.D. =13.4794 (from table) x 0.6 module =8.088 mm(Standard P.C.D. would be 13 x 0.6 =7.800 mm)

Similarly,O.D. =15.4794 (from table) x 0.6 module = 9.288 mm(Standard O.D. would be 7.8 + (2 x 0.6) = 9.00 mm)

Note:For Imperial (diametral pitch) gears, divide the PCD or OD value in the table by the diametral pitch.The answer will be in inches.

X = Uncorrected PCDY = Corrected PCD

Data for Addendum Modified Gears of Unit Module and Unit DPNo. of Teeth Addendum

ModificationEnlarged

PCDEnlarged OD

(PCD+2)10111213141516

0.41510.35660.29820.23970.18120.12270.0642

10.830211.713212.596413.479414.362415.245416.1284

12.830213.713214.596415.479416.362417.245418.1284


T49

Standard Gears


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

ENGINEERING DATA

For instrumentation Reliance normally recommend stainless steel pinions mating with aluminium alloygears. Generally the pinion is subjected to most wear since it experiences a higher number of stresscycles than the wheel. This combination of materials tends to balance the wear between the pinionand the gear.

1. Gear MaterialsStainless steelThe 300 series stainless steels are used for gears when maximum corrosion resistance is required.They are ‘true’ stainless steels containing 18% chromium and 8% nickel.

Gears made from 303 stainless steel are essentially nonmagnetic and cannot be hardened by heattreatment. They are recommended for low torque applications as their mechanical properties andresistance are low.

Hardened stainless steel174PH is a precipitation hardening stainless steel that offers a remarkable combination of highstrength and hardness. Its high chromium content (1517.5%) makes it an excellent material forarduous environments.

Aluminium alloyGears made from aluminium alloy are widely used in measuring applications. Its light weight offersreduced inertia. The inertia of an aluminium alloy gear is approximately 35% that of a steel gear. Inparticular, aluminium alloy L168 offers excellent corrosion resistance when anodised, moderatelygood mechanical properties and good stability.

Phosphor bronzeAs a gear material phosphor bronze has a fine grain and good resistance to tooth sliding wear henceits use as a worm wheel material.

2. InstallationGears in this catalogue are designed to be a slide fit on the shafts. The gears are available with fourfixing methods: standard clamp, pins, set screws and ReliaGrip™ clamp.

Traditional clamp hub style gears have a gear hub with a relatively thin wall partially split. The clampis a close fit on the hub and is compressed when the clamp screw is tightened. Clamping gears ontothe shaft offers extremely easy assembly with the best assembled accuracy. However, as thefastening depends upon friction it can only be used in low torque applications.

Pin type gears are supplied as standard with a set screw and a subdrilled hole. The set screw shouldbe used to position the gear on the shaft during the drilling and pinning operation and can beremoved once the gear is secure.

The subdrilled hole provides a lead in for the drilling operation. It is recommended that drilling andpinning is completed outside the gearbox and the gear is thoroughly cleaned afterwards.

In less critical applications the set screw may be used to retain the gear on the shaft. To avoiddamaging the shaft and to make removal of the gear easier the set screw should seat on a small flat,or dimple on the shaft.



TechnicalInform

ation

3. LubricationAll gears should be lubricated, but there are variations in degree.

Highly loaded precision gears should be in enclosed assemblies with complete lubrication to obtainthe best possible hydrodynamic film. The system can be splash, spray or force fed, depending on theapplication. Moderately loaded precision gears, such as fractional horsepower systems, should beenclosed with oil or grease lubrication which can be spread by splash or dip lubrication.

Lightly loaded gears in instrumentation systems only need to have a marginal boundary lubrication asprovided by periodically wiped on oils or grease. In many instances a light coat of Rocol MT LM orsimilar molybdenum disulphide grease will suffice for the life of the system. Antibacklash gearsshould not be directly lubricated except via a very light application on the mating pinion.

Negligibly loaded fine instrument gears only need a brushed on film of light oil as a simple means ofreducing friction.

4. SpeedThe maximum pitch line velocity for stainless steel meshing with aluminium alloy with boundarylubrication is approximately 5,300 mm/sec (for a pair of meshing actuation gears correctly lubricated,this rises to approximately 8,000 mm/sec). This represents 5,000 rpm on measurement gears of 20 mm diameter (and 7,500 rpm on actuation gears of 20 mm diameter).

For speeds in excess of this and other material combinations please consult Reliance technical sales.

5. Gear LoadingThe gears in this catalogue can be used for both feedback and actuation systems. The loads andmaterial selection will depend on the application. In general a feedback system is designed tomaintain accuracy and an actuation system is designed to transmit power.

5.1. Actuation GearsThe following analysis is intended to give a guide to the load capacity of a pair of spur gears. Tosimplify the calculations, a number of assumptions have been made. It must be noted that in manyapplications this will give a conservative estimate of the gear capacity, therefore, in criticalapplications an exact analysis must be completed.Please consult the relevant gear standards or Reliance Technical Sales.

The analysis is based on AGMA 2001B88 and assumes the following:

1. The gears are simply supported in rolling element bearings.2. Pinion revolutions >107.3. Gears are grease lubricated.4. Reliability of 1 failure in 100 is acceptable.5. Gear material is 174PH hardened.


T411

Standard Gears


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

The basic load capacity (Fb) of a pair of spur gears is defined as the maximum tangential force atwhich they can operate indefinitely.

Fb has two values: one calculated from tooth root strength (Fbs), and one for tooth flank pitting (Fbw).The useful or transmitted load capacity, Ft, is usually less than Fb due to transient or dynamic loadsgenerated within the mechanism.

For tooth root strength Fts = Fbs/Ka Ka & Ca = Application factorsFor tooth flank pitting (wear) Ftw = Fbw/Ca

Both calculations should be made and the lower value used.

The application factors Ka and Ca make allowance for any externally applied loads in excess of thenominal tangential force Fb and they are most accurately determined by direct measurement. Indetermining application factors, consideration should be given to the fact that many prime moversdevelop momentary peak torques appreciably greater than those determined by the nominal ratings ofeither the prime mover or the driven equipment. There are many possible sources of overload whichshould be considered including system vibrations, acceleration torques, overspeeds, variations insystem operation and changes in process load. Impact loads due to reversing across backlash can besignificant in servo systems.

As a general guide application factors for a motor gear system range from 1.0 for uniform loads up to1.75 where heavy shock loads are anticipated.

Fb = Basic load capacity (Fbs & Fbw)For strength Fbs = 177.7 x J x F x M x Kv [N] N = Number of teeth

J = Geometry factor, strengthI = Geometry factor, wear

For wear Fbw = 14.64 x N x I x F x M x Kv [N] F = Face width of smallest gearM = ModuleKv = Dynamic factor

(i) Number of teethThis is the number of teeth in the gear being analysed.

(ii) Geometry factors, I and JThese factors take account of the effect of tooth proportions on stress. The bending strengthgeometry factor, (J) takes account of the shape of the tooth. The wear resistance geometry factor, (I)takes account of the radii of curvature of the contacting tooth profiles. Please see the graphs on pageT413.

(iii) Face width, FThis is the face width of the smallest gear in mm. (Face width in contact).

(iv) Module, MThis is the gear module expressed as shown on the respective gear pages.

(v) Dynamic factor, KvThis accounts for internally generated gear tooth loads which are induced by the nonconjugatemeshing action of the gear teeth.



TechnicalInform

ation

Example calculation to find the theoretical load capacity of a 5:1 pass of 174PH spur gears asfollows:

Pinion P06S8B6F4A25Gear P06S8B8F6A125

Pinion speed is 500 rpm.

(i) Number of teeth from part number = 25

(ii) Geometry factors from graph

J = 0.37I = 0.118

(iii) Smallest gear face width from part number

F = 4

(iv) Gear module from part number

M = 0.6

(v) Dynamic factor from equation

For quality 10 gears onlyVt = Pitch line velocity (m/s)

Fbs = 177.7 x 0.37 x 4 x 0.6 x 0.96 = 151.5 N

Fbw = 14.64 x 25 x 0.118 x 4 x 0.6 x 0.96 = 99.5 N

For alternative materials the above values need to be modified as shown below:

Gear Material Modification FactorsMaterial Specification Strength Wear

Hardened stainless steelStainless steelStainless steel

Aluminium alloyBrass

174PH303S31316S31

L168CZ121

1.000.430.470.370.35

1.000.150.200.100.13


T413

Standard Gears


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

Example:If the gears in the example on the previous page were made from 303S31

Fbs = 151.5 x 0.43 = 65.1 NFbw = 99.5 x 0.15 = 14.9 N

The application factors should be applied after the reduction for material.

Geometry factor, Strength (J), 20º spur

Number of teeth in gear for which geometry factor is desired

0.55

0.50

0.45

0.40

0.35

0.30

0.25

0.20

12 15 17 20 24 30 35 40 45 50 60 80 125 275 1000

Geo

met

ry fa

ctor

(J

)

10001708550352517

Number of teeth inmating gear

Geometry factor, Wear (I), 20º spur

Geo

met

ry fa

ctor

(I)

0.160

0.140

0.120

0.100

0.080

0.0601 32 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Ratio

Np= 50 or more

Np= 30Np= 24

Np= 16

Np= Number ofteeth in the pinion.



TechnicalInform

ation

5.2. Instrumentation and Feedback SystemsGears and components designed for the precise transmission of angular position generally work atthe low torque levels normally associated with servo components such as synchros, resolvers, opticalencoders etc. Tooth loads of 1.2 N per mm face width should result in an adequate accurate life.Higher loads will tend to increase deflections of gear teeth, shafts, bearings etc, resulting in significantvalues of lost motion and a decrease in life.

Example: To find the maximum advisable torque on a gear 40 mm diameter x 3 mm face width.

Torque = force x radius = 1.2 x 3 x 0.04/2 = 0.072 Nm (10 oz.in.)

5.3. Antibacklash Gear Spring TensionIn order for antibacklash gears to function as antibacklash devices, it is necessary to ensure that thespring tension will provide sufficient torque to overcome the friction and acceleration torque in thesystem, ie the spring torque must be capable of driving/accelerating the gear train and any associatedcomponents.

The spring tension capability of antibacklash gears listed in this catalogue will adequately cope withthe low torques normally encountered.

As a general guide, torque settings on antibacklash gears of 1.059 to 1.765Ncm (1.5 to 2.5 oz.in.)will suffice in most applications. Ideally the spring torque should be set to the minimum at which theantibacklash gear performs satisfactorily, thus avoiding unnecessary high preload on the gear teethand premature wear.

6. Lost Motion and Backlash ControlThe following section deals with lost motion, which we know to be one of the basic problems indesigning fine pitch gear trains. The accepted definition of lost motion is the amount by which theoutput shaft may be turned without turning the input shaft.

It may be thought that lost motion is a function of the gear cutting operation alone, but, in fact theteeth of the gears may contribute very little to the overall lost motion value. A complete understandingof all the elements which induce lost motion is essential in order to achieve a well designed gear train.The following factors must be individually considered for their own contribution to overall lost motionin the gear train:

(a) Nominal centre distance.

(b) Centre distance tolerance.

(c) Size and tolerance of mating gears.

(d) Total composite error of gears.

(e) Fits between bores, shafts and bearings.

(f) Bearing accuracy (class).

(g) Radial play of bearings.

(h) Shaft straightness and alignment.

(i) Fits between electrical and/or mechanical component spigot diameters, and housing bores.

(j) Eccentricity and radial play of electrical and/or mechanical component shafts.

(k) Torsional elasticity.

(l) Differential expansion.


T415

Standard Gears


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

Each of the previous, except nominal centre distance, tend to induce a change in centre distancewhich will push together or pull apart the mating gears. This pushpull action produces two backlashvalues, minimum at the point of the tightest mesh, and maximum at the point of loosest mesh.

(a) Calculation of Nominal Centre Distance

Nominal centre distance can be considered as the starting point in the calculation of overall backlashvalues. Nominal centre distance is calculated by taking half the sum of the (theoretical) pitchdiameters of the mating gears.

(b) Centre Distance Tolerance

Centre distance tolerance is an extremely important area for consideration. Any increase in centredistance in excess of the nominal value will increase the backlash. A decrease in nominal centredistance will decrease the backlash. In this case caution must be exercised to avoid interferencebetween mating gears as a result of this decrease.

The relationship between centre distance change to backlash for 20º PA spur gear is given by:

Note: Maximum Angular Backlash = Maximum Circumferential Backlash x 57.3 x 60(minutes of arc) Pitch Circle Radius

7. Gear ErrorThe error function of a gear is approximately sinusoidal and for practical considerations can beassumed to be so. The first derivative of the time displacement curve yields the velocity function,therefore, the output velocity variable will also be an approximate sinusoid but the maximum velocityerror will be displaced 90º from the maximum position error.

In summation, pitch circle runout will cause a sinusoidal error which is revealed as an outputtransmission error when meshed with a mating gear. The magnitude is given by the followingexample:

In the example on page T416, if the small pinion were not a perfect gear its error would be seensuperimposed on the large gear error cycling at pinion frequency.



TechnicalInform

ation

8. Transmission Accuracy of Gear TrainsThe following section is based on work carried out by Reliance Gear Company (now known asReliance Precision Limited) to provide some guidance in the design of accurate data transmissiongearing.

The transmission error referred to by equations 1 and 2 below represent the maximum statistical pointto point error during a forward and reverse cycle of a single pass of quality 14 antibacklash gearingassembled in a data transmission gearbox.

For quality 10 or 12 gearing add 50% or 30% respectively to the error calculated for quality 14gearing.

For average transmission error substitute the numbers 3.25 and 83 in the equations for the numbers4.4 and 112 respectively.


T417

Standard Gears


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

Gear Type Condition Module (m) Backlash (mm)

Spur GearBrass/ Ground < 0.9 0.02 0.06

Brass 0.9 to 0.75 0.04 x m 0.10 x mGround 0.9 to 1.0 0.04 x m 0.08 x m

Bevel Gear pair Stainless steel or Brass < 0.9 0.02 0.080.9 to 1.5 0.05 0.12

Worm Gear pairCentres < 50 mm

Worm Stainless steelWorm wheel Brass ≤ 1.0 0.08 0.20

BACKLASH FOR STANDARD GEARS

The table below refers to the allowable backlash within the range of Spur, Bevel, and Worm gear pairswith a designated centre distance. The allowable backlash is necessary to absorb the deviations ofnoise and oscillation in order to maintain smooth operation.

Note. These figures apply to the standard gear range only.To convert Circumferential Backlash to Angular Backlash see page T415

Module 0.5

TYPICAL GROUND GEARS ALLOWABLE TRANSMISSION CAPACITY



TechnicalInform

ation

Module 0.8

Module 1.0


T419

Standard Gears


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

Ratio (R) No. of teeth on wormwheel (T)No. of starts on worm (t)

CentreDistance (CD)

Lead (L)

PCD worm PCD wheel2 2

The axial distance by whicha thread advances in onerevolution

= πx t x m

=

=

=

Axial module=

=

Where m

m

(metric)

(imperial)1

DP

Actual outside diameter of worm

Typical outside diameter of wormwheel

OD

ODw

ww

= P C D + ( 2 x m )

= P C D + ( 3 x m )

+

WORMS AND WHEELS FORMULAE

TechnicalInformation Racks and Pinions


TechnicalInform

ation

RACK MANUFACTURE

Reliance standard precision racks are produced by a thread grinding process, which generates teethof helicoidal form. This provides two distinct advantages: very good pitch accuracy and sufficienttolerance of meshing conditions (within 0.25º) to make high precision alignment of the pinionunnecessary.

This feature will be appreciated from the diagram below. Slight misalignment of the straighttoothpinion, in terms of deviation from a true rightangle between the axis and rack in either plane, resultsmerely in a change of position of the contact points across the face.

Points of contact.Standard pressure angle is 20º.25º pressure angle available onrequest.

RACK STANDARDS AND TOLERANCES

Reliance precision racks are offered in four basic grades of accuracy through most of the range,please see the individual product pages for details. Grade 4b has been introduced to offer a lowercost grade 4 where a single rack is to be used in a nonbutting application.The tooth form is generally in accordance with BS 4582 part 1. fig 1. for metric racks.

Rack Grade 5 4 4b 3 2 1

Max pitch error between any two pointsper 300 mm of rack 0.005 0.008 0.008 0.015 0.025 0.050

Max end to end pitch error up to 300 mm of track* ±0.004 ±0.004 ±0.008 ±0.008 ±0.013 ±0.025

Adjacent tooth error 0.0025 0.0025 0.0025 0.005 0.010 0.013

Pitch height variation +00.013

+00.013

+00.013

+00.013

+00.018

+00.025

* Applies pro rata to length >300 mm All dimensions in mm

Mesh geometry


T62

Racks and Pinions


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

ENGINEERING DATA

1. Linear SpeedLinear speeds of up to 10 m/s can be achieved with correctly installed rack and pinion systems. When specifying a system, care needs to be taken to ensure that the transducer count rates are notexceeded. With grease lubrication, care should be taken to ensure that the lubrication is not thrownoff the pinion

2. Load CapacityThe following analysis is intended to give a guide to the load capacity of a rack system. To simplifythe calculation a number of assumptions have to be made. In many applications this will give aconservative estimate of the gear capacity, therefore in critical applications an exact analysis must becompleted. Please consult the relevant gear standards or Reliance Technical Sales.The basic load capacity (Fb) of a rack and pinion is defined as the maximum linear force at which theycan operate indefinitely.Fb has two values: one calculated from tooth strength (Fbs) and one for tooth flank wear (Fbw). Theuseful or transmitted load capacity, Ft, is usually less than Fb due to transient or dynamic loadsgenerated within the mechanism.

For tooth root strength Fts = Fbs/Ka Ka&Ca = application factorsFor tooth flank pitting (wear) Ftw = Fbw/Ca

Both calculations should be made and the lower value used.The application factors Ka and Ca make allowance for any externally applied loads in excess of thenominal linear force Fb. These are most accurately determined by direct measurement. In determiningapplication factors, consideration should be given to the fact that many prime movers developmomentary peak torques appreciably greater than those determined by the nominal ratings of eitherthe prime mover or the driven equipment.There are many possible sources of overload which should be considered, including systemvibrations, acceleration torques, overspeeds, variations in system operation and changes in processload conditions. Impact loads due to reversing across backlash can be significant in servo systems.As a general guide application factors for a motor gear system range from 1.0 for uniform loads up to1.75 where heavy shock loads are anticipated.



TechnicalInform

ation

The previous graph has been calculated in accordance with AGMA 2001B88 for a life of at least 108

load cycles, and a rack hardness exceeding 50 HRc and pinion material 174PH. For alternativepitches and materials the graph values need to be modified as shown in the table below:

Example:A 40 tooth, 1 mm CP pinion material 316 meshing with rack of hardness <50 HRc.The application factors should be applied after the reduction for material and pitch.

Fbw = 175 x 0.10 =17.5 NFbs = 170 x 0.23 = 39.1 N

3. Bearing CapacityWhen linear bearings are used with the hardened round bar racks the capacity of the supportbearings needs to be considered. Where possible the bearings should be positioned with all the ballrows running on the rack shaft. However, it is important that the balls do not run on the edges of theteeth. If necessary the 5 and 6 row bearings can be used with 1 row above the teeth. In this scenario,the manufacturer’s ratings apply with a modification for the direction of the load application. Thefactors given in the following charts should be substituted for the bearing manufacturer’s loadreduction.

Pitch and Rack/Pinion Material Modification Factors

Rack Pinion Pitch (mm) Strength Wear

Hardened Round Rack(hardness>50 HRc)

174PH 1 0.50 0.50316 1 0.23 0.10

PEEK polymer 1 0.04 0.01

Rectangular Rack(hardness 3545 HRc)

174PH1 0.38 0.282 0.75 0.56

2.5 0.94 0.70

3161 0.23 0.102 0.47 0.20

2.5 0.59 0.25PEEK polymer 1 0.04 0.01

Tubular and RoundRack

174PH 1 0.23 0.10316 1 0.23 0.10

PEEK polymer 1 0.04 0.01


T64

Racks and Pinions


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

4. LubricationLubrication is not required when using PEEK polymer pinions. For other combinations unlubricatedsystems are not recommended. Measurement applications should use a very thin coat of light oil, inmany machine tool applications stray cutting oil is sufficient. Grease lubrication is recommended forhigher loads, but care should be taken to ensure the lubrication is not thrown off the pinion at speed.

INSTALLATION

The installation techniques differ according to the type of rack. All racks should be mounted with teethpointing downwards wherever possible so that dust etc cannot settle in them.

1. Soft Round and Tubular RackPlastic moulded bearings are recommended for use with soft round and tubular racks, these can befound in the Bearings and Spacers section of the Reliance catalogue. Round racks are notrecommended for multisection use.

2. Hardened Round RackBearings for the round bar rack should be fitted in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Itis important that the balls do not run on the edge of the teeth. Round racks are not recommended formultisection use.

3. Rectangular RackReliance rectangular section rack is manufactured to enable butting to form infinite lengths. Sockethead cap screws, plain washers and a thread locking adhesive are preferred for mounting. Dowelsare not recommended. The pitch line of the rack in its constrained position must be straight to obtainmaximum accuracy. To avoid distortion, racks should be screwed to a machined flat surface.

Closed bearing 5 rows of balls Closed bearing 6 rows of balls



TechnicalInform

ation

Pitch Line AlignmentThere are three methods of setting the pitch line at a joint. These are:i) Setting the base of the racks against an abutment perpendicular to the mounting face. The

misalignment is then governed by the rack pitch line to base tolerance.ii) Using the tops of the rack teeth as a reference. These are parallel to the pitch line within

0.008 mm. Use a short straight edge (eg. slip block) as shown below.iii) The best measurement of the pitch line is with the pinion installed on a flexplate. A dial indicator

fitted as shown gives a direct reading of the pitch line straightness.

Dial indicator carried with flexplate

1. Pitch line alignment2. Pitch adjustment and error

compensation

To align racks, two adjustments need to be made, pitch line alignment and pitch adjustment. The pitchline straightness is not critical (see drawing below) but steps at the joints should be avoided as theycan lead to excessive noise and wear.

1. Pinion clearance2. Clearance required if:

a) antibacklash pinions are usedb) full face of rack is to be used

3. Abutment4. Mounting face

The flexplate spring loads the pinion into mesh on both flanks of the teeth, ensuring completebacklash elimination.

Pitch line alignment using slip block

Machining requirements for rack location


T66

Racks and Pinions


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

RACK APPLICATIONS

Reliance precision racks are manufactured in both round and rectangular sections, and can be usedfor both measurement and actuation. In general the smaller pitches (1mm) are ideal formeasurement, as the smaller pinion diameter gives higher linear resolutions.The larger pitches (2 mm and 2.5 mm) allow a higher load capacity.

For most applications the rack can be used for both the feedback and the actuation. In very preciseapplications we recommend that an unused section of the actuation rack is used for feedback.Alternatively a separate rack can be used.

All Reliance racks are calibrated to measure correct at 20ºC using a temperature compensated laser.Calibration graphs can be supplied if required.

RACK ACTUATOR

Information about the Racktuator™ is provided on page T29.

Pitch Adjustment and Error CorrectionPitch accuracy can be obtained by one of three methods depending upon accuracy required.

GRADE 1 (and for the initial setting of all grades)For pitch accuracy across the joint of ±0.020 mm the Rack Setting Piece is the simplest method.

GRADE 2, 3 or 4After initial setting and with the measuring system functioning, length bars may be used asreferences. Checks made against these allow adjustment to be made within the system resolution.

GRADE 3, 4 or 5After initial setting and with the measuring system functioning, comparison should be made with alaser measuring system. This allows pitch adjustment and machine error compensation within thesystem resolution over the full travel of the axis.

TechnicalInformation Leadscrew and Nut Assemblies


TechnicalInform

ation

FEATURES

Reliance’s precision leadscrew assemblies are designed specifically for motion control applicationswhere accuracy must be maintained. Rather than being adaptations of general purpose screws ornuts they have a precision rolled screw thread which has been designed for maximum life and quietoperation.

A further enhancement available on stainless steel leadscrews up to 2.4 metres long is a speciallyformulated TFE coating which can extend normal nut life by up to 300%.

Innovative antibacklash nut designs provide assemblies which are wear compensating with lowfrictional drag torques and excellent positional repeatability.

Reliance stainless steel leadscrews offer the following:

1. High AccuracyPrecision thread rolling process provides a standard lead accuracy of 0.0006 mm/mm. Higheraccuracies up to 0.0001 mm/mm can be provided.The unloaded repeatability of antibacklash assemblies is within 0.0013 mm.

2. Long LifeMore than 7.5 million metres of travel can be expected.

3. Low Drag TorqueAn antibacklash nut design which does not require high spring forces to maintain bidirectional antibacklash characteristics gives very low nut to screw friction.

4. Low MaintenanceSelf lubricating and wear compensating nuts eliminate the need for repeated lubrication oradjustment.

5. Wide RangeDiameters from 3.2 mm to 24 mm.Leads from 0.30 mm to 92 mm.Lengths up to 4 metre.

6. Custom Thread DesignUnique thread form designed specifically for leadscrews in antibacklash applications.

7. Smooth Quiet OperationNo recirculating ball noise or metal to metal contact.

8. Lower CostLess than comparable ball screws or ground leadscrews, while still providing high accuracy and longlife.

9. ModificationsSpecial leadscrew ends and other leads are available on the stainless steel leadscrew range inselected sizes. Please contact Reliance Technical Sales or refer to the leadscrews modificationsection of this brochure.


T72



Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

ENGINEERING DATA

1. LeadThe lead of the screw is the amount of linear movement of the nut for one revolution of the leadscrew.

2. Drive TorqueThe required motor torque to drive a leadscrew assembly is the sum of three components: inertialtorque, static friction torque and torque to move the load. Additional torque associated with drivingand supporting the leadscrew must also be considered.

Inertial torque: T = lα l = Inertia of leadscrew (kgm2)α = Angular acceleration (rads/s2)

Static friction torque: Antibacklash leadscrews are typically supplied with a static frictional torque of 0.007 0.05 Nm. Higher preload forces lead to higher frictional drag torques but better antibacklash characteristics.

Torque to move load: The torque to move a certain load is a function of the lead and efficiency of the leadscrew assembly.

Torque = Load x Lead Torque = Newton metres2π x Efficiency Load = Newtons

Lead = Metres

(Note efficiency of 70% would require 0.7 in these equations)

4. BackdrivingIn general when the screw pitch is less than 1/3 its diameter and the screw is uncoated, backdrivingwill not occur. (Coated screws require to be 1/4 diameter). For higher leads where backdriving islikely, the torque required for holding a load is as follows:

Backdrive torque = Load x Lead x Efficiency Torque = Newton metres2π Load = Newtons

Lead = Metres

Small vibrations in the system may break the static friction initiating backdriving, therefore, for smallcritical applications use smaller lead or an external locking device.

5. Traverse SpeedThe polyacetal nut materials provide long wearlife over a wide variety of conditions, but very highloads and/or high speeds will accelerate nut wear. We recommend the following maximum lineartraversing speeds for optimum life:

Lead Maximum traverse speed2.5 mm 12 mm 100 mm/sec12 mm 25 mm 250 mm/sec25 mm 60 mm 760 mm/sec



TechnicalInform

ation

6. Critical SpeedThis is the rotational speed at which a leadscrew will experience vibration or other dynamic problems.See the critical speed chart below to determine if the application parameters result in speedsapproaching critical.To minimise critical speed problems use a longer lead, choose a larger diameter screw or increasethe bearing mount support.

7. Maximum LoadAlthough the leadscrew assemblies are able to withstand relatively high loads without catastrophicfailure, these units have been designed to operate with the loads shown on the product pages.

8. EfficiencyThe efficiency of a leadscrew varies with the lead angle of the screw. The theoretical maximumefficiencies of all our leadscrews are given in the part number tables on the product pages. Thesehave been calculated using the static coefficient of friction 0.08. For applications where the dynamicefficiency is critical please contact Reliance Technical Sales.

9. Leadscrew InertiaValues of leadscrew inertia are given in the Typical Mechanical Properties chart on the next page.

10. Screw StraightnessTypical screw straightness is 0.25 mm/metre.

11. Leadscrew InterfacingExamples of machined end options can be found on pages 727 to 735.


T74



Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

Physical PropertiesLeadscrew Nuts Assembly

Material SurfaceFinish Material Tensile

StrengthOperating

Temp. RangeCoefficient of Friction

Nut to Screw

Stainlesssteel

303 series

Better than0.4 µm

Polyacetal withlubricatingadditive

67 N/mm2

9,700 psi 0 93°C

Static = 0.08 0.08#Dynamic = 0.15 0.09#

# with TFE coating

Typical Mechanical PropertiesLeadscrew

SeriesStatic Frictional

Drag Torque(Nm)

Screw Inertia

kg m2/m

Antibacklash Life +

Plain Screw TFE Coated Screw

LPX6LPX10LPX11LPX13LPX16LPX19LPX22LPX24

Freewheeling

8.340x107

4.170x106

9.730x106

1.446x105

3.948x105

8.479x105

1.612x104

2.030x104

N/ATypical Backlash0.0760.25 mm

N/ATypical Backlash0.0760.25 mm

LNTG6 LNTG8

LNTG10

0.0040.010.010.020.010.02

8.340x107

1.390x106

4.170x106

0.12 0.25 millionmetres


LAB6LAB10LAB11LAB13LAB16LAB19LAB22LAB24

0.0040.010.010.020.0150.030.0150.030.020.050.030.0630.030.0630.030.063

8.340x107

4.170x106

9.730x106

1.446x105

3.948x105

8.479x105

1.612x104

2.030x104



LAF6LAF8

LAF10LAF11LAF13LAF16

0.0040.020.010.030.010.030.0150.040.020.050.030.055

8.340x107

1.390x106

4.170x106

9.730x106

1.446x105

3.948x105



LAK8LAK10

0.010.020.010.02

1.390x106

4.170x1062.0 2.5 million

metres4.5 5.8 million

metresLWD6LWD8

LWD10LWD11LWD13

0.03 max0.04 max0.04 max 0.06 max0.06 max

8.340x107

1.390x106

4.170x106

9.730x106

1.446x105





TechnicalInform

ation

+ Life will vary with loading, operating environment and duty cycle.Longer screw leads generally give longer life.

TFE COATED LEADSCREW ASSEMBLIESThe TFE coating is designed to supply a more even distribution of lubricant than is normally achievedwhen using standard self lubricating plastics on steel. The entire screw surface is coated which givesan extremely even lubrication distribution and an expected increase in normal nut life of up to 300%.Lubrication to the screw/nut interface occurs by the nut picking up TFE particles from the coating aswell as from migration of the internal lubricant from within the plastic nut.

Although care should be taken to ensure that chips and voids do not occur in the coating, small voidshave been shown to have little effect on the system performance. The lubricant, although solid, hassome of the “spreading” ability of fluid lubricants. When machining for bearing ends, soft fixtures arerecommended.

TFE coated screws provide the maximum level of selflubrication and should not be additionallylubricated or used in environments where oils or other lubricant contamination is possible.

Typical Mechanical Properties (continued)Leadscrew

SeriesStatic Frictional

Drag Torque(Nm)

Screw Inertia

Kg m2/m

Antibacklash Life +

Plain Screw TFE Coated Screw

LNTB6LNTB8

LNTB10LNTB11LNTB13LNTB16LNTB19LNTB22LNTB24

0.0040.010.010.020.010.020.010.020.0150.040.0150.040.020.050.030.060.030.06

8.340x107

1.390x106

4.170x106

9.730x106

1.446x105

3.948x105

8.479x105

1.612x104

2.030x104



LCM6LCM8

LCM10

0.030.040.04

8.340x107

1.390x106

4.170x106



LAX13LAX16

0.0150.040.0150.04

1.446x105

3.948x1055.0 5.7 million

metres7.6 8.8 million

metres


T81

Couplings


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

TORSIONAL STIFFNESS

This is the characteristic that describes theangular deflection when a torque is applied. Hightorsional stiffness contributes to increasedaccuracy and system response. It is essential foraccurate feedback applications.Applications that are subject to shock loads mayrequire a less stiff coupling to reduce the peaktorques and avoid premature failure or slippingclamps.

RADIAL COMPLIANCE

This is the characteristic that describes the forcethe coupling applies on the support bearings whenthe shafts are misaligned. High radial complianceis essential to provide low bearing loads.

TORQUE CAPACITY

In general, the rated torque figures are based on>106 torque reversals and the peak torque shouldnot be applied for more than 1% of the duty cycle.

Test samples are standard productswith a nominal O.D of 20 mm

Torque (mNm)

Tors

iona

l Erro

r (m

inut

es o

f arc

)Fo

rce

(N)

Parallel Offset (mm)

Test samples are standard productswith a nominal O.D of 20 mm

Angular CombinedAxialParallel

SHAFT MISALIGNMENT

The most common type of misalignment is a combination of angular, parallel and axial misalignmentand occurs due to the buildup of tolerances as associated parts are assembled together. As theseaccumulate randomly, worstcase misalignment should be calculated and used to select the correctcoupling to avoid premature failure.

TechnicalInformation Couplings


TechnicalInform

ation

TRANSMISSION ERROR

Often referred to as kinematic error, this is the total error in the driven shaft position with regardto thedriving shaft position. In a system the following factors must be individually considered to determinetheir overall effect.

a. Backlash ........................................................ internal clearance relatedb. Torsional wind up .......................................... torsional stiffness relatedc. Velocity error .................................................. coupling design related

a. BacklashIs the amount of free rotational movement inherent in the coupling under zero or near zero torsionalloads. Only the Oldham coupling type in this catalogue is susceptible to slight backlash.

b. Torsional Wind UpIn applications where the resistance is frictional, the driven shaft will experience a position lag, whichwill double with direction reversal, proportional to the torsional stiffness.

During operating mode, the inertia and the torque will cause a momentary lag but this will not be seenat standstill.

c. Velocity ErrorIn general, couplings with double flexing elements (ReliaFlex®, Bellows and Twin disc couplings) willintroduce negligible velocity errors.

Velocity errors occur with angular misalignment and are proportional to shaft angle.Only the Oldham coupling type in this catalogue is susceptible to this error.

LUBRICATION

This is not required on any of the couplings in this catalogue.

FLOATING SHAFTS

We do not recommend the use of couplings in this catalogue for floating shafts, where one or bothends of a shaft are supported by a coupling.

Fixed shaft, supportedin 2 bearings.

Floating shaft, relies on thecoupling to support one end.WARNING: This arrangement isnot recommended.


T83

Couplings


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

TORSIONAL RESONANCE

The torsional natural frequencies of a system are dependent on the mass/elastic characteristics of thevarious inertias and connecting shafts. Torsional resonance can occur under certain conditions whenthe natural frequency of the system is close to the excitation frequency of the driving system. It ismost likely to occur when the load is predominantly inertial and can occur in closed loop position orvelocity control systems, leading to torsional vibrations which in severe circumstances can destroy thecoupling.

Choosing a coupling that operates well above or well below the operating frequencies can help toavoid premature failure.

The resonant frequency of a system can be calculated from the following:

where FR = Resonant frequency (Hz)JM = Motor inertia (Kgm2)JL = Load inertia (Kgm2)CT = Coupling torsional stiffness (mNm/min)

RELIAFLEX® INSTALLATION

Couplings are available with either clamp or set screw mounting. Clamp fastening, both ReliaGrip™and traditional, allows repeated repositioning of the coupling on the shaft leaving the shaft unmarked.The effectiveness of the clamp is dependent on the diameter being a 'close' fit in the coupling bore.Use of Reliance components will ensure that the clamp works correctly.

Set screws provide an effective but nonadjustable means of connecting couplings and shafts. Ideallythe shafts should have a small flat in the area of the screw, which allows the set screw to seat belowthe surface of the shaft.

OLDHAM COUPLING, SOLID COUPLING AND COLLAR INSTALLATION

Oldham CouplingsEnsure that the misalignment between shafts is within the coupling's ratings. Slide a hub onto eachshaft to be joined with the drive tenons facing each other. Rotate the hubs on the shaft so the drivetenons are located 90° from each other. Place a torque disc so one groove fits over the drive tenonsof a hub and centre the disc by hand.

Insert a shim with the thickness of the coupling's axial motion rating into the groove of the torque disc.Slide the tenons of the second hub into the mating groove in the disc until it touches the shim stock.

Fully tighten the screw(s) on each hub to their recommended seating torque. Remove the shim stockto leave a small gap between the top of the drive tenons and the torque disc to allow for axialmovement.

TechnicalInformation Couplings


TechnicalInform

ation

Solid CouplingsAlign the coupling on the two shafts to be connected. Tighten the Nypatch® clamp screws in twostages. Starting with the inside screws, tighten to half of the recommended seating torque. Repeat forthe outside screws, again tightening to half of the recommended seating torque (on twopiece collarsbe sure to maintain the gap between the two halves of the coupling during installation). Tightenscrews to the full recommended seating torque following the same pattern, beginning with the insidescrews.

CollarsUse collars as they are received. Wipe the bore clean and apply a thin coat of light oil to the shaft. Place collar in desired location onshaft and tighten the collar until a slight resistance is felt (on twopiece collars be sure to maintain thegap between the two halves of the collar during installation). Bring collar into final position and tightenscrews to the full recommended seating torque.


T91



Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

FEATURES

The Reliance range of precision slides includes both ball and crossed roller units. Load capacitiesfrom 1.5 to 12580 N are available. Ballslides are available in both stainless steel and aluminium.Crossed roller slides are available in aluminium only.These units offer the designer:

• Preassembled units allowing quick and simple assembly.• Factory set preload to prevent side play and backlash and to control friction.• Low particle production for use in clean/medical environments.• Low inertia and light weight allowing low powered rapid traverse.• High straight line accuracy of 0.0001 mm per mm travel.

1. BallslidesManufactured from aluminium, these slide units offer ultra low friction, high load capacity and long life.The base and slide are ready machined for mounting. Modifications may be made to suit specialrequirements. Complete special slides can also be supplied. Please contact us.

2. Crossed Roller SlidesWhen compared to ballslides these units offer equal size but higher load capacity and accuracy. Theyare also able to operate with high cycling rates and higher shock or cantilevered loads.

3. Rack Driven Ball SlidesThe addition of a small high precision rack along the side of a ballslide offers the option either todrive, measure position, or both, at very high speeds and loads.

ENGINEERING DATA

For the highest accuracy, the load should be centred over the table or bed, allowing enough additionallength to avoid reaching the maximum stroke length. To achieve the expected accuracy and life, themating surfaces used to mount the slide should be flat. In extreme circumstances ‘potting’ of the basemay be required.

Please refer to the product dimensions when selecting the fixings to avoid contact between screwsand moving slide sections.

1. Vertical ApplicationsWhen using ball or crossed roller type slides in vertical applications, the position and manner of theload, and the effects of gravity should be given extra consideration. Limiting the travel with positivestops also extends life instead of relying on the ball or roller retainer to act as a stop.

2. Service LifeThe theoretical service life of a slide based on L10 life is as follows:

Ballslides Crossed roller slides

L10 = (C/P)3 x 50x103 L10 = (C/P)10/3 x 50x103

Where : L10 = Life at 90% reliability (m)C = Dynamic load rating (N)P = Calculated load (N)

TechnicalInformation Linear Guides and Slides


TechnicalInform

ation

3. LubricationAll types of slides can use similar lubricants but require them under different conditions.

Recommended Lubricants General ApplicationHigh quality turbine oilLithium soap based grease (NLGI No. 2)

Clean EnvironmentsKluber Isoflex Topas NCA 52

4. Temperature LimitsThe maximum temperature is limited to 65ºC (150ºF) by the rolling element retainers. Hightemperature retainers can be supplied to operate up to 100ºC (212ºF) and although the slides canoperate at higher temperatures this will reduce their life. Please contact us for further details.

MINIATURE STROKE SLIDES

1. Rating Life Calculation and Short Stroke Factor Diagram

2. Rating Life LThe rating life of the RST miniature stroke slide series can be calculated by using the formulae above,in accordance with ISO 147281.

3. LubricationThe lubrication of the RST miniature stroke slide series can be fullfilled by directly adding the lubricantonto the raceway of the rail.


T93



Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

MINIATURE LINEAR GUIDES

1. Rail ButtJointingWhen a longer rail is required than the maximum standard length available, two or more rails can bebuttjointed to create the desired length. When ordering add a J to the end of the part number.

To ensure that the rails are mounted in an accurate and consistent manner they will be marked up asa matching pair when manufactured. The marking system for a rail that has has been ordered as a Jto be buttjointed is shown below, where matching pairs have the same marking.

2. AccuracyMiniature Linear Guides are available in three accuracy grades P, H and N.

Accuracyclasses (µm)

PrecisionP

HighH

NormalN

Tolerance of dimension height H H ± 10 ± 20 ± 40

Variation of height for different runnerblock on the same position of rail H 7 15 25

Tolerance of dimension width W W2 ± 15 ± 25 ± 40

Variation of width for different runnerblock on the same position of rail

W2 10 20 30

TechnicalInformation Linear Guides and Slides


TechnicalInform

ation

3. SpeedFor the SS/ZZ variant:

Maximum speed: vmax = 3 m/sMaximum acceleration: amax = 250 m/s2 (If preload V0, maximum acceleration is 40 m/s2)

For the EE/EU/UZ variant:Maximum speed: vmax = >5 m/sMaximum acceleration: amax = 300 m/s2 (If preload V0, maximum acceleration is 60 m/s2)

4. PreloadMiniature Linear Guides are available in three different grades of preload V0, VS and V1. Theamount of preload can enhance stiffness, precision and torsional resistance but affects life andfriction.

5. Operating TemperatureMiniature Linear Guides can operate in temperatures ranging from 40°C to +80°C. Temperatures of100°C can be reached for short term operation.

PreloadType

ModelCode

Clearance (µm) Application3 5 7 9 12 15

Clearance V0 +3 to 0 +3 to 0 +4 to 0 +4 to 0 +5 to 0 +6 to 0 Very smooth

Standard VS +1 to 0 +1 to 0 +2 to 0 +2 to 0 +2 to 0 +3 to 0 SmoothPrecision

Light Preload V1 0 to 0.5 0 to 1 0 to 3 0 to 4 0 to 5 0 to 6

High rigidityMinimal vibrationHigh precisionLoad balance

N

H

P

00

100 200 300 400 1000900800700600500

5

10

10

20

25

Rail length (mm)

Run

ning

Acc

urac

y (µ

m)


T101

Belts and Pulleys


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

INTRODUCTION

Timing belts are endless toothed belt systems available in 2.5 mm and 5 mm pitch; intended forapplications requiring a level of power transmission.

ENGINEERING DATA

1. Belt and Chain LengthKnowing the centre distance, the belt length can be calculated from the following:

[mm]

[mm]

a = Centre distanceLB = Belt lengthd1 = Pitch diameter small pulleyZ1 = No of teeth, small pulleyZB = No of teeth in belt

t = Belt pitchd2 = Pitch circle diameter large pulleyZ2 = No of teeth, large pulleyZe = No of teeth in mesh

t

LB,ZBd1

Z2d2

Z1

a

(approximate formula)

TechnicalInformation Belts and Pulleys


TechnicalInform

ation

2. Centre Distance CalculationKnowing the belt length, the centre distance can be calculated from the following;

3. Design GuidelinesTiming belt efficiency ranges from 95 to 98%, better than flat vee belts which rely on friction totransmit power. The 2.5 mm and 5 mm pitch timing belts are manufactured in wear resistantpolyurethane with high grade steel wire tension members, therefore any elongation due to load andpretension will follow Hookes’ law. The manufacturing process for these timing belts produces the‘classical’ trapeziodal tooth form to close tolerances. This ensures an even distribution of load duringuse and the transmission of high torques. These belts are suitable for indexing, positioning andconveying drives.

It is possible to design drives with fixed centres but generally the drive centres should be adjustableor have idler pulleys. This is particularly important in multishaft or high power drives. The idler pulleysshould be fitted to the slack side of the drive and must not be spring loaded. Timing belt drives do notrequire as much tension as other belt drives which depend on friction to transmit load. The belt shouldbe installed with a snug fit, neither taut nor loose. As a general guide the correct level of tension canbe determined by measuring the force necessary to deflect the belt an amount equal to 1/64th of thespan centres “a”. Values for the measuring force recorded on a spring balance applied midspanshould be within 20% of the values shown below.

2.5 mm 0.07kg 5 mm 0.30kg

The belts must be rigidly mounted. Variation in centre distance can lead to premature wear. The beltand pulley system must be assembled loose to prevent over stretching. The belts are guided on thepulleys by flanges. One pulley should be flanged on both sides, or two alternative flanges provided,one on each pulley. For drives with vertical shafts, both pulleys should be flanged on both sides.

For a belt to transmit full power, a minimum of 6 teeth must be in mesh on each pulley.The number of teeth in mesh can be determined from the following formula:

To minimise belt fatigue, pulleys with a minimum of 20 teeth are recommended. As a general guidelarger pulleys reduce the amount of belt flexing and therefore improve belt life.

Number of teeth in meshcalculation is always basedon the smallest pulley.

arc cosZe180

[mm]

[mm]

(approximate formula)

[mm] [mm]


T121

Bearings and Spacers


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

SPECIFICATION

The first step in choosing the correct bearing for an application is to determine the forces which it willsupport in service. The forces will depend on the exact configuration of the system and will probablyinclude some, or all, of the following:

• The weight of the shaft, including gears and other shaft attachments.• Gear mesh reaction forces, due to torque transmission (see below).• Gear separation due to antibacklash forces.• Forces due to belt or pulley tensions.• Axial preload forces.

GEAR MESH REACTIONS

In order to calculate the loads which will be applied to the bearings in the simply supported spur gearpass arrangement shown on the next page, it is first necessary to calculate the forces at the gearmesh.

The tangential force at the gear mesh can be calculated from the following equation:

where T = Torqueand r = Radius

and the separating force at the gear mesh can be calculated from:

Wr' = Wt tanφt where φt = transverse pressure angle= normal pressure angle for spur gears= 20º for our standard gears

(for 20º pressure angle spur gear)

If required, the total radial load at the gear mesh can be calculated from the final equation:

Bearing loads

PositionForces At These Positions

Tangential Force Separating Force Total Radial Load

Gear Mesh

Bearing A

Bearing B

Bearing C

Bearing D

Wt = T/r

Wr' = 0.364Wt

Wr = (Wt)2 + (Wr')2

TechnicalInformation Bearings and Spacers


TechnicalInform

ation

Bearing loads and gear mesh forces diagram

For bearing life calculations based on these radial loads see page T123.

Note These equations can only be used for spur gear calculations, because they are not affected byselfgenerated axial forces.


T123

Bearings and Spacers


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

Radial load on bearing


1. Radial Shaft Load Between Two Bearings Loads are in constant units

FORCE SHARING

To determine how the forces are shared between a pair of bearings, use the equations below forthese two most frequently occurring configurations:

2. Overhung Radial Load



The individual bearing loads can then be used to predict the bearing life.

BEARING LIFE

The life of a bearing is defined as the length of time a bearing will operate satisfactorily in theapplication at its operating speed under applied load. Life predictions depend on a careful definition offailure criteria and consideration of operating environment, mounting practice, lubrication, operatingspeed and loading. As a guide, the relationship between actual applied load and bearing fatigue life isgiven below:

= Rated life in hoursN = Speed in rpmP = Bearing load (e.g. N)C = Bearing capacity (e.g. N)

TechnicalInformation Bearings and Spacers


TechnicalInform

ation

INSTALLATION AND HOUSING CONSIDERATIONS

The installation of a bearing will usually be determined by how it fits with its mating components.Interference or transition fits provide the most positive location of the bearing, however, they willrequire pressing during installation. Clearance fits allow the bearing to be assembled very easily, butcould potentially lead to problems depending on the operating conditions. If a press fit is required, it isessential that no appreciable force is transferred through the rolling elements of the bearing duringinstallation.

Special care must be taken when using bearings in aluminium housings, especially when widetemperature variations are expected. It is possible for the contraction of the housing to squash thebearing raceway and remove the radial clearance required for the bearing to operate.

Potential problems with clearance fits:Fretting Wearing away of the surface due to rubbing of the components.Accuracy Accuracy can be compromised due to unpredictable movement.

Potential problems with interference fits:Assembly Can be difficult or impossible without damaging the bearing.Radial clearance Can be reduced if the interference is too great.


T131

Hardware


Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

Thread Pitch Internal/External

Tol. Class

Major Diameter Pitch Diameter Minor Diameter

max tol min max tol min max tol min

M1.6 0.356g (screw) 1.581 0.085 1.496 1.354 0.063 1.291 1.0756H (nut) 1.600 1.458 0.085 1.373 1.321 0.100 1.221

M2 0.406g 1.981 0.095 1.886 1.721 0.067 1.654 1.4086H 2.000 1.830 0.090 1.740 1.679 0.112 1.567

M2.5 0.456g 2.480 0.100 2.380 2.188 0.071 2.117 1.8396H 2.500 2.303 0.095 2.208 2.138 0.125 2.013

M3 0.506g 2.980 0.106 2.874 2.655 0.075 2.580 2.2726H 3.000 2.775 0.100 2.675 2.599 0.140 2.459

M4 0.706g 3.978 0.140 3.838 3.523 0.090 3.433 3.0026H 4.000 3.663 0.118 3.545 3.422 0.180 3.242

M5 0.806g 4.976 0.150 4.826 4.456 0.095 4.361 3.8686H 5.000 4.605 0.125 4.480 4.334 0.200 4.134

M6 1.006g 5.974 0.180 5.794 5.324 0.112 5.212 4.5976H 6.000 5.500 0.150 5.350 5.153 0.236 4.917

M8 1.256g 7.972 0.212 7.760 7.160 0.118 7.042 6.2726H 8.000 7.348 0.160 7.188 6.912 0.265 6.647

M10 1.506g 9.968 0.236 9.732 8.994 0.132 8.862 7.9386H 10.000 9.206 0.180 9.026 8.676 0.300 8.376

Reference: BS3643 Pt 2, 2007.

ISO METRIC SCREW THREADS: LIMITS AND TOLERANCES

TORQUE AND TENSION GUIDELINES

The usual method for specifying and measuring fastener installation is tightening torque, as this isrelatively easy to measure with a torque wrench. Unfortunately, a torque wrench does not give anaccurate indication of bolt tension because it does not take friction into account. The friction isdependent on the bolt, nut and washer materials, surface smoothness, machining accuracy, degree oflubrication (including uncured retaining products) and the number of times a fastener has beeninstalled. The torque values provided for the screws in the table below are, therefore, to be used onlyas a guide, the friction factors mentioned should be considered for each application.

Aluminium structural components assumed,as this is typical of the applications for whichthe Reliance standard products range isdesigned for.

ScrewSize

Tightening Torquefor 700 MPa Socket

Head Cap Screw(Nm)

Tightening Torquefor Stainless Steel

Set Screws(Nm)

M1.6 0.13 0.05M2 0.26 0.05

M2.5 0.52 0.18M3 0.92 0.32M4 2.10 0.75M5 4.20 1.50

TechnicalInformation Hardware


TechnicalInform

ation

Reliance Precision screws are manufactured from the materials listed below. Where the productmaterial is specified, we reserve the right to change the actual material to an equivalent specificationwithout notice depending on availability.

General Properties of Austenitic Stainless Steels

• Excellent resistance to oxidation and corrosion.• Essentially nonmagnetic.• Cannot be hardened by heattreatment.• Work hardened very easily.• Relatively high coefficient of thermal expansion of 18 microns/metre/°C,

close to that of aluminium.

General Properties of Martensitic Stainless Steels

• Good resistance to oxidation and corrosion.• Magnetic.• Readily heat treatable to high strength condition.• Potential for tensile strengths > 1200 MPa.• Coefficient of thermal expansion of approximately 11 microns/metre/°C.

MaterialGrade

Treatment GrainStructure

Tensile StrengthMPa (min)

CorrosionResistance

A270 n/a Austenitic 700 Excellent

A470 n/a Austenitic 700 Excellent

303 n/a Austenitic 585 Excellent

416 Hardened to 26/32 HRc Martensitic 880 Good

RELIANCE STANDARD MATERIALS


T133Contact us for product information, design support and custom [email protected] +44 (0) 1484 601002 www.reliance.co.uk

Tech

nica

lIn

form

atio

n

App

endi

ces

and

Inde

x

15

Section Contents

Location Map..............................................................................Page A2

Online Store ..............................................................................Page A4

Conditions of Sale ....................................................................Page A5

International Sales Representatives ........................................Page A6

Index by Part Number ..............................................................Page A7

Index by Product ......................................................................Page A10

A2

Location Map


Appendicesand Index

NORTH & SOUTH APPROACHES

From the North: Junction 39 of M1 (Denby Dale turn off), follow the A636 for 3 miles and then turnright on to the A637 for 2 miles. At the next roundabout turn left on to the A642 to Huddersfield. After1 mile on the A642 turn left through the village of Lepton, to join the A629. Turn left and Reliance is100 yards on the left.

From the South: Juntion 38 of the M1, follow the A637 for 4.5 miles passing Yorkshire SculpturePark and straight accross at the second roundabout on to the A642 to Huddersfield.

or

Junction 35A M1, follow the A616 for 3 miles, turn off onto the A629 towards Huddersfield. Follow thisroad for approximately 15 miles, passing through Thurgoland, Ingbirchworth and Shepley. Reliance ison the right.

A3

Location Map


App

endi

ces

and

Inde

x

EAST & WEST APPROACHES

From the East: Junction 25 of M62, follow the A644 for 2 miles and turn right at the next roundabouton to the A62. Follow the A62 for 5 miles until it joins the Huddersfield ring road. Leave the ring roadfollowing the A629 for Sheffield (Sainburys supermarket on your left). Follow the A629 for 3.4 miles.Reliance is on the left.

From the West: Junction 23 of the M62 (or J25 and follow as above), follow the A640 for 3 miles toHuddersfield ring road. Turn right on to the ring road. Follow the ring road for approximately 3/4 milesignoring the signs for Sheffield (A616) and Manchester (A62) until you pass the University. Turn rightat the next roundabout onto the A629, sign posted to Sheffield and Wakefield. Follow the A629 for 3.4miles. Reliance is on the left.

Wakefield Station25 minutes by taxiHuddersfield Station20 minutes by taxi

Manchester Airport1 hour by roadLeeds/Bradford Airport1 hour by road

Public Transport

A4

Online Store


Appendicesand Index

Making a purchase onlineInformation about Reliance’s products and services areavailable on our website www.reliance.co.uk/shop. Many of ourcatalogue components are available to purchase onlineincluding:

• Gears• Couplings• Bearings and spacers• Screws and hardware• Belts and pulleys• Shafts and accessories

The online store is available to customers in the UK, Europe and the US and accepts payments insterling, euro and dollars, using a secure checkout.

Creating a custom gear onlineThe online custom gear builder gives simple, efficient access toa range of over 300,000 precision gears. Not only does it allowa customised gear to be purchased quickly but it also reducesthe risk of the wrong gear being selected. At the end of the online selection process all the required technical and commercialinformation is provided appropriate to the gear specification,including a 3D image, drawing, part description and itemnumber, together with the price and delivery lead time.

There are an extensive number of possible combinationsoffered, with a wide choice of gears and associated variables inspecification including choice of material, gear module, numberof teeth, bore diameter and face width. The online gear builder uses a filtering process to seamlesslyremove redundant options to enable a swift selection of the required gear. Selections can be amendedat any point simply by navigating backwards and forwards through the various steps.

3D models available to downloadA selection of 3D models is available to download directly fromthe online store, alternatively please contact us and our salesand applications engineering team will be happy to provide them.We are able to provide Step and IGES models.

A5

Conditions of Sale


App

endi

ces

and

Inde

x

In addition to these conditions of sale, our standard Conditions of Sale also apply. A copy of these isavailable on request and from our website www.reliance.co.uk/en/help

Minimum order charge Orders are subject to a minimum order charge of £250.00.

Carriage and packing Additional charges are made for carriage and packing.

Payment Payment terms are 30 days. New customers are requested to complete an applicationform for a credit account. Customers who do not have a credit account with Reliance are requested tosupply cheque with order. In addition, orders may be paid for by Visa and Mastercard.

Telephone orders An order number must be quoted by the customer. We reserve the right to supplyparts against a telephone order. All telephone orders are accepted subject to these conditions of saleand those detailed on the acknowledgement of order. An acknowledgement will normally be sent byReliance and goods will be supplied in accordance with the order acknowledgement.

Certificates of Conformance Reliance’s quality management system is certified to AS9100 andISO 9001. A Certificate of Conformance can be supplied at an additional charge of £10.00 perdelivery. Alternatively, a Certificate with full material traceability can be supplied at a charge of £20.00per delivery.

Confirmation All orders, other than telephone orders with a value of less than £500 and ordersplaced through our website, are subject to acceptance in writing by Reliance Precision Limited.

Order amendments Order amendments are subject to our approval and a charge will be made forreasonable compensation for any costs incurred.

Returns Unused items may, solely at our discretion, be accepted for credit within 90 days ofdelivery. Any parts so accepted will be subject to a 20% service charge for reinspection and handling.No credit can be allowed after the above period, or for any used or modified part, or for partsmanufactured to a customer’s specification.

Additional charges Reliance reserves the right to charge for all additional expenses and taxesincurred over and above published prices (including without limitation duty, VAT, exchange ratefluctuations etc.)

Alterations As a result of continuous product development, Reliance reserves the right to alterprices and other details without prior notice and to change dimensions where this does not affect thefunction of the item.

Contact details:Telephone: +44(0)1484 601002 Email: [email protected]

A6

International Sales Representatives


Appendicesand Index

Benelux, Denmark, Austria, Germany, SwitzerlandReliance Holland Florijnstraat 20, 4879 AH EttenLeur, The Netherlands.Tel: +31 (0) 76 5040790 Fax: +31 (0) 76 5040791 email: [email protected] website: www.relianceprecision.nl

SwedenDJ Stork Drives AB Vretenvägen 4, ltr, PO Box 1037, SE172 21 Sundbyberg Sweden.Tel: +46 (0) 8635 6000 Fax: +46 (0) 8635 6001 email: [email protected] website: www.storkdrives.se

FinlandWexon OY Juhanilantie 4, 01740 Vantaa, Finland.Tel: +358 (0) 9 290440 Fax: +358 (0) 9 29044100 email: [email protected] website: www.wexon.com

SloveniaPS Logatec d.o.o. Kalce 38B, 1370 Logatec, Slovenia.Tel: +386 175 08510 andrejz@pslog.si website: www.pslog.si

IsraelMedital Hitech (1992) Ltd 7 Leshem Street, PO Box 7772, Petach Tikva 49170, Israel.Tel: +972 (0) 3 9233323 Fax: +972 (0) 3 9228288 email: hi[email protected] website: www.medital.co.il

South AfricaMeasuring Instruments Technology (MIT) Rm111, Building 33, CSIR Campus, Meiring Naude Drive, Brammeria 0184, Pretoria,South Africa. Tel: +27 12 349 5191 Fax: +27 12 348 0564 email: [email protected] website: www.marmit.co.za

ChinaEM Components Co Ltd 665 ZhangJiang Road, Unit 902, ZhangJiang HiTech Park, Shanghai Pudong, PR China 201210Tel: +86 21 5895 0126 Fax: +86 21 5895 1160 email: [email protected]

SingaporeElshin International PTE Ltd No.1 Kaki Bukit Avenue 3 (KB1), #0612 Singapore 416087.Tel: +65 6286 7707 Fax: +65 6748 2618 email: [email protected]

MalaysiaCMS SUPPLIES Sdn Bhd 46, (1st Floor) Persiaran Mahsuri 1/2, Sunway Tunas Bayan Baru, 11900 Bayan Lepas Penang, MalaysiaTel: +604 6446028 Fax: +604 6446082 email: [email protected]

KoreaDAIN SEMICOM Inc. Suite #401, Dooyang Bldg., 2732, Yatapdong, Bundanggu, Seongnamsi, Gyeonggido, Korea. (zip. 463836)Tel: +82 31 706 8912 Fax: +82 31 706 8916 email: [email protected]

CanadaMyostat Motion Control Inc 17817 Leslie Street, Unit 43, Newmarket, Ontario L3Y 8C6, Canada.Tel: +1 905 836 4441 Fax: +1 905 836 1214 email: [email protected] website: www.myostat.ca

USAThe Precision Alliance 4215 Pleasant Road, Fort Mill, SC 29708 USA.Tel: +1 (803) 396 5544 Fax: +1 (803) 396 7810 email: info@tpaus.com website: www.tpaus.com

AustraliaReliance Australia 65 Macaulay Street, Coorparoo, Brisbane 4151, Queensland, Australia.Tel: +61 (0) 439 780187 Fax: +61 (0) 738 478670 email: [email protected] website: www.relianceprecision.com.au

JapanIsel Co Ltd 1216 Atobekitanocho, Yaocity, Osaka 5810068, Japan.Tel: +81 (0) 7 2991 0450 Fax: +81 (0) 7 2994 7593 email: [email protected]

Index

A7

Index by Part Number


App

endi

ces

and

Inde

x

Basic Part Number Page Basic Part Number Page

See Pages A10 to A16 for Product Index

AAC 412 to 434AH 611AP 413 to 435AR 47 to 411

BB1 122B1SU 513B2 122B50B 514B80B 514B80SU 513BBM1 123BBM2 123BE 322 to 323BM8 124BM9 124BS 317 to 318BSB 319BSH 320 to 321BW 1315

CC (Clamp hub gear) 436 to 450C (Machine screws) 1310CA 914 to 915CGAM 115CGM1 114CHMD 117CHM1 117CSM 113

DD (Dowel Pin) 1319D1300 1321D1400 1320DA 914 to 915

EEA 914 to 915EPL 125ETW 1317

FF 452 to 455

GG1A 55G50B 53G80A 54

HHN 1316HY 316

IIS50B 515

KK 138

LLAB 717LABY 717LAF 721LAFY 721LAK 722LAKY 722LAX 725LAXY 725LBB 712LBF 712LBY 712LCM 724LCMY 724LNTBF 718 & 719



LNTBY 718 & 720LNTGF 715 & 716LNTGY 715 & 716LPX 713LPXY 714LPXZ 713LWD 723LWDY 723

MM04N 58M05N 59M08N 510M1B 514M1SU 512M50B 514M80B 514M80SU 512MA 914 to 915MCL 853MCLX 851MEM 326 to 327ML1SU 511ML1.5SU 511ML80SU 511MOCT 830 to 831MOST 830 to 831MSC 855MSP (Clamp collars) 853MSP (Coiled pins) 1318MSPX 851MSS2 136 to 137MTCL 854MWCL 852MWSP 852

NNA 914 to 915NMSS 1313

OORK 67

PP (Pin hub gear) 437 to 451P (Hardened spur gear) 456 to 459P (Machine screws) 139PHM1 116PHMD 116PW 1317

RR9 63RBKBS 818RBKNK 823RBKNS 822RBKXK 820 to 821RBKXS 818 to 819RCL 88 to 815RCM1 24 to 211RCMRAK 215 to 217RCMS17 220 to 221RCMS23 222 to 223RCS 88 to 815RDA 916 to 917REA 916 to 917RFSKK 832 to 835RFSXK 826 to 829RFSXS 824 to 825RGLS 738 to 739RGP40 36 to 39RGP60 310 to 311RGPN70 312 to 313RGR 96RK 68 to 69RKKAK 837RKKAS 836RLRW04 227RMR 98 to 911

Appendicesand Index



A8

Index



SS3 127

TTPMP25 103TPMP50 105TXM25 102TXM50 104

WW1SU 55W50SU 53W80SU 54WFB 57WFS 57WGB 56WGS 56

XXDA 914 to 915XEA 914 to 915XNA 914 to 915XSA1 914 to 915XSA2 914 to 915XSA3 914 to 915

RMRU 98 to 911RNA 916 to 917RR12 64RRA 215 to 216RRAK 217RRKSK 847RRKSS 848RRKTK 849RRKTS 850RRS 65RRT 66RSA2 916 to 917RSKSS 846RSM 212 to 214RSRA 740 to 741RSRZ 742 to 743RST12M 912 to 913RST7M 912 to 913RST9M 912 to 913RWKAK 842 to 843RWKAS 838 to 841RWKXK 845RWKXS 844

SS (Brass gears) 471 to 481S (Socket head screws) 132 to 135SA1 914 to 915SA2 914 to 915SA3 914 to 915SG 461 to 469SGSS 1312SH 610SM1 112SM2 112SRSS 95SQM 1314SS 1311SS1 126

App

endi

ces

and

Inde

x



A9

Index

AActuator Antibacklash ScrewRail® assembly 742 to 743Actuator Bespoke motorised 218Actuator Cool Muscle Stage 219 to 223Actuator Hybrid linear 224 to 225Actuator Leadscrew linear slide 738 to 739Actuator Linear rail 226 to 227Actuator Motorised leadscrew linear slide 228 to 229Actuator ScrewRail® assembly 740 to 741Actuator Solid round rack 216 to 217Actuator Tubular rack 215Antibacklash clamp hub gears 422 to 434Antibacklash clamp hub pinions 412 to 420Antibacklash gears 422 to 435Antibacklash leadscrews 74Antibacklash pin hub gears 423 to 435Antibacklash pin hub pinions 413 to 421Antibacklash pinions 412 to 421Antibacklash pinions miniature 47 to 411Antibacklash rack pinions 611Antibacklash ScrewRail® actuator assembly 742 to 743

B

Ball & crossed roller slides 914 to 915Ball bearings P4 122Ballslides Rack driven 916 to 917Bearings Ball 122Bearings Bronze 123Bearings Moulded 124Bearings Preloaded washers 125Bearings Spacers 126 to 127Bellows couplings 818 to 823Belts Timing 102, 104Bevel gearboxes 314 to 323Bevel gears 58 to 510, 513Bronze bearings 123

CCaptive screws 134Cheese head machine screws 1310Circlips External 1320Circlips Internal 1321Clamp cleats 1314Clamp collars 853Clamp collars Double width 852

Product Page

See Pages A7 to A9 for Part Number Index

Appendicesand Index


Index by Product

A10

Index

Product Page

Clamp collars One piece set screw 855Clamp collars One piece threaded 854Clamps Gear 114 to 115Coiled pins 1318Countersunk machine screws 138Couplings Bellows 818 to 823Couplings Curved jaw 836 to 837Couplings Flexible disc spring 824 to 829Couplings Friction clutches 847 to 850Couplings Membrane 832 to 835Couplings Oldham 830 to 831Couplings Radial tooth 846Couplings ReliaFlex® custom designs 816Couplings ReliaFlex® micro 88 to 89Couplings ReliaFlex® precision 810 to 817Couplings Selection guide 82 to 85Couplings Solid 851Couplings Spiral beam 838 to 845Couplings Spiral beam micro 838Couplings Spiral beam stainless steel 844Couplings Technical information T81 to T84Cup point set screws 1311Curved jaw couplings 836 to 837

DDisc springs 1315Dowel pins 1319

EExternal circlips 1320Epicyclic gearbox modules 324 to 327

FFlexible disc spring couplings 824 to 829Friction clutches 847 to 850

GGear clamps 114 to 115Gear clamp hubs 117Gear pin hubs 116Gearboxes Bevel 314 to 323Gearboxes Custom 328 to 331Gearboxes Hypoid 316Gearboxes Epicyclic modules 324 to 327Gearboxes Planetary 33 to 313Gears Antibacklash (pin and clamp hub) 422 to 435


App

endi

ces

and

Inde

x


Index by Product

A11

Index

Product Page


Gears Bevel 58 to 510, 513Gears Brass bevel 514Gears Brass hubless 478 to 481Gears Brass spur 470 to 477Gears Clamp hub spur 436 to 450Gears Ground spur 460 to 469Gears Hardened spur 456 to 459Gears Hubless spur 452 to 455Gears Internal (brass spur) 515Gears Keys and keyways for ground gears 469Gears Mitre bevel 511 to 512Gears Part numbering 46Gears Pin hub spur 437 to 451Gears Pinions (miniature) 47 to 411Gears Plain (pin and clamp hub) 436 to 451Gears Technical information T41 to T418Gears Worms and wheels 52 to 57Guides Miniature linear 97 to 911

HHubless spur gear 452 to 455Hypoid gearboxes 316

IInternal circlips 1321

LLeadscrew linear slide 738 to 739Leadscrew linear slide Motorised 228 to 229Leadscrews Antibacklash nuts 716 725Leadscrews Available sizes 77 to 711Leadscrews Custom nut configurations 726Leadscrews End modifications 727 to 735Leadscrews Miniature antibacklash nuts 715Leadscrews Miniature plain nuts 712Leadscrews Nut comparison chart 75Leadscrews Nut styles 74Leadscrews Plain nuts, general purpose 713 to 714Leadscrews Technical information T71 to T75Linear actuator Hybrid/CanStack 224 to 225Linear guides 97 to 911Linear rail actuator 226 to 227Linear rails 96Linear slide Leadscrew 738 to 739Linear slide Motorised 219 to 223

Appendicesand Index


Index by Product

A12

Index


Product Page

MMachine screws Cheese head 1310Machine screws Countersunk head 138Machine screws Pan head 139Membrane couplings 832 to 835Miniature linear guides 97 to 911Miniature stroke slides 912 to 913Motor Reliance Cool Muscle 22 to 213Motorised actuators 214 to 229Moulded bearings 124

NNut styles Leadscrews 74Nuts 1316Nylon tip set screws 1313

OOldham couplings 830 to 831

PPan head machine screws 139Part numbering reference for gears 46Part numbering reference for leadscrews 73Pinions Antibacklash 412 to 421Pinions Antibacklash miniature 47 to 411Pins Coiled 1318Pins Dowel 1319Planetary gearboxes 33 to 313Plain socket head screws 132Precision couplings 810 to 817Preloaded washers 125Product overview Bespoke motorised actuators 218Product overview Bevel gearboxes 314Product overview Brass gears 470Product overview Couplings and collars 82 to 87Product overview Custom gearboxes 328Product overview Epicyclic gearboxes 324Product overview Ground spur gears 460Product overview Hybrid linear actuators 224Product overview Leadscrew and nut assemblies 72 to 76Product overview Leadscrew assemblies 736Product overview Linear guides and slides 92Product overview Linear rail actuator 226Product overview Motorised leadscrew linear slide 228Product overview Planetary gearboxes 33Product overview Precision gears 42 to 45

App

endi

ces

and

Inde

x


Index by Product

A13

Index


Product Page

Product overview Racks and pinions 62Product overview Reliance cool muscle 22Product overview Reliance cool muscle stage 219Product overview Rack actuators 214Product overview Worms and wheels 52Pulleys Timing 103, 105

RRack Brass 69Rack Hardened round 64Rack Rectangular 63, 68Rack Round 64 to 67Rack Tubular 66Rack driven actuator 214 to 217Rack driven ball slides 916 to 917Rack pinions 610 to 611Racktuator™ Solid round rack 216 to 217Racktuator™ Tubular rack 215Radial tooth couplings 846ReliaFlex® couplings 86 to 817ReliaGrip™ clamp Couplings 814 to 815Reliance Cool Muscle stage Leadscrew actuator 219 to 223Reliance Cool Muscle motor 22 to 213Reliance Cool Muscle motor cables 210 to 211

SScrewRail® actuator assembly 740 to 741ScrewRail® actuator assembly Antibacklash 742 to 743Screws Captive 134Screws Cheese head machine 1310Screws Countersunk head machine 138Screws Pan head machine 139Screws Plain socket 132Screws Shoulder 136 to 137Screws Ventilation 135Screws Wire locking 133Servo system Reliance cool muscle 22 to 213Set screws Cup point 1311Set screws Nylon tip 1313Set screws Solder tip 1312Shaft end modifications 727 to 735Shafts Ground stock 112Shafts Retaining collars 113Shoulder screws 136 to 137Slides Ball 914 to 915Slides Crossed roller 914 to 915Slides Miniature stroke 912 to 913

Appendicesand Index


Index by Product

A14

Index


Product Page

Slides Rack driven 916 to 917Solder tip set screws 1312Solid couplings 851Spacers Bearings 126 to 127Spiral beam couplings 838 to 845Spiral beam couplings Micro 838Spline shafts 94 to 95

TTechnical information T0 to T132Technical information Bearing force sharing T123Technical information Bearing gear mesh reactions T121Technical information Bearing installation T124Technical information Bearing life T123Technical information Bearing specification T121Technical information Belts and pulley engineering data T101 to T102Technical information Belts and pulleys T101 to T102Technical information Belts and pulleys introduction T101Technical information Conversion factors T2Technical information Coupling installation T83Technical information Coupling transmission error T82Technical information Couplings T81 to T84Technical information Epicyclic gearbox modules T34 to T36Technical information Gear backlash T417Technical information Gear engineering data T49 to T416Technical information Gear geometry T45Technical information Gear materials and specifications T44Technical information Gear terminology T46 to T47Technical information Gear tolerances T41Technical information Gears with small number of teeth T48Technical information Hardware ISO metric screw threads T131Technical information Hardware torque and tension guides T131Technical information Leadscrew engineering data T72 to T75Technical information Leadscrew features T71Technical information Leadscrew TFE coated assemblies T75Technical information Leadscrews T71 to T75Technical information Linear slides T91 to T94Technical information Linear slide engineering data T91Technical information Linear slide features T91Technical information Miniature linear guides T93Technical information Miniature stroke slides T92Technical information Planetary gearboxes T31 to T33Technical information Rack applications T66Technical information Rack engineering data T62 to T64Technical information Rack installation T64 to T66Technical information Rack manufacture T61Technical information Rack standards and tolerances T61

App

endi

ces

and

Inde

x


Index by Product

A15

Index

Index by ProductIndex


Appendicesand Index

A16

Technical information Racks and pinions T61 to T66Technical information Ractuator™ T29Technical information Racktuator™ stepper motors T210Technical information Racktuator™ installation T29Technical information Reliance Cool Muscle T21 to T28Technical information Worms and wheels formulae T419Timing belts 102, 104Timing pulleys 103, 105Tubular rack actuator 215

VVentilation screws 135

WWashers 1317Washers Bearing preloaded 125Wire locking screws 133Worms and wheels 52 to 57


RG36 Issue A2

Contact Information - Reliance Precision Limited...Company Introduction i 2 Contact us for product...

Documents

Transcript of Contact Information - Reliance Precision Limited...Company Introduction i 2 Contact us for product...